HomeMy WebLinkAboutSpec
WING HALL, SPACE
SCIENCES, PLANT
BREEDING LOVE LAB
ELECTRIC SERVICE
ENTRANCE
REPLACEMENT
Project Manual & Specifications
January 17, 2020
Owner Cornell University Ithaca, NY 14853
Architect Cornell University
Facilities Engineering 201 Humphreys Service Building Ithaca, NY 14853
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, TABLE OF CONTENTS PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB Page 1 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT Instructions to Bidders Bid Proposal Submission Form General Conditions and Exhibits New York State Department of Labor – Prevailing Wage Rates (Wing Hall & Plant Breeding Love Lab) DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01 11 00 Summary of the Work Section 01 14 00 Work Restrictions Section 01 25 00 Substitutions and Product Options Section 01 31 19 Project Meetings
Section 01 31 50 Electronic Project Management Section 01 32 16 Construction Schedules Section 01 32 33 Photographic Documentation
Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Section 01 35 29 General Health & Safety Section 01 35 43 General Environmental Requirements
Section 01 35 44 Spill Control Section 01 41 00 Regulatory Requirements Section 01 42 00 References Section 01 45 00 Quality Control Section 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls Section 01 51 00 Temporary Utilities Section 01 57 13 Soil Erosion and Sediment Control Section 01 66 00 Storage and Protection Section 01 71 23 Field Engineering Section 01 73 29 Cutting, Patching and Repairing Section 01 77 00 Project Close Out
Section 01 78 22 Fixed Equipment Inventory Section 01 78 23 Operating and Maintenance Data Section 01 78 36 Warranties and Bonds
Section 01 78 39 Record Documents
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, TABLE OF CONTENTS PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB Page 2 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 7 – THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07 84 00 Firestopping DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL Section 26 05 05 Selective Demolition for Electrical Section 26 05 13 Medium-Voltage Cables Section 26 05 19 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables Section 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems Section 26 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems Section 26 05 33.13 Conduit for Electrical Systems
Section 26 05 33.16 Boxes for Electrical Systems Section 26 05 36 Cable Trays for Electrical Systems Section 26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems
Section 26 12 00 Medium-Voltage Dry Type Transformers Section 26 12 19 Pad-Mounted, Liquid-Filled, Medium-Voltage Transformer Section 26 24 13 Switchboards
Section 26 24 16 Panelboards Section 26 27 13 Electricity Metering Section 26 28 13 Fuses Section 26 28 16.13 Enclosed Circuit Breakers Section 26 28 16.16 Enclosed Switches Section 26 36 00 Transfer Switches Section 26 43 00 Surge Protective Devices Section 26 51 00 Interior Lighting DIVISION 28 – ELECTRONIC SAFETY & SECURITY
Section 28 46 00 Fire Detection and Alarm DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK Section 31 00 00 Earthwork Section 31 01 01 Site Restoration
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, TABLE OF CONTENTS PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB Page 3 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT DRAWINGS Wing Hall Electric Service Entrance Replacement T-001 Title Sheet E-001 General Notes and Symbol Legends E-100 Partial Site Plan, Phase 1 E-101 Electric Room B0065 Existing Conditions & Partial One-Line E-102 Phase 1 New Work E-103 Phase 2 New Work E-104 Phase 3 New Work E-300 Basement and First Floor Existing Panels E-301 Second and Third Floor Existing Panels
E-302 Fourth Floor Existing Panels E-303 Wing Hall Riser Diagram E-304 Wing Hall and Wing Hall Wing Existing One-Line Diagram
E-305 Details E-306 Switchboard Information Space Sciences Electric Service Entrance Replacement T-001 Title Sheet A-001 General Notes, Symbology, Abbreviations, Door Schedule, Door Details & Door Types A-101 Demolition and Renovation Plans E-001 General Notes and Symbol Legends E-010 Existing Floor Plan E-011 Existing One-Line Diagram E-012 Partial Site Plan E-101 Phase 1 - Electrical Plans E-102 Phase 2 - Electrical Plans
E-103 Phase 3 - Electrical Plans E-104 Phase 4 - Electrical Plans E-105 Phase 5 - Electrical Plans
E-106 Phase 6 - Electrical Plans E-107 Completed Electrical Plan E-108 Generator Work
E-109 Partial Floors 1-4 Power Plans E-110 One-Line Riser Diagram E-111 Grounding and Bonding Plan E-112 Basement Lighting and Metering Plans E-113 Switchboard LNMDP-B1 Elevation and Circuit Breaker Table E-114 Panel Schedules
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, TABLE OF CONTENTS PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB Page 4 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT Plant Breeding Love Lab Electric Service Entrance Replacement T-001 Title Sheet E-001 General Notes and Symbol Legends E-101 Existing & Phase 1 Construction Plan E-102 Phase 2A & 2B Construction Plan E-103 Phase 3A & 3B Construction Plan E-104 Phase 4A & 4BConstruction Plans E-105 Phase 5 & Final Construction Plan E-106 Lighting Plans E-107 Details & Schedules
END OF DOCUMENT
Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-1
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project: Wing Hall, Space Sciences, Plant Breeding Love Lab Electric Service Entrance Replacement Owner: Cornell University
Ithaca, New York 14853 Architect: Cornell University
Facilities Engineering 201 Humphreys Service Building Ithaca, New York 14853
1. BID DOCUMENTS The Bid Documents provided electronically by the Owner will consist of the following: (1) Instructions to Bidders. (2) Bid Proposal Certification Form. (3) General Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 - "General Requirements".
(4) Drawings and Specifications.
(5) Addenda and/or bulletins issued prior to date of opening of Proposals. Bid Documents are available electronically in the eBuilder Bid Portal under the Bid Package
Invitation – Invitation Documents Tab. Dataflow, Inc. maintains the current set of Documents and all addenda and is the contracted supplier for printed plans and specifications for this project. Contact Dataflow at Dat_team@godataflow.com. Bid Documents Terms of Use / Disclaimer - By accessing and/or using the Cornell University Document Files, You accept without limitation or qualifications, the following Terms of Use: a. Cornell University grants You the permission to use and view the Document Files subject to these Terms of Use. b. Except in connection with preparing your bid, You may not modify, copy, transmit, display, reproduce, publish, license, create derivative works from, transfer, or sell any information, materials, drawings, content, products or services from the Document Files
(together "Content") in any form without Cornell University's prior written permission. You may print out a copy or download Content solely for Your internal use. In doing so, you may not remove or alter, or cause to be removed or altered, any copyright,
trademark, trade name, service mark, or any other proprietary notice or legend appearing on any of the Content.
c. You may not provide parts of or full sets of Document Files to any planhouse or online document repositories.
Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-2
d. The trademarks, logos, and service marks (collectively the "Trademarks") displayed on the Document Files are registered and unregistered Trademarks of Cornell University and others. Nothing contained on the Document Files should be construed as granting, by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, any license or right to use any Trademark displayed on the Document Files without the written permission of Cornell University or such party that may own the Trademark. Your use of the Trademarks displayed on the Document Files, or any other content, except as provided in these Terms of Use, are strictly prohibited.
2. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
a. Each Bidder shall visit the Site of the proposed work, fully acquaint and familiarize himself with the conditions as they exist and the character of the operations to be carried on under the proposed Contract and make such investigation as he may see fit so that he shall fully understand the facilities, physical conditions and restrictions attending the work under the Contract. b. Boring information, water levels, indications of sub-surface conditions and similar information given on the Drawings or in the Specifications are furnished only for the convenience of the Bidders. The Owner, Architect and Consulting Engineer make no representation regarding the character and extent of the soil data or other sub-surface conditions to be encountered during the work and no guarantee as to the accuracy or validity of interpretation of such data or conditions is made or intended. c. Each Bidder shall, by careful examination, inform himself as to the nature and location of
the work, the conformation of the ground, subsoil and ground water conditions, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, the
general and local conditions and all other matters which can in any way affect the work under this Contract. The Bidder may, at his option, conduct tests at his expense, including borings, by prior notification to the Owner. Each Bidder shall make his own deductions of sub-surface conditions which may affect methods or cost of construction of the work hereunder and he agrees that, if awarded the construction contract, he will make no claim for damages or other compensation, except such as are provided for in the Contract Documents, should he encounter conditions during the progress of the work different from those as calculated and/or anticipated by him. d. Each Bidder shall also thoroughly examine and become familiar with the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents. e. By submitting a Bid, the Bidder covenants and affirms that he has carefully examined all of the Bid Documents including Drawings, Specifications, and the Addenda and Bulletins,
if any, as well as the Site, that he relies on no representation by the Owner, and that from his own investigation he has satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the general and local conditions, and all matters which may in any way affect the work or its
performance, and that as a result of such examination and investigation, he fully understands the conditions of bidding and that he will not make any claim for, and waives any right to damage because of misinterpretation or misunderstanding of the Bid Documents and the conditions of bidding.
Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-3
3. DISCREPANCIES a. Should a Bidder find discrepancies in or omissions from the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents, or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, they shall at once enter the item in the Q&A Board of the eBuilder Bid Portal and an Addenda with written instructions will be sent to all bidders. Neither the Owner nor the Architect will be responsible for oral instructions. Every request for such interpretation should be in writing and entered into the eBuilder Bid Portal Q&A Board. Inquiries received by the deadline established at the pre-bid conference will be given consideration.
4. PRE-BID CONFERENCE
a. A pre-bid conference has been scheduled for 11:00AM, February 6, 2020, in Room 102C of the Humphreys Service Building. The purpose of the conference will be to clarify the intent of the Contract Documents if necessary. Results will be published in an Addendum. 5. BID SUBMISSION Bid Submissions must include the following: a. Base Bid entered into the eBuilder Portal broken down per the Bid Scope Tab (Schedule of Values). b. Additional Required Information: 1. Bid Proposal Certification Form
2. Bid Bond 3. Bond Surety Company 4. Bonding Rate for Change Orders
5. Proposed Project Team and Resumes 6. Proposed Project Schedule 7. Unit Pricing 8. Substitutions c. Bid Proposal Certification Form: The Bid Proposal Certification Form shall be signed by the Principal(s) or Officer(s) duly authorized to execute such documents on behalf of their respective firms or organizations, and the Certificates included in the Bid Proposal Certification Form shall be completed accordingly. Bidder's legal name must be fully stated. Completed form shall be without interlineation, alterations, or erasures unless initialed and dated by the signer. d. Bid Bond: Each Bidder will be required to furnish a Bid Bond electronically via the eBuilder Bid Portal in the amount of 10% of the Bid Amount. Such Bid Bond shall
guarantee that the Bidder will execute the Contract if it is awarded to him in conformity with his Proposal. Such Proposal Guarantee Bond shall include a statement that the Insurer shall, at the option of the Bidder, be willing to provide to the Bidder the Contract Bonds as
described in 13 below.
Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-4
6. SALES AND USE TAX EXEMPTION a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution, is exempt from payment of certain Sales and Use Taxes.
7. FEDERAL EXCISE TAX a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution, is exempt from payment of certain Federal Excise Taxes.
8. TAX EXEMPT STATUS
a. Bidders shall inform all prospective subcontractors and suppliers from whom they expect to obtain proposals or quotations of the tax exempt status of the Owner as set forth above and request that they reflect anticipated tax credits in their proposals or quotations.
9. EXEMPTION CERTIFICATES a. At the Contractor's request, following the award of a Contract, Contractor exempt purchase certificates will be furnished by the Owner to the Contractor with respect to such tax exempt articles or transactions as may be applicable under the Contract. 10. TRADE SUBCONTRACTORS, MATERIAL SUPPLIERS a. Each portion of the work shall be performed by an organization equipped and experienced to do work in that particular field, and no portion of the work shall be reserved by the
Bidder to himself unless he is so equipped and experienced. Subcontracts shall be awarded only to parties satisfactory to the Owner and the Architect. Each subcontractor and materials supplier shall be approved individually.
b. In the spaces provided in the eBuilder Bid Portal Bid Scope form, the Bidder shall list all portions of the work he proposes to perform directly with his own forces.
c. A list of names from which the Bidder proposes to select subcontractors, materials suppliers, and/or manufacturers for the principal trades or subdivisions of the work is required as part of the Proposal. d. In the Bid Scope Tab in the eBuilder Bid Portal, a list of the principal trades or subdivisions of the work for which such a listing is required, together with the provisions which govern the listing, selection and approval of principal subcontractors. 11. UNIT PRICES
The Bidder agrees, if awarded the Contract, to perform work "In addition to" or "deducted from" the scope of the Contract Documents as directed by the Owner and/or Architect, computed in accordance with the unit prices, which prices include all overhead, profit and other expense items in connection
therewith, subject to the terms of the Contract Documents.
Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-5
a. Certain Unit Prices may be requested. If requested, a form will be attached to these instructions and will need to be completed and uploaded to the eBuilder Bidding Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields. All Bidders are required to bid on all Alternates without exception. b. All unit prices include the installation or omission, complete for each item, together with all work in connection therewith and shall include all shoring, bracing, dewatering and other incidental work.
c. Unit prices shall be the total compensation for the item and includes all overhead, profit and any other charges of the Contractor and/or subcontractor in connection therewith.
d. Adjustments will be computed on net variation of total quantities of like items. e. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all of the unit prices listed below prior to the execution of the Contract. 12. SUBSTITUTIONS a. Proposals shall conform to the requirements of the Bid Documents. b. The Bidder may offer substitutions for any item of material or equipment, element of work, or method of construction set forth in the Bid Documents, with the exception of Form of Contract, General Conditions and General Requirements - Division 1, are to be entered into the eBuilder Bid Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields by listing each proposed substitution, together with the amount to be
deducted from the Base Bid if the substitution is accepted on the form supplied with these instructions. However, the Bidder is cautioned to make his base proposal on the materials and items specified by name or other particular reference.
13. ALTERNATE PROPOSALS a. Certain Alternate Proposals may be requested by the Owner and are included in the General Conditions. They will be listed in the Bid Scope Tab in the eBuilder Bid Portal. All Bidders are required to bid on all Alternates without exception. b. Alternate Proposals shall include all overhead, profit and other expenses in connection therewith. 14. METHOD OF SUBMISSION a. Base Bid shall be prepared and electronically submitted via the eBuilder Bid Portal. All required fields and attachments in the eBuilder Bid Portal must be completed.
b. Bid Proposal Certification Form shall be prepared electronically submitted as an attachment via the eBuilder Bid Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required
Information Custom Fields. c. Bid Proposals shall be submitted not later than 2:00PM on February 27, 2020. d. Bid Proposals shall not contain any recapitulation of the work to be done. No oral, written, electronic or telephonic proposals, or modifications will be considered.
Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-6
15. BID OPENING a. Bid Proposals will be opened electronically via eBuilder Bid Portal. Bid results will be posted to the Facilities Contracts website: https://finance.fs.cornell.edu/contracts/pob/projects.cfm. The Owner reserves the right to postpone the date and time of opening of proposals at any time prior to the date and time announced in this Instruction to Bidders or amendments thereto.
16. AWARD OF CONTRACT a. It is the intent of the Owner to enter into a Contract with one General Contractor for the
entire project. All labor and services and materials and supplies, etc. are to be provided in accordance with the Contract.
b. Award of the Contract shall be made to the bidder submitting the lowest responsive and responsible bid who, in the opinion of the Owner, is qualified to perform the work. The competence and responsibility of the Bidders' proposed principal subcontractors will be considered in making the Award. c. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Proposals, and to waive any informalities in Bidding. Contract award shall be subject to approval of Cornell University’s Contractors Qualification Statement. d. Bidders may withdraw or modify their Bids through the eBuilder Bid Portal up until the time of Bid Opening.
e. The Owner reserves the right to accept any of the Alternate Proposals listed within sixty (60) calendar days following the award of a construction contract or such other time as may
be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor. 17. SCHEDULE OF VALUES
a. The successful Bidder shall submit a complete "Schedule of Values" showing the amounts allocated to the various trades, suppliers, subcontractors, installers and General Contractor's work, aggregating the total sum of the Contract. If requested by the Owner or Architect, the complete "Schedule of Values" shall be submitted prior to award of Contract.
18. PERFORMANCE AND LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BONDS The successful Bidder shall furnish the Owner with "Performance" and “Labor and Material Payment Bonds", each in the amount of 100% of the Contract Price. Each of these Bonds are to be in a form with such sureties as the Owner may approve. The cost of such bonds shall be included in the Bidders
Proposal.
Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-7
19. START OF WORK a. Work at the site shall be started within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date of issuance of written authorization to proceed and shall achieve substantial completion of the project no later than August 31, 2020 for Wing Hall, September 30, 2020 for Plant Breeding Love Lab, and October 31, 2020 for Space Sciences. b. The construction schedule is critical. The Contractor shall provide adequate labor and equipment in the Bid to ensure that no slippage of the schedule will occur.
20. ADDENDA AND BULLETINS
a. Bidders must acknowledge in the eBuilder Bid Portal each Addendum and/or Bulletin issued during the bidding period.
21. REQUIRED POST-AWARD SUBMISSIONS BY THE APPARENT LOW BIDDER a. Within fourteen days after bid opening: (1) Use of Minority and Female Vendor Forms (2) Summary of Bid Activity with Minority and Female Subcontractors/Vendors (3) Six-Month Workforce Projection b. Upon Execution of Contract: (1) Insurance Certificate
(2) Performance Bond (3) Labor and Material Payment Bond (4) Schedule of Work (bar chart)
(5) Federal Tax Identification Number
END OF SECTION
BID PROPOSAL CERTIFICATION FORM BF-1
Wing Hall, Space Sciences, Plant Breeding Love Lab Electric Service Entrance Replacement
Cornell University, Ithaca, New York BID PROPOSAL CERTIFICATION FORM Vendor Name:
Type of Firm, State of Incorporation if Applicable
Street Address, City, State, Zip
Having carefully examined the Instructions to Bidders, the "Conditions of the Contract" (General, Division
1 - "General Requirements"), the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents dated January 17, 2020 prepared by Cornell University, Facilities Engineering, 201 Humphreys Service Building, Ithaca, New York 14853 as well as the premises and conditions affecting the work, proposes to furnish all material, equipment, labor, plant, machinery, tools, supplies, services, applicable taxes and specified insurance necessary to perform the entire work, as set forth in, and in accordance with the said documents.
1. Receipt of the Addenda to the Terms and Conditions, Drawings or Specifications has been acknowledged in the eBuilder Bid Portal. 2. Minority and Women’s Business Enterprises (M/WBEs) a. The undersigned shall, if awarded the Contract, endeavor to include both Minority and Women Owned Business Enterprises participation and to demonstrate a “good faith effort” with respect to these requirements. Goals shall be as follows:
• A goal of 3.0% for Minority-Owned Business Enterprise participation shall be applied as follows: a maximum of one-third (1/3) of the goal may be applied to purchases of materials, supplies, and equipment from MBEs.
• A goal of 2.7% for Women-Owned Business Enterprise participation shall be applied as follows: a maximum of one-third (1/3) of the goal may be applied to purchases of materials, supplies, and equipment from WBEs. 3. Milestone Dates a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to commence work at the site within fifteen (15) calendar days after date of issuance of written notice to proceed and to achieve substantial
completion of the project no later than August 31, 2020 for Wing Hall, September 30, 2020 for Plant Breeding Love Lab, and October 31, 2020 for Space Sciences.
b. The Contractor shall provide adequate labor and equipment in the Bid to ensure that no slippage of the schedule will occur. Contractor to attach a Time Progress Schedule to this form.
BID PROPOSAL CERTIFICATION FORM BF-2
c. Following are additional Milestone Dates:
d. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to furnish a "Construction Progress Schedule" showing the starting and completion dates for all principal trades and subdivisions of the Work, together with such additional information related thereto as may reasonably be required. Such
schedule shall be in conformance with General Requirements, Section 01 32 15, 1.3, A.
4. Proposed Principal Subcontractors a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to employ subcontractors from the list
submitted in the eBuilder Bid Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields subject to the following provisions: i. The Owner and Architect reserve the right to review the list of "Proposed Principal Subcontractors" prior to the award of the Contract, and to delete from it the name or names of any to whom they may have a reasonable objection. The Contractor may make the final selection of principal subcontractors at his option from the resulting list after the award of the Contract. 5. Contractor Team:
a. The Owner reserves the right to reject the names of any Project Manager or Superintendent provide in the eBuilder Bid Portal submission to whom they have a reasonable objection.
6. Bonds a. Bid Bond. A Bid Bond in the amount of a minimum of 10% of Bid Amount is attached to the
eBuilder Bid Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields. b. Performance and Payment Bonds. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract to execute and deliver to the Owner "Performance" and "Labor and Material Payment Bonds" in such form as acceptable to the Owner and in an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Sum. c. Such bonds will be furnished by the Surety entered into the eBuilder Bid Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields d. Bonding Rate for Change Orders has been entered into the eBuilder Bid Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields
BID PROPOSAL CERTIFICATION FORM BF-3
7. Bid Scope - Schedule of Values
a. The undersigned agrees, prior to the award of a construction contract and upon the request of the Architect or Owner, to submit a complete, itemized and detailed "Schedule of Values" including Alternates elected, if any, showing the amount allocated to the various trades and subdivisions of the work, aggregating to the total Contract Sum submitted in the eBuilder Bid Portal. 8. Substitutions a. The Base Bid is predicated on compliance with the Drawings and Specifications without substitutions.
b. The Bidder may offer substitutions for any item noted in the Specifications, with the exception of Form of Contract, General Conditions and General Requirements - Division 1.
c. Any Substitutions are to be entered into the eBuilder Bid Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields by listing each proposed substitution, together with the amount to be deducted from the Base Bid if the substitution is accepted.
d. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any proposed substitution. e. The sum stated includes any modifications of work or additional work that may be required by reason of acceptance of substitution. Substitute materials must be approved and accepted by the Owner in writing before same may be used in lieu of those named in the Specifications. 9. Unit Price Schedule
a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to perform work "In addition to" or "deducted from" the scope of the Contract Documents as directed by the Owner and/or Architect, computed in accordance with the unit prices form uploaded in the eBuilder Bid Portal Response
Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields, which prices include all overhead, profit and other expense items in connection therewith, subject to the terms of the Contract Documents. b. All unit prices include the installation or omission, complete for each item, together with all work in connection therewith and shall include all shoring, bracing, dewatering and other
incidental work. c. Adjustments will be computed on net variation of total quantities of like items. e. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all of the unit prices entered into the eBuilder Bid Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields prior to the execution of the Contract.
BID PROPOSAL CERTIFICATION FORM BF-4
10. Acceptance
a. The undersigned agrees that the amount submitted for the Base Bid and any Alternates and
Unit Pricing along with the required attachments in the Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields submitted in the eBuilder Bid Portal have been reviewed and are accurate. b. The undersigned acknowledges the following Addendum(s) (if applicable):
c. It is understood and agreed that the Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any and all bids
and to waive any informalities in the bid process as it states in the Bid Documents. d. If written notice of acceptance of this Proposal is mailed, sent electronically or delivered to the undersigned within sixty (60) calendar days after the date of opening of Bids, or any time thereafter before this Proposal is withdrawn, the undersigned will execute an Agreement between Contractor and Owner, amended and/or supplemented, if required, in accordance with
the Proposal as accepted. e. It is understood and agreed that award of the Contract shall be made to the bidder submitting the lowest responsive and responsible bid who, in the opinion of the Owner, is qualified to perform the work. f. The undersigned agrees to furnish Performance and Payment Bonds upon execution of Agreement in e-Builder. g. Alternates:
1. The undersigned, if awarded the Contract, proposes to perform work in addition to or in place of the scope of the work shown and specified herein associated with the Base Bid in accordance with the Alternate Proposals, which amounts are to be added or deducted to the
amount of the Base Bid as indicated for the Alternates specified in Division 1 of the Specifications.
2. It is understood that the Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any of the Alternate Proposals provided in the eBuilder Bid Portal within sixty (60) calendar days following the award of a construction contract or such other time as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor.
Addendum No. __ dated ____.
BID PROPOSAL CERTIFICATION FORM BF-5
The following documentation is required to be submitted electronically in the eBuilder Bidding Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields
This Form with Proposed Milestone Schedule – signed and executed
Bid Bond
Proposed Project Team Resumes
Base Bid Breakdown Summary
(Bidder)
By:
Title: Business Address: Dated:
BID PROPOSAL CERTIFICATION FORM BF-6
CERTIFICATE OF NON-COLLUSION
By submission of this bid, each bidder and each person signing on behalf of any bidder certifies, and in the case of a joint bid each party thereto certifies as to its own organization, under penalty of perjury, that to the best of its knowledge and belief: a. The prices in this bid have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultation, communication, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to such prices with any other bidder or with any competitor. b. Unless required by law, the prices that have been quoted in this bid have not been
knowingly disclosed, directly or indirectly, by the bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder to any other bidder or any competitor prior to opening.
c. No attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder to induce any other persons, partnership, or corporation to submit or not submit a bid for the purpose of restricting competition.
(Bidder) By: Title: Dated:
BID PROPOSAL CERTIFICATION FORM BF-7
CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE BIDDER
I, _____________________________________________________, certify that I am the
_____________________________ of the Corporation named as Bidder within this Bid Form for General
Contractors; that __________________________________, who signed said Bid Form on behalf of the
bidder was then _______________________________ of said Corporation; that I know his signature; that
his signature thereto is genuine and that said Bid Form and attachments thereto were duly signed and
executed for and on behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body.
(Secretary-Clerk)
Dated:
BID PROPOSAL CERTIFICATION FORM BF-8
Base Bid Breakdown Summary
The contractor shall provide the following breakdown of the Base Bid: Wing Hall Medium Voltage Replacement: $ Secondary Gear Replacement: $ Space Sciences Medium Voltage Replacement: $ Secondary Gear Replacement: $ Plant Breeding Love Lab Medium Voltage Replacement: $ Secondary Gear Replacement: $
Rev 12.2018
G E N E R A L C O N D I T I O N S FOR WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK
i Rev 12.2018
GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 1 INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Section 1.01 Owner 1 Section 1.02 Meaning and Intent of Specifications, Plans and Drawings 1 Section 1.03 Order of Precedence 1 ARTICLE 2 CONTRACTOR
Section 2.01 Contractor's Obligations 2 Section 2.02 Contractor's Title to Materials 2
Section 2.03 "Or Equal" Clause 2 Section 2.04 Quality, Quantity and Labeling 3 Section 2.05 Superintendence by Contractor 3
Section 2.06 Subsurface or Site Conditions 4 Section 2.07 Representations of Contractor 4 Section 2.08 Verifying Dimensions and Site Conditions 4 Section 2.09 Copies of Contract Documents for Contractors 5 Section 2.10 Meetings 5 Section 2.11 Related Work 5 Section 2.12 Surveys and Layout 5 Section 2.13 Errors, Omissions or Discrepancies 5 Section 2.14 Project Labor Rates 6 Section 2.15 Daily Reports 6 ARTICLE 3 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE Section 3.01 Access to the Work 6 Section 3.02 Notice for Testing 6 Section 3.03 Inspection of Work 7 Section 3.04 Inspection and Testing 7
Section 3.05 Defective or Damaged Work 7 Section 3.06 Acceptance 7 ARTICLE 4 CHANGES IN WORK Section 4.01 Changes 8 Section 4.02 Claims for Extra Work 11 Section 4.03 Form of Change Orders 12 ARTICLE 5 TIME OF COMPLETION
Section 5.01 Time of Completion 12
ii Rev 12.2018
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 6 TERMINATION Section 6.01 Termination for Cause 13 Section 6.02 Termination for Convenience of Owner 13 Section 6.03 Owner's Right to do Work 13 ARTICLE 7 DISPUTES Section 7.01 Disputes Procedure 14 ARTICLE 8 SUBCONTRACTS
Section 8.01 Subcontracting 15 ARTICLE 9 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION
Section 9.01 Cooperation with Other Contractors 15 ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF RIGHTS, PERSONS AND PROPERTY Section 10.01 Accidents and Accident Prevention 16 Section 10.02 Adjoining Property 17 Section 10.03 Emergencies 17 Section 10.04 Bonds 17 Section 10.05 Risks Assumed by the Contractor 18 Section 10.06 Contractor's Compensation and Liability Insurance 18
Section 10.07 Liability Insurance of the Owner 20 Section 10.08 Owner's and Contractor's Responsibilities for Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance Hazards 20 Section 10.09 Effect of Procurement of Insurance 21 Section 10.10 No Third Party Rights 21 ARTICLE 11 USE OR OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER Section 11.01 Substantial Completion 21 Section 11.02 Occupancy Prior to Acceptance 21 ARTICLE 12 PAYMENT Section 12.01 Provision of Payment 22 Section 12.02 Stored Materials & Equipment 23 Section 12.03 Retention 24 Section 12.04 Withholding Payments 24
Section 12.05 Documents and Conditions Precedent to Final Payment 25 Section 12.06 Final Payment and Release 26
iii Rev 12.2018
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 13 TAX EXEMPTION Section 13.01 Tax Exemption 26 ARTICLE 14 GUARANTEE Section 14.01 Guarantee 27 ARTICLE 15 STANDARD PROVISIONS
Section 15.01 Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted 27 Section 15.02 Laws Governing the Contract 27
Section 15.03 Assignments 27 Section 15.04 No Third Party Rights 28 Section 15.05 Waiver of Rights of Owner 28
Section 15.06 Limitation on Actions 28 Section 15.07 Owner's Representative 28 ARTICLE 16 MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES Section 16.01 Definitions 28 Section 16.02 Participation by Minority and Women Business Enterprises 28 Section 16.03 MWBE Utilization Plan 29 Section 16.04 Reports and Records 29 ARTICLE 17 ACCOUNTING, INSPECTION AND AUDIT 30 ARTICLE 18 CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION 30 ARTICLE 19 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS 30 ARTICLE 20 CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF OWNER'S NAME Section 20.01 Release of Information 31 Section 20.02 Confidential Information 31 Section 20.03 Use of Owner's Name 31 ARTICLE 21 CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARDS OF ETHICAL CONDUCT 32
iv Rev 12.2018
EXHIBITS A Change Order Documentation Instructions
Construction Contract Change Order Request Construction Contract Change Order Summary B Final Release C Guarantee D Form I MWBE Utilization Plan Form II Contractor’s Affirmative Action Plan Form III Affirmative Action Workforce Report E Labor Rate Breakdown F Stored Materials Invoicing Documentation G Contractor Performance Evaluation
1 Rev 12.2018
ARTICLE 1 -- INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Section 1.01 - Owner A. The Owner is Cornell University as identified in the Agreement and referred to throughout the Contract Documents as the "Owner" or "Cornell University". B. Ownership of Documents: All drawings, specifications, computations, sketches, test data, survey results, photographs, renderings and other material relating to the Work, whether furnished to or prepared by the Contractor, are the property of Cornell University. The Contractor shall use such materials or information therefrom only in connection with the Work of this Contract. When requested, the Contractor shall deliver such materials to Cornell University.
C. The Owner shall give all orders and directions contemplated under the Contract relative to the execution of the Work. The Owner shall determine the amount, quality,
acceptability, and fitness of the Work and shall decide all questions which may arise in relation to said Work. The Owner's estimates and decisions shall be final except as otherwise expressly provided.
D. Any differences or conflicts concerning performance which may arise between the Contractor and other Contractors performing Work for the Owner shall be adjusted and determined by the Owner. E. The table of contents, titles, captions, headings, running headlines, and marginal notes contained herein and in said documents is intended to facilitate reference to various provisions of the Contract Documents and in no way affect the interpretation of the provisions to which they refer. Section 1.02 - Meaning and Intent of Specifications, Plans and Drawings
The meaning and intent of all specifications, plans and drawings shall be determined in a manner approved by the Owner. Section 1.03 - Order of Precedence
A. Should a conflict occur in or between or among any parts of the Contract Documents that are entitled to equal preference, the more expensive way of doing the Work, the better quality or greater quantity of material shall govern, unless the Owner otherwise so directs in writing. B. Drawings and specifications are reciprocal. Anything shown on the plans and not mentioned in the specifications, or mentioned in the specifications and not shown on the plans, shall have the same effect as if shown or mentioned in both. C. Requirements of reference standards form a part of these specifications to the extent indicated by the reference thereto. When provisions of reference standards conflict with
provisions in these specifications, the specifications shall govern.
2 Rev 12.2018
ARTICLE 2 -- CONTRACTOR
Section 2.01 - Contractor's Obligations A. The Contractor shall, in good workmanlike manner, perform all the Work required by the Contract within the time specified in the Contract. The Contractor shall comply with all terms of the Contract, and shall do, carry on, and complete the entire Work to the satisfaction of the Owner. For Space Sciences Building: 1. All labor for this project which is normally under the jurisdiction of one of the local unions as covered in the contract between the Tompkins-Cortland Building
Trades Council, Maintenance Division and Cornell University shall be performed by Union labor.
For Wing Hall and Plant Breeding Love Lab: 1. All labor for this project shall be paid in accordance with the New York State
Department of Labor Prevailing Rate Case No. 2020001121 dated January 28, 2020. The Contractor must provide a copy of the wage schedule to each subcontractor. 2. The Contractor shall post the appropriate prevailing wage schedules in a conspicuous place at the construction site. 3. The Contractor is required to submit a certified copy of its payrolls with each application for payment but not later than 30 days after issuance of its first payroll. Payrolls shall be attached to the designed secured data field in the e-Builder Payment Application. The certified payroll records must show the employees
name, address, and last 4 digits of their SS# as well as hours and days worked by each worker. Certified payroll must also show the occupation at which they worked, the hourly wage paid, and the supplements paid or provided. B. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, maintain, and remove such construction plant and such temporary Work as may be required.
C. The Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, material, tools, equipment, machinery, as well as utility connections, transportation, and all other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work, except as otherwise specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
3 Rev 12.2018
D. Whenever a provision of the Specifications conflicts with agreements or regulations in force among members of trade associations, unions, or councils which regulate or
distinguish what work shall or shall not be included in the work of a particular trade, the Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements to reconcile such conflict without delay, damage, or cost to the Owner and without recourse to the Architect or the Owner. In case progress of the Work is affected by undue delay in furnishing or installing items of material or equipment required under the Contract because of a conflict involving such agreement or regulations, the Owner or the Architect may require that other material or equipment of equal kind and quality be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. Section 2.02 - Contractor's Title to Materials A. The Contractor warrants that the Contractor has full, good and clear title to all
materials and supplies used by the Contractor in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances.
B. All materials, equipment and articles which become the property of the Owner shall be new unless specifically stated otherwise.
Section 2.03 - "Or Equal" Clause A. Whenever a material, article or piece of equipment or method is identified on the plans or in the specifications by reference to manufacturers' or vendors' names, trade name, catalogue number, or make, no others may be substituted. Any and all other "Or Equal" considerations will be handled under this Section in accordance with General Requirements, Section 01 25 00. B. Where the Architect approves a product proposed by the Contractor and said proposed product requires a revision or redesign of any part of the Work covered by this Contract, or the Work covered by other contracts, all said revision or redesign, and all new drawings and
details required therefor shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be approved by the Architect. All time spent by the Architect or its agents to evaluate the proposed substitution and or necessary engineering cost to accommodate the requested change shall be reimbursed to the Owner by the Contractor via the Change Order procedure. Section 2.04 - Quality, Quantity and Labeling
A. The Contractor shall furnish materials and equipment of the quality and quantity specified in the Contract. Unless otherwise provided, all materials and articles incorporated into the work shall be new and of the most suitable grade of their respective kinds for the purpose. When required by the Contract Documents or when directed by the Owner, the Contractor shall supply the Owner's Representative, for their acceptance, full information concerning any material which the Contractor contemplates incorporating into the work. Materials and articles installed or used without such acceptance shall be at the risk of subsequent rejection. B. When materials are specified to conform to any standard, the Owner may require that the materials delivered to the Site shall bear manufacturer's labels stating that the materials
meet said standards. C. The above requirements shall not restrict or affect the Owner's right to test materials as provided in the Contract.
4 Rev 12.2018
D. Whenever several alternative materials or items are specified by name or other
particular reference for one use, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to submit in writing a list of the particular materials or items the Contractor intends to use before the Contract is executed. Section 2.05 - Superintendence by Contractor A. The Contractor shall employ a full-time effective, responsive and competent construction superintendent and necessary staff; the construction superintendent shall devote full time to the Work and shall have full authority to act for the Contractor at all times. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with the names and authority of such personnel in writing.
B. If at any time the superintendent is not satisfactory to the Owner, the Contractor shall, if requested by the Owner, replace said superintendent with another superintendent satisfactory to the Owner. There shall be no change in superintendent without the Owner's
approval. C. The Contractor shall remove from the Work any employee of the Contractor or of
any Subcontractor when so directed by the Owner. Section 2.06 - Subsurface or Site Conditions A. The Contractor acknowledges that it has assumed the risk and that the contract consideration includes such provision as the Contractor deems proper for all subsurface conditions as the Contractor could reasonably anticipate encountering from the provisions of the Contract Documents, borings, rock cores, topographical maps and such other information as the Owner made available to the Contractor or from their own inspection and examination of the site prior to the Owner's receipt of bids.
B. In the event that the Contractor encounters subsurface physical conditions at the site differing substantially from those shown on or described or indicated in the Contract Documents and which could not have been reasonably anticipated from the aforesaid information made available by the Owner or from the Contractor's aforesaid inspection and examination of the site, the Contractor shall give immediate notice to the Owner of such conditions before they are disturbed. Such notice shall include probable cost and/or any impact to the schedule. The Owner
will thereupon promptly investigate the conditions and if Owner finds that they do substantially differ from that which should have been reasonably anticipated by the Contractor, the Owner shall make such changes in the drawings and specifications as may be necessary and a change order shall be issued. Section 2.07 - Representations of Contractor The Contractor represents and warrants: A. That the Contractor is financially solvent and is experienced in and competent to perform the Work;
B. That the Contractor is familiar with all Federal, State, or other laws, ordinances, orders, building codes, rules and regulations, which may in any way affect the Work;
5 Rev 12.2018
C. That any temporary and permanent Work required by the Contract can be safely and satisfactorily constructed.
D. That the Contractor has carefully examined the Contract and the Site of the Work and that, from the Contractor's own investigations is satisfied as to the nature and location of the Work, the character, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials likely to be encountered, the character of equipment and other facilities needed for the performance of the Work, the general and local conditions, and all other materials or items which may affect the Work. The Contractor has correlated those observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents and has made all other investigations essential to a full understanding of the Work and the difficulties which may be encountered in performing the Work. Section 2.08 - Verifying Dimensions and Site Conditions
A. The Contractor shall take all measurements at the Site and shall verify all dimensions and site conditions at the Site before proceeding with the Work. If said dimensions or
conditions are found to be in conflict with the Contract, the Contractor immediately shall refer said conflict to the Owner.
B. During the progress of Work, the Contractor shall verify all field measurements prior to fabrication of building components and equipment, and proceed with the fabrication to meet field conditions. C. The Contractor shall consult all Contract Documents to determine exact location of all Work and verify spatial relationships of all Work. Any question concerning said location or spatial relationships shall be submitted in a manner approved by the Owner. D. Specific locations for equipment, pipelines, ductwork and other such items of Work, where not dimensioned on plans, shall be determined in consultation with the Owner and other affected Contractors and Subcontractors.
E. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper fitting of the Work in place. F. Should failure of the Contractor to perform services under this section result in additional costs to the Owner, the Contractor shall be responsible for such additional costs.
Section 2.09 - Copies of Contract Documents for Contractors A. The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor, without charge, up to five (5) sets of Contracts Documents and one (1) set of reproducible sepias. B. Any sets in excess of the number mentioned above may be furnished to the Contractor at the cost of reproduction and mailing. C. All drawings, specifications, and copies thereof furnished by the Owner are the property of the Owner. They are not to be used on other work, and with the exception of the signed Contract Set, are to be returned to the Owner on request at the completion of the work.
6 Rev 12.2018
Section 2.10 - Meetings
The Contractor and all subcontractors as requested shall attend all meetings as directed by the Owner or the Owner's Representative. Section 2.11 - Related Work The Contractor shall examine the Contract for related work to ascertain the relationship of said work to the Work under the Contract. Section 2.12 - Surveys and Layout Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract, the Owner shall furnish the
Contractor all surveys of the property necessary for the Work, but the Contractor shall lay out the Work.
Section 2.13 - Errors, Omissions or Discrepancies The Contractor shall examine the Contract thoroughly before commencing the Work and
report in writing any errors or discrepancies to the Owner or the Owner's Representative. Section 2.14 - Project Labor Rates The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, for review and approval, within thirty (30) days after Contract is awarded all trade labor rates inclusive of fringe benefits, taxes, insurance for the duration of the individual craft agreement in accordance with Exhibit G. Revised rates shall be provided within thirty (30) days of signing any new agreements with the individual crafts during this project. Section 2.15 – Daily Reports
The Contractor's Construction Superintendent shall submit a Daily Report to the Cornell University Project Manager or the Resident Field Engineer at the job site. Such reports shall, at a minimum, contain the following information: Name of Project
Project Number Date of Report Weather Conditions Equipment on the site Contractors on site including name and number of employees on site for each contractor Work/area and activity for each contractor Overtime worked and planned work progress Environmental problems and corrections Other information, such as special events, occurrences, materials delivered, accidents or injuries, recommendations, suggestions, visitors, inspections, equipment start-up and check out, occupancy, etc.
7 Rev 12.2018
ARTICLE 3 -- INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
Section 3.01 - Access to the Work The Owner and Architect, or their duly authorized representatives, assistants, or inspectors shall at all times and for any purpose have access to the work and the premises used by the Contractor, and the Contractor shall provide safe and proper facilities therefor. In addition, the Contractor shall, whenever so requested, give the Owner and Architect or their duly authorized representatives access to the proper invoices, bills of lading, specifications, etc., which may be required in determining the adequacy and/or quantity of materials used in completion of the work. Section 3.02 - Notice for Testing
If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction require any work to be inspected, tested, accepted, or approved, the Contractor shall give the Owner timely notice of its readiness and of the date arranged so the Owner
may observe such inspection, testing, or approval. The Contractor shall bear all costs of such inspection, tests, and approvals unless otherwise provided.
Section 3.03 - Inspection of Work A. The Contractor will cooperate in all ways to facilitate the inspection and examination of the work. The inspections and examinations will be carried out in such a manner that the work will not be delayed. B. All Work, all materials whether or not incorporated in the Work, all processes of manufacturer, and all methods of construction shall be, at all times and places, subject to the inspection of the Owner and the Owner shall be the final judge of the quality and suitability of the Work. Any Work not approved by the Owner shall immediately be reconstructed, made good, replaced or corrected by the Contractor including all Work of other Contractors destroyed or
damaged by said removal or replacement. C. Required certificates of inspection, testing, acceptance, or approval shall be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Owner. Section 3.04 - Inspection and Testing
All materials and equipment used in the Work shall be subject to inspection and testing in accordance with accepted standards to establish conformance with specifications and suitability for uses intended, unless otherwise specified in the Contract. If any Work shall be covered or concealed without the approval or consent of the Owner, said Work shall, if required by the Owner, be uncovered for examination. If any test results are below specified minimums, the Owner may order additional testing. The cost of said additional testing, any additional professional services required, and any other expenses incurred by the Owner as a result of said additional testing shall be paid by the Contractor. Reexamination of any part of the Work may be ordered by the Owner, and if so ordered the Work must be uncovered by the Contractor. If said Work is found to be in accordance with the Contract, the Owner shall pay the cost of reexamination and replacement. If
said Work is found not to be in accordance with the Contract, the Contractor shall pay the cost of reexamination and replacement.
8 Rev 12.2018
Section 3.05 - Defective or Damaged Work
If, in the opinion of the Owner, it is undesirable to replace any defective or damaged materials or to reconstruct or correct any portion of the Work injured or not performed in accordance with the Contract, the compensation to be paid to the Contractor shall be reduced by an amount which, in the judgment of the Owner, shall be deemed to be equitable. Section 3.06 - Acceptance No previous inspection shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract. No payment, either partial or full, by the Owner to the Contractor shall excuse any failure by the Contractor to comply fully with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall remedy all defects, paying the cost of any damage to other Work resulting
therefrom. ARTICLE 4 -- CHANGES IN WORK Section 4.01 - Changes A. The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes within the general scope of the Contract and the Contractor shall promptly comply with such change orders. B. A change order is a written direction to the Contractor signed by the Owner, issued after execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the Work, extra work, or an adjustment in the Contract price or time of performance. C. No claims for changes, extra work or additional time to complete the Contract or an adjustment in the Contract price shall be allowed unless such change is ordered in writing by the Owner. D. The Owner shall determine the amount by which the Contract consideration is to be increased or decreased by a change order by one (1) or more of the following methods:
1. By agreement with the Contractor.
2. By applying the applicable price or prices previously bid and approved. (i) To the extent that Unit Prices are applicable, as determined by the Owner, work shall be priced and paid for or credited in accordance with such Unit Prices; except that a Unit Price shall not apply to any portion of work which is either reduced or increased by more than 25%. Said Unit Prices shall be valid for the duration of the project as applicable, unless stipulated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. (ii) For Unit Price items, additions and deletion of like items shall be algebraically summed and then multiplied by the applicable Unit
Prices. For Direct Labor and Material items, all additions and deletions shall be algebraically summed for each subcontractor and then multiplied by the applicable markup.
9 Rev 12.2018
(iii) Unit Prices are for work complete, measured in place and cover profit and all other costs and expenses. Unit Prices include, without limit,
all conditions of the contract and all general requirements such as layout, reproduction of Drawings and Specifications, testing and inspection, shop drawing and sample coordination, supervision (field and home office), small tools and expendable items, insurance, taxes, temporary facilities and services, including access and safety, "as-built" drawings, and general and administrative overhead and profit. 3. By estimating the fair and reasonable cost of: (i) Labor, including all wages, required wage supplements and insurance required by law paid to employees below the rank of superintendent directly employed at the Site.
(ii) Materials
(iii) Equipment, excluding hand tools, which in the judgment of the Owner, would have been or will be employed exclusively and directly on the Work. When submitting change orders, equipment which is
common to the project scope at hand is expected to be previously paid for as overhead / general conditions to the project. Special rental equipment or tools not common to the project that are required to perform the change order will be accepted as additional costs. 4. By determining the actual cost of the extra work in the same manner as in Subsection 3 except the actual costs of the Contractor shall be used in lieu of estimated costs. E. Mark-up Percentages
1. Work performed by the Contractor: Where the Work is performed directly by the Contractor by adding to the total of such estimated costs a sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) thereof.
2. Work performed by a Subcontractor: Where the change order work is performed by a Subcontractor under contract with the Contractor, by adding
a sum equal to fifteen (15%) of said costs for the benefit of said Subcontractor, and by adding for the benefit of the Contractor an additional sum equal to ten percent (10%) of said costs.
3. Work performed by a Sub-Subcontractor: Where work is performed by a Sub-Subcontractor, by adding the sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) of said costs for the benefit of said Sub-Subcontractor, by adding for the benefit of the Subcontractor an additional sum equal to five percent (5%) of said cost and by adding for the benefit of the Contractor an additional sum equal to five percent (5%) of said cost. The maximum aggregate of all mark-up percentages may not exceed twenty five percent (25%). 4. No Markup on Bonds and Insurance Costs: Change Order cost adjustments due to increases or decreases in bond or insurance costs (if applicable) shall
not be subject to any Markup Percentage.
10 Rev 12.2018
5. Overtime Pay: No mark-up shall be paid on the premium portion of overtime
pay. 6. Direct and Indirect Costs Covered by Markup Percentages: As a further clarification, the agreed upon Markup Percentage is intended to cover the Contractor's profit and all indirect costs and expenses associated with the change order work. Items intended to be covered by the Markup Percentage include, without limit: home office expenses, branch office and field office overhead expense of any kind; project management; superintendents, general foremen; estimating, engineering; coordinating; expediting; purchasing; detailing; legal, accounting, data processing or other administrative expenses; reproduction of drawings and specifications; shop
drawings and sample coordination; “as-built” drawings; permits; auto insurance and umbrella insurance; pick-up truck costs; parking permits; cellular phones; testing and inspection; temporary facilities; access and
safety provisions; and warranty expense costs. The cost for the use of small tools and/or tools already in use on site are also to be considered covered by the Markup Percentage. Small tools shall be defined as tools and equipment
(power or non-power) with an individual purchase cost of less than $750 7. Deduct Change Orders and Net Deduct Changes: The application of the markup percentage will apply to both additive and deductive change orders. In the case of a deductive change order, the credit will be computed by applying the percentage so that a deductive change order would be computed in the same manner as an additive change order. In those instances where a change involves both additive and deductive work, the additions and deductions will be netted and the markup percentage adjustments will be applied to the net amount F. Regardless of the method used by the Owner in determining the value of a change order, the Contractor, within thirty (30) calendar days after a request for the estimate of value shall submit to the Owner a detailed breakdown of the Contractor's estimate, including all subcontractors
details, of the value of the Change Order Work, in the format detailed in Exhibit A. Each submission shall include an electronic .pdf format of all documentation.
G. Unless otherwise specifically provided for in a change order, the compensation specified therein includes a full payment for both the Work covered by the order and for any damage or expense incurred by the Contractor by any delays, including any delays to other Work
to be done under the Contract resulting from said change order. The Contractor waives all rights to any other compensation for said damage or expense. H. The Contractor shall furnish satisfactory bills, payrolls and vouchers covering all items of cost and when requested by the Owner shall give the Owner access to accounts and records relating thereto.
11 Rev 12.2018
Section 4.02 – Claims for Extra Work
If the Contractor claims (i) that any work it has been ordered to do is extra work or (ii) that it has performed or is going to perform extra work or (iii) that any action or omission of the Owner or the Architect is contrary to the terms and provisions of the Contract, the Contractor shall: A. Promptly comply with such order; B. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement, Article 4 of these General Condition and any other provisions of the Contract documents to the contrary, file with the Owner, within fourteen (14) calendar days after being ordered to perform the work claimed by it to be extra work or within fourteen (14) calendar days after commencing performance of the extra work, whichever date shall be the earlier, or within fourteen (14) calendar days after the said action or
omission on the part of the Owner or the Architect occurred, a written notice of the basis of its claim and request a determination thereof;
C. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement and any other provisions of the Contract documents to the contrary, file with the Owner, within thirty (30) calendar days after said alleged extra work was required to be performed or said alleged extra work was commenced,
whichever date shall be the earlier, or said alleged action or omission by the Owner or the Architect occurred, a verified detailed statement, with documentary evidence, of the items and basis of its claim; D. Produce for the Owner’s examination, upon notice from the Owner, all its books of account, bills, invoices, payrolls, subcontracts, time books, progress records, daily reports, bank deposit books, bank statements, checkbooks and cancelled checks, showing all of its actions and transactions in connection with or relating to or arising by reason of its claim, and submit persons in its employment and in its subcontractors' employment for examination under oath by any person designated by the Owner to investigate any claims made against the Owner under the Contract, such examination to be made at the offices of the Contractor; and
E. Proceed diligently, pending and subsequent to the determination of the Owner with respect to any such disputed matter, with the performance of the Contract and in accordance with all instructions of the Owner and the Architect. F. The Contractor's failure to comply with any or all parts of Section 4.02 shall be
deemed to be: (i) a conclusive and binding determination on its part that said order, work, action or omission does not involve extra work and is not contrary to the terms and provisions of the Contract; and (ii) a waiver by the Contractor of all claims for additional compensation or damages as a result of said order, work, action or omission. The provisions of Section 4.02 is to promptly afford the Owner opportunity to cancel or revise any order, change its plans, mitigate or remedy the effects or circumstances giving rise to a claim or take such other action as may seem desirable and to verify any claimed expenses or circumstances as they occur. Compliance with such provisions is essential whether or not the Owner is aware of the circumstances of any order or other circumstances which might constitute a basis for a claim and whether or not the Owner has indicated it will consider a claim in connection therewith.
G. No person has power to waive or modify any of the foregoing provisions and, in any action against the Owner to recover any sum in excess of the sum certified by the Owner to be due under or by reason of the Contract, the Contractor must allege in its complaint and prove compliance with the provisions of this Section.
12 Rev 12.2018
Section 4.03 - Form of Change Orders
All change orders shall be processed, executed and approved via the Owner's E-Builder Change Order Process. No payment for change order Work shall be due the Contractor unless a change order has been issued and approved as noted above. ARTICLE 5 -- TIME OF COMPLETION Section 5.01 - Time of Completion A. The Work shall be commenced at the time stated in the written order of the Owner
and shall be completed no later than the date of completion specified in the Contract. All required overtime to maintain progress schedule is included in the Base Bid.
B. The date of beginning and the time for completion of the Work, as specified in the Contract, are essential conditions of the Contract.
C. The Work shall be prosecuted diligently at such rate of progress as shall insure full completion within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed, that the time for the completion of the Work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the average climatic range and usual business and labor conditions prevailing in the locality of the Site. D. Time is of the essence on each and every portion of the Work. In any instance in which additional time is allowed for the completion of any Work, the new time of completion established by said extension shall be of the essence. If in the Architect’s or Owner's judgment, it becomes necessary at any time during construction to accelerate and/or complete certain areas of the project, the Contractor shall concentrate efforts and manpower on designated areas.
E. Where Work occurs within occupied areas, perform same only on approved schedule, so as not to interfere with normal operation of occupied areas.
F. The Contractor shall not be charged with damages or any excess cost if the Owner determines that the Contractor is without fault and the Contractor's reasons for the time extension are acceptable to the Owner. The Contractor shall not be charged with damages or any excess cost
for delay in completion of the work if the Owner determines that the delay is due to: 1. any preference, priority or allocation order duly issued by the Government of the United States or the State of New York; 2. unforeseeable cause beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and approved by the Owner, including, but not limited to, acts of God or of public enemy, acts of the Owner, fires, epidemics, quarantine, restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes and unusually severe weather.
13 Rev 12.2018
G. The time for completion can only be extended by change order and may be extended for:
1. all of the Work, or 2. only that portion of the Work altered by the change order. H. Any claim for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Owner not more than ten (10) days after the commencement of the delay; otherwise it shall be waived. ARTICLE 6 -- TERMINATION
Section 6.01 - Termination for Cause In the event that any provision of this Contract is violated by the Contractor or by any
Subcontractor of the Contractor, the Owner may serve written notice upon the Contractor, and upon the Contractor's surety, if any, of the Owner's intention to terminate the Contract. The notice shall briefly state the reasons for the termination and shall specify a termination date. If arrangements
satisfactory to the Owner are not made to remove and remedy the violation, the Contract shall terminate upon the date specified by the Owner in the notice. In the event of termination, the Owner may take over and complete the Work at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor and Contractor's surety shall be liable to the Owner for all costs thereby incurred by the Owner. In the event of such termination the Owner may take possession of and may utilize such materials, appliances, and plant as may be located on the Site and which may be necessary or useful in completing the Work. Section 6.02 - Termination for Convenience of Owner The Owner, at any time, may terminate the Contract in whole or in part. Any said
termination shall be effected by delivering to the Contractor a notice of termination specifying the extent to which performance of Work under the Contract is terminated and the date upon which said termination becomes effective. Upon receipt of the notice of termination, the Contractor shall
act promptly to minimize the expenses resulting from said termination. The Owner shall pay the Contractor for costs actually incurred by the Contractor up to the effective date of said termination, but in no event shall the Contractor be entitled to compensation in excess of the total consideration
of the Contract. In the event of said termination the Owner may take over the Work and prosecute same to completion. Section 6.03 - Owner's Right to do Work The Owner may, after notice to the Contractor, without terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, perform or have performed by others all of the Work or any part thereof and may deduct the cost thereof from any monies due or to become due the Contractor.
14 Rev 12.2018
ARTICLE 7 -- DISPUTES
Section 7.01 - Disputes Procedure A. If the Contractor claims that any Work which the Contractor has been ordered to perform will be Work which should have been authorized or directed by change order, or that any action or omission of the Owner is contrary to the terms of the Contract, the Contractor shall: 1. File a notice with the Owner which sets forth the basis of the Contractor's claim and requests a resolution of the dispute. Such notice shall be filed within fifteen (15) working days after being ordered to perform the disputed work or within fifteen (15) working days after commencing performance of the disputed work, whichever is earlier, or within fifteen
(15) working days after the act or omission of the Owner which the Contractor claims is contrary to the terms of the Contract.
2. Proceed diligently with the performance of the work in accordance with the instructions of the Owner pending the resolution of the dispute by the Owner.
3. Promptly comply with the order of the Owner regarding the disputed matter. 4. Any such decision, or any other decision of the Owner in respect to a dispute, shall be final unless the Contractor, within ten (10) working days after such decision, shall deliver to the Owner a verified written statement which sets forth the Contractor's contention that the decision is contrary to a provision of the contract. Pending the decision of the Owner, the Contractor shall proceed in accordance with the original decision. The Owner shall determine the validity of the Contractor's claim and such
determination shall be final. The Contractor may file a notice with the Owner reserving its rights in connection with the dispute but shall comply with the Owner's decision and complete the work as directed. B. No claim for additional costs regarding changed or extra work shall be allowed unless the work was done pursuant to a written order of the Owner.
C. The value of claims for extra work, if allowed, shall be determined by the methods described in the Contract. Refer to Article 4 of these General Conditions. D. The Contractor's failure to comply with any or all parts of Article 7 shall be deemed to be: 1. a conclusive and binding determination on the part of the Contractor that the order, work, action or omission is not contrary to the terms and provisions of the Contract;
2. a waiver by the Contractor of all claims for additional compensation, time extension, or damages as a result of said order, work, action or omission.
15 Rev 12.2018
ARTICLE 8 -- SUBCONTRACTS
Section 8.01 - Subcontracting A. The Contractor may utilize the services of Subcontractors. B. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, in writing, the name of each proposed Subcontractor and Sub-Subcontractor, as required by the Contract. The Contractor shall not award any Work to any Subcontractor or Sub-Subcontractor without the prior written approval of the Owner. C. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the Work, acts and omissions of Subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by Subcontractors.
D. The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts relative to the Work to bind Subcontractors to the Contractor by the terms of the Contract insofar
as applicable to the Work of Subcontractors, indemnification and to give the Contractor the same power to terminate any subcontract that the Owner may exercise over the Contractor.
E. The Contractor's use of Subcontractors shall not diminish the Contractor's obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract. The Contractor shall control and coordinate the Work of Subcontractors. F. Nothing contained in the Contract shall create any contractual relationship between Subcontractors and the Owner. ARTICLE 9 -- COORDINATION AND COOPERATION Section 9.01 - Cooperation with Other Contractors A. Normally, the Work will be performed by a single Contractor. However, the Owner reserves the right to perform work related to the Work with its own forces or award separate
contracts. In that event, the Contractor shall coordinate its operations with the Owner's forces or separate Contractors.
B. The Owner cannot guarantee the responsibility, efficiency, unimpeded operations or performance of any contractor. The Contractor acknowledges these conditions and shall bear the risk of all delays including, but not limited to, delays caused by the presence or operations of
other contractors. C. The Contractor shall keep informed of the progress and workmanship of other contractors and shall notify the Owner immediately of lack of progress or defective workmanship on the part of other contractors where said delay or defective workmanship may interfere with the Contractor's operations. D. Failure of a Contractor to keep so informed and failure to give notice of lack of progress or defective workmanship by others shall be construed as acceptance by the Contractor of said progress and workmanship as being satisfactory for proper coordination with the Work.
16 Rev 12.2018
E. If the Contractor notifies the Owner, in writing, that another contractor on the Site is failing to coordinate the work of said contractor with the Work, the Owner shall investigate the
charge. If the Owner finds it to be true, the Owner shall promptly issue such directions to the other contractor with respect thereto as the situation may require. The Owner shall not be liable for any damages suffered by the Contractor by reason of the other contractor's failure to promptly comply with the directions so issued by the Owner, or by reason of another contractor's default in performance. F. If the Owner shall determine that the Contractor is failing to coordinate the Work with the work of other contractors as the Owner has directed: 1. the Owner shall have the right to withhold any payments due under the Contract until the Owner's directions are complied with by the Contractor; and
2. the Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless from any and all claims or judgments for damages and from any costs or damages to which the
Owner may be subjected or which the Owner may suffer or incur by reason of the Contractor's failure promptly to comply with the Owner's directions.
G. Should the Contractor sustain any damage through any act or omission of any other contractor having a contract with the Owner or through any act or omission of any Subcontractor of said other contractor, the Contractor shall have no claim against the Owner for said damage. H. Should any other contractor having a Contract with the Owner sustain damage through any act or omission of the Contractor or its Subcontractor, the Contractor shall reimburse said other contractor for all said damages and shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless from all said claims. ARTICLE 10 -- PROTECTION OF RIGHTS, PERSONS AND PROPERTY Section 10.01 - Accidents and Accident Prevention
A. The Contractor shall at all times take reasonable precautions for the safety of persons engaged in the performance of the work. The Contractor shall comply fully with all applicable provisions of federal, state, and local law. The Contractor alone shall be responsible for
the safety, efficiency and adequacy of the Contractor's Work, plant, appliances and methods, and for any damage which may result from the failure or the improper construction, maintenance, or operation of said Work, plant, appliances and methods.
B. The Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of all cases of death, occupational disease, and injury requiring medical attention or causing loss of time from work, arising out of or in the course of employment on Work under the Contract, and shall immediately notify the Owner in writing of any injury which results in hospitalization or death, or significant near miss incidents that had the potential to result in serious injury or death. The Contractor shall upload all completed Contractor and Subcontractor incident investigation forms and reports within five (5) working days of the incident. The report shall include the extent of damage or injury, the persons involved and their employers, the number of days persons are hospitalized, and any other pertinent information required by Cornell University. Such reporting shall be submitted on the e-Builder Accident Form.
17 Rev 12.2018
C. The Contractor shall provide to the Project Manager, Material Safety Data Sheets (OSHA Form 20 or the equivalent) for all chemicals to be used on site. All chemicals requiring
any precautionary measures (eg. special storage or disposal requirements, personal protective equipment, or additional ventilation), shall be brought to the attention of Cornell University for review and approval, prior to their use on site. 1. All chemicals brought on site by the Contractor shall be clearly labeled. The label shall state the identity of the chemical, any associated hazards, and the Contractor's name. 2. All Contractor employees who are using chemicals shall be made aware of the hazards associated with their use. Safe chemical handling procedures in accordance with OSHA or other governmental agencies, and manufacturer's
recommendations shall be used at all times. 3. The Contractor shall dispose of all chemicals in accordance with EPA and Cornell
University requirements, regardless of the size of the container or the quantity of waste, and must receive prior approval of Cornell University.
4. A Contractor’s Waste Material Disposal Plan form is required (with or without waste) to be submitted with submission of the first payment. The form can be found at: https://sp.ehs.cornell.edu/env/solid-waste/construction-demolition-waste/Pages/default.aspx D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initiation, maintenance and supervision of safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work.
E. The Contractor shall, at all times, guard the Owner's property from injury or loss in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall, at all times, guard and protect the Contractor's Work. The Contractor shall replace or make good any said loss or injury unless said loss or injury is caused directly by the Owner. F. The Contractor shall have full responsibility to install, protect and maintain all materials and supplies in proper condition and forthwith repair, replace and make good any damage thereto until Final Acceptance. Section 10.02 - Adjoining Property
A. The Contractor shall be required to protect all the adjoining property and to repair or replace any such properties damaged or destroyed by the Contractor, its employees or
subcontractors thereof, by reason of, or as a result of activities under, for or related to the Contract. Section 10.03 - Emergencies
A. In case of an emergency which threatens loss or injury to persons or property, the Contractor will be allowed to act, without previous instructions from the Owner, in a diligent manner, to the extent required to avoid or limit such loss or injury, and the Contractor shall notify the Owner immediately thereafter of the action taken.
18 Rev 12.2018
Section 10.04 - Bonds
A. Before commencing the performance of any work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner any required Bonds. The failure of the Contractor to supply the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the Contract signing shall constitute a default. Section 10.05 - Risks Assumed by the Contractor A. Indemnification. The Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its trustees, officers, agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses, fines, and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the work including, but not limited to, bodily or personal injury, sickness, disease, death, or injury or damage to tangible property, to the extent they arise out of or result from:
1. any negligent act or omission, or intentional or willful misconduct, violation of law, or breach of this Contract by the Contractor, or any of its
subcontractors, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, or
2. any injury to an employee of the Contractor, its subcontractors, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them. The indemnification obligation under this section shall not be limited by the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor under workers’ compensation, disability benefit or other employee benefit laws. B. In the event that Contractor is requested but refuses to honor its indemnification obligations hereunder, then the Contractor shall, in addition to all other obligations, pay the cost, including reasonable attorneys' fees, of bringing an action to enforce such indemnification obligations.
C. Neither the Owner's final acceptance of the work to be performed hereunder nor the making of any payment shall release the Contractor from its obligations under this Section. The enumeration elsewhere in the Contract of particular risks assumed by the Contractor or of particular
claims for which the Contractor is responsible shall not be deemed to limit the effect of the provisions of this Section or to imply that the Contractor assumes or is only responsible for risk or claims of the type enumerated.
Section 10.06 - Contractor's Compensation and Liability Insurance A. The Contractor shall procure and maintain, at its own cost and expense, until final acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by this Contract, the following kinds of insurance: 1. Worker's Compensation Insurance. A policy complying with the requirements of the laws of the State of New York and any other laws that may be applicable thereto, including Coverage B - Employer's Liability with a limit of not less than $1,000,000.
19 Rev 12.2018
2. Contractor's Comprehensive General Liability Insurance. A standard comprehensive general liability insurance policy, with contractual, completed
operations, explosion, collapse and underground property damage coverage’s issued to and covering the liability of the Contractor for all work and operations under this Contract, all obligations assumed by the Contractor under this Contract and all damage to work performed by subcontractors on your behalf. The Contractor shall provide Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability Insurance, and the Owner shall be an additional insured in the policy. The policy shall include cross liability coverage and shall be endorsed to indicate that it is primary coverage. The completed operations coverage’s shall be maintained for not less than two years after acceptance of the work. The coverage under such policy shall be not less than a combined single limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage as follows, or such limits carried by the Contractor, whichever is greater:
BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY (BROAD FORM)
$ 5,000,000 Each Occurrence $ 5,000,000 Aggregate
3. Automobile Liability Insurance. A policy covering the use in connection with the work covered by the Contract Documents of all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles bearing, or, under the circumstances under which they are being used, required by the Motor Vehicle Laws of the State of New York to bear license plates. The coverage under such policy shall be not less than a combined single limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage of: BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY $ 1,000,000 Each Person $ 1,000,000 Each Accident B. In addition to maintaining all of the above insurances, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its agents and employees from and against liability,
including additional premium due because of the Contractor's failure to maintain coverage limits as required under this section.
C. Insurance similar to that required of the Contractor shall be provided by or on behalf of all subcontractors to cover their own operations performed under this Contract. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any modifications in these insurance requirements as they
apply to subcontractors.
20 Rev 12.2018
D. Before commencing the performance of any work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a current certificate or certificates, in duplicate, of the
insurance required under the foregoing provisions including copies of subcontractor’s certificates. Such certificates shall be on a form prescribed by the Owner, shall list the various coverage’s and shall contain, in addition to any provisions hereinbefore required, a provision that the policy shall not be changed or cancelled and that it will be automatically renewed upon expiration and continued in force until final acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by the Contract, unless the Owner is given thirty (30) days written notice to the contrary. Upon renewal of each of the Contractor's insurance coverage’s, the Owner shall be provided with a new certificate of insurance showing such renewal. Certificates and written notices shall be directed to the Office of Facilities Contracts. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with a certified copy of each policy including any and all exclusions to such policy.
E. If at any time any of the above required insurance policies should be cancelled, terminated or modified so that insurance is not in effect as above required, then, if the Owner shall so direct, the Contractor shall suspend performance of the work covered in the Contract. If the said
work is so suspended, no extension of time shall be due on account thereof. The Owner may, at its option, obtain insurance affording coverage equal to that above required, at the Contractor's expense.
Section 10.07 - Liability Insurance of the Owner A. The Owner, at its own cost and expense, shall procure and maintain such liability insurance as will, in its opinion, protect the Owner from its contingent liability to others for damages because of bodily injury, including death, and property damage which may arise from operations under this Contract.
21 Rev 12.2018
Section 10.08 - Owner's and Contractor's Responsibilities for Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance Hazards
A. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain in force a builders risk insurance policy on the entire work. Such insurance shall be written on a completed value form and in an amount equal to the initial contract sum and modified by any subsequent modifications to the contract sum. The insurance shall name Cornell University and the State of New York, all subcontractors and sub- subcontractors. The insurance policy shall contain a provision that the insurance will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until the Contractor has given at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Cornell University. The insurance shall cover the entire work at the site, including reasonable compensation for Architect’s services and expenses made necessary by an insured loss. Insured property shall include portions of the work located away from the site and in transit to the site. The policy shall cover the cost of removing debris and demolition as may
be legally necessary. The policy shall cover any boiler or machinery loss which may be suffered during installation and until final acceptance. The insurance required shall be written to cover “all risk” of physical loss including a loss due to collapse. Any deductible shall be the responsibility
of the Contractor but in no case shall the deductible be more than $10,000 unless Cornell University has agreed to a higher deductible. The Contractor shall provide to Cornell University a certificate of insurance and a summary of coverage’s including all endorsements and exclusions prior to
commencement of the work. Once the policy is received, the Contractor shall provide a copy of such policy to Cornell University. There shall be a mutual waiver of recovery between Cornell University, the Contractor and all other parties to the extent such losses are covered by the builders risk policy. If Cornell University wishes to occupy the building prior to final acceptance and if the policy contains a provision which limits coverage for such partial occupancy, the parties agree work together to obtain consent of the insurance company for such partial occupancy or use under mutually acceptable terms. B. Losses, if any, under such insurance shall be payable to the Owner. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all loss of materials connected with
the construction due to unexplainable disappearance, theft or misappropriation of any kind or nature. D. The foregoing provisions shall not operate to relieve the Contractor and subcontractors of responsibility for any loss or damage to their own or rented property or property of their employees, of whatever kind or nature, or on account of labor performed under the Contract
incidental to the repair, replacement, salvage, or restoration of such items, including but not limited to tools, equipment, forms, scaffolding, and temporary structures, including their contents, regardless of ownership of such contents, except for such contents as are to be included in and remain a part of the permanent construction. The Owner shall in no event be liable for any loss or damage to any of the aforementioned items, or any other property of the Contractor, subcontractors and the Architect, or employees, agents, or servants of same, which is not to be included in and remain a part of the permanent construction. The Contractor and subcontractors severally waive any rights of recovery they may have against the Owner and the Architect for damage or destruction of their own or rented property, or property of their employees of whatever kind or nature.
22 Rev 12.2018
Section 10.09 - Effect of Procurement of Insurance
A. Neither the procurement nor the maintenance of any type of insurance by the Owner or the Contractor shall in any way be construed or be deemed to limit, discharge, waive or release the Contractor from any of the obligations and risks imposed upon the Contractor by the Contract or to be a limitation on the nature or extent of such obligations and risks. Section 10.10 - No Third Party Rights A. Nothing in the Contract shall create or give to third parties; any claim or right of action against the Contractor, the Architect, and the Owner beyond such as may legally exist irrespective of the Contract.
ARTICLE 11 -- USE OR OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER
Section 11.01 – Substantial Completion A. The term "substantial completion" means the completion of the Work to the extent
that Cornell University may have uninterrupted occupancy or use of the facility or specified portion thereof for the purpose for which intended. The Contractor shall obtain all certificates of occupancy required prior to occupancy, and any electrical, mechanical and plumbing certificates, or other certificates or required approvals and acceptances by City, County, and State governments or other authority having jurisdiction. Section 11.02 - Occupancy Prior to Acceptance A. If, before Final Acceptance, the Owner desires Beneficial Occupancy of the Work, or any part thereof, which is completed or partly completed, or to place or install therein equipment and furnishings, the Owner shall have the right to do so, and the Contractor shall in no way interfere with or object to said Beneficial Occupancy by the Owner. B. Said Beneficial Occupancy (1) shall not constitute acceptance of space, systems,
materials or elements of the Work, nor shall said Beneficial Occupancy affect the start of any guarantee period, and (2) shall not affect the obligations of the Contractor for Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract or other obligations of the Contractor under the
Contract. C. The Contractor shall continue the performance of the Work in a manner which shall not unreasonably interfere with said use, occupancy and operation by the Owner. ARTICLE 12 -- PAYMENT Section 12.01 - Provision for Payment A. The Owner agrees to pay the Contract Price to the Contractor for the performance of this Contract and the fulfillment of all the Contractor's obligations. The Contract Price means all costs reimbursable under the Contract Documents.
23 Rev 12.2018
B. The final certificate of the Architect shall certify that the Contract has been completed within the stipulated time, and shall not be issued until all drawings and specifications
have been returned to the Owner. The issuance of said certificates, however, or any payments made thereon shall not lessen the total responsibility of the Contractor to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Owner in accordance with the Contract. C. Payments on the Contract Price shall be made each month as the work progresses in accord with the following procedure: 1. The Contractor's schedule of values, including quantities, aggregating the total Contract Price, divided so as to facilitate payments to subcontractors as specified herein, shall be the basis for monthly progress payments. This schedule, as shown in the E-Builder Schedule of Values Process, when approved by the
Owner shall be used as a basis for progress payments. In applying for payments, the Contractor shall submit a statement based upon this approved schedule.
2. (a) On a date agreed upon by the Owner, Architect, and Contractor, a meeting shall be held by the Owner to review the work completed and materials on hand. This meeting shall review each item to be submitted
by the Contractor in the requisition for payment. (b) On the first day of each month, or as soon thereafter as practicable, the Contractor shall submit via the E-Builder Payment Application Process, a statement and all applicable documentation setting forth in detail the cost of the work done and materials delivered to the job site up to and including the last day of the previous month and shall make application for payment of ninety percent (90%) of the amount of said statement, less the aggregate of all previous payments made by the Owner against the Contract Price. (c) Each statement and application shall be accompanied by an affidavit,
executed by the Contractor, certifying that the statement is true and correct, and that all bills for labor, and materials incorporated in or delivered to the job, due and payable at the time of the preceding progress payment, have been paid. The Contractor shall attach a single .pdf file of certified payrolls for all employees on the project as indicated in the E-Builder Payment Application Process. Before final payment is made, the
Contractor shall submit evidence that all payrolls, material bills and other indebtedness incurred in connection with the Contract have been paid, including final waivers of any liens. 3. Each such application for payment shall be subject to the review and approval of the Architect. If the Architect finds that the affidavit and application for payment are acceptable and that all the above requirements in connection therewith have been complied with, the Architect shall, within seven (7) calendar days after receiving such application for payment, certify to the Owner that the payment applied for is due and payable to the Contractor.
24 Rev 12.2018
4. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment constitutes a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the date of the Application for Payment, that
the work has progressed to the point indicated, that, to the best of their knowledge, information, and belief, the quality of the work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. The Owner shall make payment in the manner provided in the Agreement within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of the approved Certificate in E-Builder. Approval of the Payment Application by the Architect shall not be deemed to represent that the Architect has made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work or that the Architect has reviewed the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or proceedings
or that the Architect has made any examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used the monies previously paid on account of the Contract Sum.
Section 12.02 – Stored Materials & Equipment
A. The Contractor may submit, no more than thirty (30) calendar days after contract approval and prior to the first application for payment, a written request to Cornell University for permission to invoice for critical materials and equipment ready, but not yet incorporated into the work. For the purpose of this paragraph, "critical materials and equipment" eligible for payment are defined as those items affecting project schedule or budget as determined by Cornell University's evaluation of the project schedule. This includes finished goods normally shipped to the job site in a condition ready for incorporation into the work that require significant time for delivery. Raw materials or work-in-process at a manufacturer's plant location shall not be eligible for such consideration unless the Contractor can demonstrate that Cornell University can save money by purchasing material in bulk quantities at the beginning of the project.
B. Cornell University will be under no obligation to accept such requests. C. Payment authorized by Cornell University for such "long-lead" critical materials and equipment not yet incorporated in the work will be made provided the Contractor submits Exhibit H and complies with the following:
1. Items shall be listed in the “Total Materials Presently Stored” column on the Application for Payment. 2. Transfer of Title shall be executed and included in the Application for Payment. 3. The method used to store off-site items shall be described in the Contractor's request to invoice for such materials and equipment. Cornell University shall give prior approval of the location of off-site storage. Items requiring special environmental conditions to protect their integrity (temperature, humidity, etc.) shall be continuously stored in such an
environment.
25 Rev 12.2018
4. Items in storage shall be identified as property of Cornell University, and a description of the identification method used shall be submitted in the
Application for Payment. Contractor shall maintain all necessary insurance on items in storage. 5. A written and photographic inventory of items and method used to verify such inventory, including Contractor's certification that all quantities have been received in good condition at the job site or other location acceptable to Cornell University shall be submitted with the Application for Payment. 6. A copy of the vendor's invoice is included with the Contractor's invoice. Packing lists will not be accepted.
D. Cornell University retains the right to verify storage by physical inspection prior to payment approval and at any time thereafter. Such payment shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for protecting, safeguarding, and properly installing the equipment or materials.
The Warranty and Guarantee period shall not commence until installation and final acceptance of the completed work by Cornell University. The Contractor shall bear the cost of transporting materials stored off-site to the site
E. Each subsequent invoice will restate the prior months' materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work and current month additions and deletions for materials and equipment incorporated into the Work. F. Upon the making of partial payment by Cornell University, all work, materials, and equipment covered thereby shall become the sole property of Cornell University. Partial payments, however, shall not constitute acceptance of the Contractor's work by Cornell University, nor be construed as a waiver of any right or claim by Cornell University. Section 12.03 – Retention
A. Retention in the amount of ten percent (10%) of the value of the work done and materials furnished and installed under this Agreement shall be retained by the Owner as part security for the faithful performance of the Contractor’s work within the time specified, and shall be paid as indicated in Section 12.06.
B. Cornell University in its sole discretion may, upon the Contractor's application thereof, release retention applicable to a subcontractor, provided that there are no outstanding claims associated with the subcontractor's work and the subcontractor and Contractor submit an acceptable partial or final release when submitting the payment application process. If the project is bonded, a Consent of Surety to the reduction must be attached as well.
26 Rev 12.2018
Section 12.04 - Withholding Payments
A. The Owner may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or a part of any Certificate to such extent as may be necessary to protect the Owner from loss on account of: 1. Defective work not remedied. 2. To assure payment of just claims of any persons supplying labor or materials for the work and to discharge any lien filed against the Owner's property. 3. A reasonable doubt that the Contract can be completed for the balance of
the Contract Price then unpaid. 4. Damage to another Contractor.
5. Unsatisfactory prosecution of the work by the Contractor.
6. Failure to provide and maintain an acceptable Critical Path Method Network Schedule. Section 12.05 – Documents and Conditions Precedent to Final Payment A. As-Built Documentation 1. Prior to acceptance by the Owner of all work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner through the Architect one (1) set of current reproducible full-size Contract Drawings on which the Contractor has recorded in a neat and workmanlike manner all instances where actual field construction
differs from work as indicated on the Contract Drawings. B. Final Documentation: 1. Prior to final payment, and before the issuance of a final certificate for payment in accordance with the provisions of these General Conditions, file the following
documents with the Owner. a. Warranties, Bonds, Service & Maintenance Contracts and any other extended guarantees stated in the technical sections of the Specifications. b. Release or Waiver of Lien for the Contractor and Sub-Contractors in accordance with Exhibit C, attached hereto. c. Project Record Documents as defined in General Requirements Section 01 78 39.
d. Notification that Final Punch List work has been completed. e. Manufacturers Instruction and Maintenance Manuals as defined in General Requirements Section 01 78 23.
27 Rev 12.2018
f. Fixed Equipment Inventory as defined in General Requirements Section
01 78 22. 2. The Contractor shall also provide a CD containing scanned .pdf format and/or Word Documents of all documentation. Section 12.06 - Final Payment and Release A. When the Contractor determines that the work or a designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare for submission to the Owner a list of items to be completed or corrected. This list, prepared by the Contractor, shall constitute a complete detailed list of defects and deficiencies which, when remedied, will complete all Contract requirements.
The submittal shall be accompanied by a statement to that effect. B. The failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of the
Contractor to complete all work in accordance with the Contract Documents. When the Architect, on the basis of an inspection, determines that the work is substantially complete, the Architect will then prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion.
C. Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection and acceptance, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the work acceptable under the provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contract fully performed, and if bonds have been required, the written Consent of the Surety to the payment of the balance due, and a satisfactory Release of Lien, attached hereto as Exhibit "C" and made a part of the Contract Documents, has been submitted by the Contractor, each subcontractor and sub-subcontractor, the Contractor will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment, stating that to the best of their knowledge, information, and belief, and on the basis of their observations and inspections the work has been completed in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, and that the entire balance is due and payable.
D. All prior certificates upon which progress payments may have been made, being estimates, shall be subject to correction to the final certificate. E. The acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment aforesaid shall constitute a general release of the Owner and its agents or representatives from all claims and liability to the
Contractor. ARTICLE 13 -- TAX EXEMPTION Section 13.01 - Tax Exemption A. The Owner is exempt from payment of Federal, State and local taxes, including sales and compensating use taxes on all materials and supplies incorporated into the completed Work. These taxes are not to be included in bids. This exemption does not apply to tools, machinery, equipment or other property leased by or to the Contractor or a Subcontractor, or to supplies and materials which, even though they are consumed, are not incorporated into the completed Work, and the Contractor and Subcontractors shall be responsible for and pay any and all applicable taxes, including sales and compensating use taxes, on said leased tools, machinery,
equipment or other property and upon all said unincorporated supplies and materials.
28 Rev 12.2018
B. The Contractor and Subcontractor shall obtain any and all necessary certificates or
other documentation from the appropriate governmental agency or agencies, and use said certificates or other documentation as required by law, rule or regulation. ARTICLE 14 -- GUARANTEE Section 14.01 - Guarantee A. The Contractor, at the convenience of the Owner, shall remove, replace and/or repair at their own costs and expense any defects in workmanship, materials, ratings, capacities or characteristics occurring in or to the work covered by Contract for the period of one (1) year or
within such longer period as may otherwise be provided in the Contract, the period of such guarantee to commence with the Owner's final acceptance of all work covered under the Contract, and the Contractor, upon demand, shall pay for all damage to all other work resulting from such
defects and all expenses necessary to remove, replace and/or repair such work which may be damaged in removing, replacing or repairing the said defects. Acceptance means final acceptance of the entire work, early partial occupancy notwithstanding
B. In some instances the nature of the work may require the Owner to accept various components, equipment, spaces or phase of the project. In such cases the Contractor shall submit a separate guarantee for the Owner's acceptance on the form attached hereto as Exhibit "E". Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner a guarantee for the project on the form attached hereto as Exhibit "E". ARTICLE 15 -- STANDARD PROVISIONS Section 15.01 - Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted Each and every provision of law or clause required by law to be inserted in the Contract and made a part hereof, shall be deemed to be inserted herein and, in the event any such provision
is not inserted or is not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, this Contract shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion or correction.
Section 15.02 - Laws Governing the Contract The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without reference to
conflict of law principles. Any and all proceedings relating to the subject matter hereof shall be maintained in New York State Supreme Court, Tompkins County or the federal district court for the Northern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction for such purposes. Section 15.03 - Assignments The Contractor shall not assign the Contract in whole or in part without prior written consent of the Owner.
29 Rev 12.2018
Section 15.04 - No Third Party Rights
Nothing in the Contract shall create or shall give to third parties any claim or right of action against the Owner, beyond such rights as may legally exist irrespective of the Contract. Section 15.05 - Waiver of Rights of Owner A. None of the provisions of the Contract will be considered waived by the Owner except when such waiver is given in writing. Section 15.06 - Limitation on Actions No action or proceeding shall be filed or shall be maintained by the Contractor against
the Owner unless said action shall be commenced within six (6) months after receipt by the Owner of the Contractor's final requisition or, if the Contract is terminated by the Owner, unless said action is commenced within six (6) months after the date of said termination.
Section 15.07 - Owner's Representative
The Owner shall designate a representative authorized to act in its behalf with respect to the Project. The Owner or its representative shall examine documents and shall render approvals and decisions pertaining thereto promptly, to avoid unreasonable delay in the progress of the Contractor's work. Only directives from Cornell University’s designated representative (Debra Melanson) shall be recognized by the Contractor. ARTICLE 16 – MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES Section 16.01 – Definitions The terms "Minority-owned business enterprise" ("MBE") or “Women-owned business enterprise” (“WBE”) or “minority group member” shall have the same meaning as under Section 310 of the New York State Executive Law, as the same may be from time to time amended.
Section 16.02 – Participation by Minority and Women Business Enterprises
A. The Contractor shall, in addition to any other nondiscrimination provision of the Contract and at no additional cost to Owner, fully comply and cooperate with the Owner in the implementation of MBE and WBE goals. These requirements include equal employment
opportunities for minority group members and women (“EEO”) and contracting opportunities for certified minority and women-owned business enterprises (“MWBEs”). The Contractor’s demonstration of “good faith efforts” shall be a part of these requirements. These provisions shall be deemed supplementary to, and not in lieu of, the nondiscrimination provisions required by New York State or other applicable federal, state or local laws. B. The Contractor shall include the provisions of this Article in each and every Agreement and/or Contract in such a manner that the provisions of this Article will be binding upon each subcontractor and supplier as to work in connection with and related to this Agreement.
30 Rev 12.2018
C. For purposes of this procurement, the Owner has established goals as outlined in the Bid Proposal Certification Form for Minority-Owned Business Enterprises (“MBE”) and
Women-Owned Business Enterprises (“WBE”) participation. 1. The goal for Minority-Owned Business Enterprise participation shall be applied as follows: a maximum of one third (1/3) of the goal may be applied to purchases of materials, supplies, and equipment from MBEs.
2. The goal for Women-Owned Business Enterprise participation shall be applied as follows: a maximum of one third (1/3) of the goal may be applied to purchases of materials, supplies, and equipment from WBEs.
D. For purposes of providing meaningful participation by MWBEs on the Contract and achieving the Contract Goals established in paragraph C above, the Contractor should reference the Directory of New York State Certified MWBEs found at the following internet address: http://www.esd.ny.gov/mwbe.html.
E. Where MWBE goals have been established herein, the Contractor must document “good faith efforts” to provide meaningful participation by MWBEs as sub-contractors or suppliers in the performance of the Contract. F. Where it appears that a Contractor is unable to comply with the MWBE participation requirements, Contractor may submit in writing for the Owner’s consideration, the
reasons for Contractor’s inability to meet any or all of the participation requirements together with an explanation of the efforts taken by the Contractor to obtain the stated MWBE participation. Section 16.03 MWBE Utilization Plan A. The Contractor shall submit a MBE/WBE Utilization Plan for the Owner’s review prior within fifteen (15) calendar days after receipt of a Letter of Intent or Notice to Proceed.
B. The Contractor shall use such Owner approved MBE/WBE Utilization Plan for the performance of MWBEs on the Contract pursuant to the prescribed MWBE goals established in Article 16 hereof. The Contractor shall designate a Compliance Officer in their organization who
shall be responsible for implementing the MBE/WBE Utilization Plan of the Contractor and its subcontractors. Said Compliance Officer shall make such periodic, but not less than monthly, reports on the Plans' progress and on the number of women and minority workers employed. These reports shall be submitted to the Owner Representative on the Affirmative Action Workforce Report attached hereto as Exhibit "D". Section 16.04 Reports and Records A. The following forms, attached hereto as Exhibit "D" and made a part of the Contract Documents, are to be used in submitting MBE/WBE Utilization Plans. Electronic
versions are available in the E-Builder Resources Project or at https://fcs.cornell.edu/project-contractors-and-consultants. 1. MWBE Utilization Plan 2. Affirmative Action Workforce Report
31 Rev 12.2018
B. The Contractor shall demonstrate compliance with these goals by submission of the Affirmative Action Workforce Report on a monthly basis, or as requested by Owner. The
Contractor shall provide a single monthly report inclusive of all subcontractor information for the project labor and such report must document the progress made towards achievement of the MWBE goals of the Contract. Such forms shall be uploaded monthly to E-Builder. C. The Contractor shall permit access to its books, records and accounts by the Owner for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with the provisions of this Article. The Contractor shall include this provision in every subcontract so that such provision will be binding upon each subcontractor. ARTICLE 17 -- ACCOUNTINGS, INSPECTION AND AUDIT The Contractor agrees to keep books and records showing the actual costs incurred for the Work. Such books and records (including, without limitation, any electronic data processing files used by the Contractor in analyzing and recording the Work) shall be open for inspection and audit by the Owner and its authorized representatives at reasonable hours at the Contractor's local office or at the Owner's office, if necessary, and shall be retained by the Contractor for a period of seven years after the Work has been completed, except that if any litigation, claim or audit is started before the expiration date of the seven year period, the records shall be retained until all litigation, claims or audit findings involving the records have been resolved.. Each Sub-Contractor shall be
similarly obligated to maintain, for inspection and audit by the Owner, books and records respecting the Work. If requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish copies of any and all subcontracts, purchase orders and/or requisitions of any nature associated with the project.
ARTICLE 18 – CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION At project completion the Owner shall schedule a meeting to review with the Contractor their performance for the project unless performance warrants additional reviews. The Owner may schedule a meeting at fifty percent (50% completion) based on project complexity and/or duration. The Owner shall present its review based on the attached “Contractor Performance Evaluation”, Exhibit I. The Contractor shall be given the opportunity to provide input as to the findings of the evaluation after completion by the Owner. ARTICLE 19 -- ROYALTIES AND PATENTS
The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patents, and shall save Cornell University harmless from loss on account thereof; except that Cornell University shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular
process or product is specified by Cornell University unless the Contractor shall have reason to believe that the particular process or product infringes a patent, in which event it shall be responsible for loss on account thereof unless it promptly provides such information to Cornell
University.
32 Rev 12.2018
ARTICLE 20 -- CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF OWNER'S NAME
Section 20.01 - Release of Information The Contractor shall not divulge information concerning the Work (including news releases, social media, internal house organizations, applications for permits, etc.) to anyone without Cornell University's prior written approval, except to subcontractors and suppliers to the extent that they need such information to perform their work. The Contractor shall require a similar agreement from each such subcontractor and supplier, requiring their compliance with the foregoing. Cornell University reserves the right to release all information, as well as to time its release and specify its form and content. The Contractor may obtain Cornell University's approval to release information by submitting such request to the Cornell University Project Manager.
Section 20.02 - Confidential Information The term "Confidential Information" means all unpublished information obtained or
received from Cornell University during the term of this Contract which relates to Cornell University's research, development, manufacturing and business affairs. The Contractor shall not disclose confidential information to any person, except to its employees and subcontractors to the
extent that they require it in the performance of their Work, during the term of this Contract and until authorized by Cornell University in writing. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall hold all confidential information in trust and confidence for Cornell University, and shall use confidential information only for the purpose of this Contract. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall require all of their employees to whom confidential information is revealed to comply with these provisions. The Contractor shall have an agreement with each subcontractor, requiring their compliance with the foregoing. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to defend in case of litigation related to its services rendered, permission shall be sought from Cornell University, who shall not unreasonably withhold such permission, before any disclosures are made. This Section does not apply to information which (1) is or becomes known in public domain or (2) is learned by the Contractor from third parties.
Section 20.03 - Use of Owner's Name The Contractor shall not use, in its external, advertising, marketing program, social media, or other promotional efforts, any date, pictures, or other representation of the Owner except on the specific written authorization in advance of the Owner's Representative.
33 Rev 12.2018
ARTICLE 21 -- CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARDS OF ETHICAL CONDUCT
Cornell University expects all executive officers, trustees, faculty, staff, student employees, and others, when acting on behalf of the university, to maintain the highest standard of ethical conduct as per Cornell University's Policy 4.6 - Standards of Ethical Conduct, a copy of which is available at https://fcs.cornell.edu/project-contractors-and-consultants This includes treating equally all persons and firms currently doing business with or seeking to do business with or for Cornell University, whether as contractors, subcontractors, or suppliers. Such persons and firms are respectfully reminded that Cornell University employees and their families may not personally benefit from Cornell University's business relationships by the acceptance of gifts or gratuities, defined as a gift in excess of $75.00 given to a Cornell employee for personal use. Items not considered gifts/gratuities include occasional business meals, items of an advertising nature, and items that are generally distributed to all potential customers. In addition, it is expected that
the Contractor's officers and employees shall conduct all business related to this Contract within the highest ethical standards, observing applicable policies, practices, regulations, law, and professional standards. All parties are expected to report violations of this policy to appropriate
university personnel. You may file a report to on the web https://secure.ethicspoint.com/domain/en/report_custom.asp?clientid=6357 or contact Cornell University through EthicsPoint by dialing toll-free 1-866-293-3077.
EXHIBIT "A"
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Construction Contract Change Order Forms Instructions to Change Order Documentation
Cornell University has several standard forms related to Changes in the Work. These forms have been prepared to comply with contract requirements related to Changes in the Work. The standard Construction Contract Change Order Request and Change Order Summary Forms shall be used to facilitate preparation of change order requests in conformity with construction contract requirements. These forms shall be used by the Contractor and by all Subcontractors in preparing their respective cost estimates for services associated with the Changed Work for the Owner’s consideration and
shall include all associated back-up documentation supporting the request.
Direct Cost of the Work:
1. Direct Labor – Include the “wages paid” hourly direct labor and/or foreman necessary to perform the required change. “Wages paid” is the burdened labor rate documented in accordance with Section 2.14 – Project Labor Rates of the General Conditions. “Assigned Personnel or Work Crews” should be stated by trade or type of work performed not by name of person or company title. For example carpenter, mason, backhoe operator, etc.
Supervisory personnel in district or home office shall not be included. Supervisory personnel on the job-site, but with broad supervisory responsibility and paid as salaried personnel, shall not be included as Direct Labor 2. Direct Material – Include the acquisition cost of all materials directly required to perform the required change. Examples of “Unit of Measure” include square feet, cubic yards, linear feet, days, gallons, etc.
3. Equipment – Include the rental cost of equipment items necessary to perform the change. For company-owned equipment items, include documentation of internal rental rates. Charges for small tools, and craft specific tools are not allowed.
Bond Premiums The Contractor’s actual documented bond premium rate as entered into the eBuilder Bid Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields at time of bid shall be added to all direct and indirect costs of the proposed change.
Overhead & Profit
The Contractor’s overhead & profit rate shall be added to all direct and indirect costs of the proposed change in accordance with the Contract.
EXHIBIT "A"
EXHIBIT "A"
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER SUMMARY
DATE:
PCO #
PROJECT TITLE:CONTRACT NO.
CONTRACTOR:
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1 DIRECT COST OF WORK:
NAME OF CONTRACTOR/SUBCONTRACTORS TO TAL
PERFORMING WORK COST
TOTAL COST OF PROPOSED CHANGE ORDER ITEM $0
TOTAL CONTRACT DAYS ADDED/DELETED FROM PROJECT SCHEDULE
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FINAL RELEASE EXHIBIT "B"
FINAL WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND LIENS AND RELEASE OF RIGHTS
Sworn to before me this Corporation or Business Name Day of 20 By: Title:
Date Contract Date
Project Contract Price
Address Net Extras and Deductions
City Adjusted Contract Price
County Amount Previously Paid
State Balance Due - Final Payment
The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the above Balance Due when paid represents payment in full for all labor, materials, etc., furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier in connection with its work on the above Project
in accordance with the Contract. In consideration of the amounts and sums previously received, and the payment of $ being the full and Final Payment amount due, the below named Contractor or Supplier does hereby waive and release the Owner from any and all claims and liens and rights of liens upon the premises described above, and upon improvements now or hereafter thereon, and upon the monies or other considerations due or to become due from the Owner or from any other person, firm or corporation, said claims, liens and rights of liens being on account of labor, services, materials, fixtures or apparatus heretofore furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier to the Project. The premises as to which said claims and liens are hereby released are identified as follows: .
The undersigned further represents and warrants that he/she is duly authorized and empowered to sign and execute this waiver on his/her own behalf and on behalf of the company or business for which he/she is signing; that it has properly performed all work and furnished all materials of the specified quality per plans and specifications and in a
good and workmanlike manner, fully and completely; that it has paid for all the labor, materials, equipment and services that it has used or supplied, that it has no other outstanding and unpaid applications, invoices, retentions, holdbacks, expenses employed in the prosecution of work, chargebacks or unbilled work or materials against the Owner as of the
date of the aforementioned last and final payment application; and that any materials which have been supplied or incorporated into the above premises were either taken from its fully-paid or open stock or were fully paid for and supplied on the last and final payment application or invoice. The undersigned further agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner for any losses or expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees) should any such claim, lien or right of lien be asserted by the below named Contractor or Supplier or by any of its or their laborers, material persons or subcontractors. In addition, for and in consideration of the amounts and sums received, the below named Contractor or Supplier hereby waives, releases and relinquishes any and all claims, rights or causes of action in equity or law whatsoever arising out of through or under the above mentioned Contract and the performance of work pursuant thereto.
The below named Contractor or Supplier further guarantees that all portions of the work furnished and installed are in accordance with the Contract and that the terms of the Contract with respect to this guarantee will remain in effect
for the period specified in said Contract.
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
EXHIBIT "C"
GUARANTEE
Date:
In accordance with plans and specifications and the terms and conditions of our contract with Cornell
University dated , we hereby guarantee
the as found in the specifications
for , Ithaca, New York to be free (Project Title)
from defects in materials and workmanship for the period of year(s) from
, the date of acceptance by the Owner.
(Date) (COMPANY)
By:
Title:
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
EXHIBIT "D" – FORM I
1
MWBE Utilization Plan
– Submit Part I and Part II within 15 days after Letter of Intent or Notice to Proceed –
– Submit Part III Quarterly and at end of project –
PART I – PROJECT INFORMATION e-Builder Project No. Project Name: Contract Value:
Contractor Name and Address:
Primary Contact Name, Phone Number, Email: Bid Date:
% Goals MBE: 3.0% WBE: 2.7% Contractor’s MWBE Contact Name, Phone Number, Email:
PART II – MWBE LIST (Update as MWBE firms come under contract, sign and date, resubmit) Subcontractor Name, Address, Contact, Email, MBE or WBE
(List your firm if also MBE or WBE)
Federal ID Number Dollar Value of Contract or
Purchase Order
Description of Work or Supplies Subcontractor or Supplier Start and
End Dates
(Update totals as MWBE firms are added/subtracted to above list) Print Name of Principal or Officer: Title:
Signature: Date:
MWBE Contract
Percentages Summary
%
MBE Totals
WBE Totals
EXHIBIT "D" – FORM I
2
MWBE Utilization Plan
– Submit Part I and Part II within 15 days after Letter of Intent or Notice to Proceed –
– Submit Part III Quarterly and at end of project –
PART III – Quarterly Utilization Report (Subcontractors & Sub-subcontractors fill this out and submit to General Contractor to compile into a single form.) Double click on table to edit. Month/Year:
General Contractor, Subcontractor, Sub-
Subcontractor, or Vendor Trade
Dollar Value of
SubContract or
Purchase Order
MBE,
WBE, or
N/A
% of Total
Contract
TOTALS 0 0
EXHIBIT "D" - FORM II
SUMMARY OF BID ACTIVITY WITH MBE AND WBE SUBCONTRACTORS AND VENDORS Please print or type all information, except where a signature is required. PROJECT:
Name of Prime Contract Bidder:
Address (Street, City, State and Zip Code):
Contact Person (Name, Title and Telephone Number):
MBE and WBE Subcontractor/Vendor Item/ Bid Submitted: Award Status Date of
(Indicate which) Trade Date Amount Date Amount Elimination
EXPLANATION OF ELIMINATION: Include meetings held for negotiation, etc. (Use additional sheet if necessary)
OFFICER OF FIRM:
Name and Title: Date:
Signature:
EXHIBIT "D" - FORM III
EXHIBIT "E"
LABOR RATE BREAKDOWN
PROJECT TITLE:CONTRACT NO.
CONTRACTOR:TRADE:
EFFECTIVE DATE:
EXPIRATION DATE:
Base Hourly Rate:$
Payroll Taxes and Insurance % per Hour
F.I.C.A.
Federal Unemployment (Base on 1500 hours of work)
State Unemployment (Base on 1500 hours of work)
*Worker's Compensation
*Bodity Injury & Property Damage
Disability
TOTAL %
Payroll Taxes and Insurance Rates: Base Rate (x) Total % =$
*
Supplemental Benefits $ per Hour
Vacation
Health & Welfare
Pension
Annuity
Education / Training
Industry
Total Hourly Fringe Benefits $
Hourly Labor Rate: Base Rate, Taxes/Insurance and Fringe Benefits $
Adjustment for a composite rate which includes apprentices:$
CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION
Signature of Authorized Representative:
Print Name:
Print Title:
I certify that the labor rates, insurance enumerations, labor fringe enumerations and expenses are correct and in accordance
with actual and true cost incurred.
Rates are net Contractor cost after premium discounts and experience
modifications have been applied against manual rate.
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
EXHIBIT "F”
STORED MATERIALS INVOICING
DOCUMENTATION
PROJECT TITLE:
CONTRACT NO.
CONTRACTOR:SUBCONTRACTOR:
REASON FOR REQUEST:
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT NO. __________DATE:
1 Material Identification
Description:
Quantity:
Provide Specific Location of Materials Stored:
2 Material Value
Attach an Invoice or Quantified Statement of Value.$
3 Certificate of Insurance
Attach a Certificate of Insurance for the above specified materials. Certificate shall name
"Cornell University" as a loss payee with respect to the specified materials.
4 Transfer of Title
The Contractor hereby agrees to transfer complete ownership of all listed materials to Cornell University at the
time payment is made to Contractor for the above referenced Application for Payment. The Contractor remains
responsible for all contractual requirements for the above listed materials including complete installation and
providing of all warranties.
Signed:
Date:
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
EXHIBIT "G"
Contractor Performance
Evaluation
Project Information
Project Name:____________________________________________Date Of Evaluation___________________
Project Number___________________________Evaluators;
Project Team_____________________________
Campus_________________________________
Project Start Date_________________________Substantial Completion________________
Contractor______________________________________________Prequalification Status_________________
Original Contract Amount__________________________________Total Change Order Amount_____________
Contractor Project Manager___________________________________________Initial Evaluation_____
Contractor Superintendent____________________________________________Final Evaluation_____
Type Of Contract
Prime Contractor___Subcontractor___Construction Manager___
Project Comments/Description
Performance Evaluation
Please give one rating for each category. Add comments as required to justify your rating.
Fails to Achieve Needs Fully AchieveFreq ExceedsCons Exceed
Expectation Improvement Expectation Expectation Expectation
1 2 3 4 5
1 Quality of Workmanship
Rate this contractor's performance in regards to quality of work
a. Compliance with project drawings and specifications
b. Workmanship quality and accuracyc. Tools- quality and sufficient quantity
d. Equipment - sufficient quantity and operating condition
e. Quality of jobsite craft personnel
Comments:
2 Scheduling/Productivity
Rate this contractor's performance with regard to producing and
meeting contract schedules and milestones
a. Project schedule quality and completenessb. Controlling of project schedule
c. Manpower allocation for maintaining schedule
d. Material deliveries to support project schedulee. Ability to meet substantial completion date and project milestones
f. Productivity of work force
g. Ability to deal with added work and unforeseen issues.
Comments:
3 Subcontractor Management
Rate this contractor's ability, effort and success in managing and coordinating
subcontractors(if no subcontractors rate overall management performance)
Comments:
3A Major subcontractor performance(score not added in final Contractor Evaluation
For contractor information only
a. Plumbing Contractor overall Performance
Comments:
b. HVAC Contractor overall Performance
Comments:
c. Electrical Contractor overall Performance
Comments:
Fails to Achieve Needs Fully AchieveFreq ExceedsCons Exceed
Expectation Improvement Expectation Expectation Expectation
1 2 3 4 5
4 MBE/WBE Participation
Rate this contractor's MBE/WBE solicitation effort and participation for this
project for, Project Team, Subcontractors, Material Vendors
Comments:
5 Safety
Rate this contractor's performance in regards to project safetya. Timely submission of site specific safety program
b. Knowledge of OSHA standards
c. Implementation of safety rules and regulationsd. Promotion and creation of safety awareness
e. Daily overall housekeeping
f. Safety record
g. Response to safety concerns
h. Awareness of public safety
Comments:
6 Contract Administration
Rate this contractor's performance in regards to contract
administration as per criteria below
a. Timely submission of complet and correct
documentation required for insurance and bond
b. Change order processing
c. Timely submission of RFI's, Shop Drawings,
and change orders
d. Subcontractor payments made promptlye. Timely submission of complete and correct payment
applications
f. Quality of paperwork
Comments:
7 Working Relationships
Rate this contractor's working relationships with other parties
(Cornell, Design Team, subcontractors,ect.)
Comments:
Fails to Achieve Needs Fully AchieveFreq ExceedsCons Exceed
Expectation Improvement Expectation Expectation Expectation
1 2 3 4 5
8 Supervisory Personnel Rating
Rate the overall performance of this contractor's on site supervisory
personnel and project management staff
Comments:
9 Contract Close-Out
Rate this contractor's overall ability to efficiently close out the project
a. Timely completion of all punchlist items
b. Timely resolution of all outstanding change orders
c. Timely submission of all close out documents(O&M's,
As-Builts, warranties, final releases and consent of surety)
d. Quality of close out documentation and timely completion
of any outstanding audit questionsComments:
Summary Sheet
Project:___________________________________________
Contractor:________________________________________
Rating Per Weight
Performance Categories Category %Scoring
1 Quality of Workmanship 0 15.00%0
2 Scheduling 0 10.00%0
3 Subcontractor Management 0 10.00%0
4 MBE/WBE Participation 0 10.00%0
5 Safety 0 10.00%0
6 Contract Administration 0 10.00%0
7 Working Relationships 0 10.00%0
8 On Site Supervisory Personnel Rating 0 18.00%0
9 Contract Close Out 0 7.00%0
Over All Rating 0
Rating Reference
Fails to achieve expectation 1
Needs improvement 2
Fully achieves expectation 3
Frequently exceeds expectation 4
Consistently exceeds expectation 5
OWNER COMMENTS:
OWNER COMMENTS on 3A Ratings:
CONTRACTOR COMMENTS:
(To be completed by Contractor prior to Owner/Contractor discussion meeting)
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PREVAILING WAGE RATES FOR WING HALL AND PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK
35(9$,/,1*:$*(6&+('8/()25$57,&/(38%/,&:25.352-(&7
$WWDFKHGLVWKHFXUUHQWVFKHGXOH V RIWKHSUHYDLOLQJZDJHUDWHVDQGSUHYDLOLQJKRXUO\
VXSSOHPHQWVIRUWKHSURMHFWUHIHUHQFHGDERYH$XQLTXH3UHYDLOLQJ:DJH&DVH1XPEHU
35& KDVEHHQDVVLJQHGWRWKHVFKHGXOH V IRU\RXUSURMHFW
7KHVFKHGXOHLVHIIHFWLYHIURP-XO\ WKURXJK-XQH$OOXSGDWHVFRUUHFWLRQVSRVWHG
RQWKHVWEXVLQHVVGD\RIHDFKPRQWKDQGIXWXUHFRSLHVRIWKHDQQXDOGHWHUPLQDWLRQDUH
DYDLODEOHRQWKH'HSDUWPHQW
VZHEVLWHZZZODERUQ\JRY8SGDWHG3')FRSLHVRI\RXU
VFKHGXOHFDQEHDFFHVVHGE\HQWHULQJ\RXUDVVLJQHG35&DWWKHSURSHUORFDWLRQRQWKH
ZHEVLWH
,WLVWKHUHVSRQVLELOLW\RIWKHFRQWUDFWLQJDJHQF\RULWVDJHQWWRDQQH[DQGPDNHSDUWWKH
DWWDFKHGVFKHGXOHWRWKHVSHFLILFDWLRQVIRUWKLVSURMHFWZKHQLWLVDGYHUWLVHGIRUELGVDQGRU
WRIRUZDUGVDLGVFKHGXOHVWRWKHVXFFHVVIXOELGGHU V LPPHGLDWHO\XSRQUHFHLSWLQRUGHUWR
LQVXUHWKHSURSHUSD\PHQWRIZDJHV
3OHDVHUHIHUWRWKH*HQHUDO3URYLVLRQVRI/DZV&RYHULQJ:RUNHUVRQ3XEOLF:RUN
&RQWUDFWVSURYLGHGZLWKWKLVVFKHGXOHIRUWKHVSHFLILFGHWDLOVUHODWLQJWRRWKHU
UHVSRQVLELOLWLHVRIWKH'HSDUWPHQWRI-XULVGLFWLRQ
8SRQFRPSOHWLRQRUFDQFHOODWLRQRIWKLVSURMHFWHQWHUWKHUHTXLUHGLQIRUPDWLRQDQGPDLO25
ID[WKLVIRUPWRWKHRIILFHVKRZQDWWKHERWWRPRIWKLVQRWLFH25ILOORXWWKHHOHFWURQLF
YHUVLRQYLDWKH1<6'2/ZHEVLWH
127,&(2)&203/(7,21&$1&(//$7,212)352-(&7
'DWH&RPSOHWHG 'DWH&DQFHOOHG
1DPH 7LWOHRI5HSUHVHQWDWLYH
3KRQH )D[ :$YHUHOO+DUULPDQ6WDWH2IILFH&DPSXV%OGJ5RRP$OEDQ\1<
ZZZODERUQ\JRY3:$VN3:$VN#ODERUQ\JRY
*HQHUDO3URYLVLRQVRI/DZV&RYHULQJ:RUNHUVRQ$UWLFOH3XEOLF:RUN&RQWUDFWV
,QWURGXFWLRQ
7KH/DERU/DZUHTXLUHVSXEOLFZRUNFRQWUDFWRUVDQGVXEFRQWUDFWRUVWRSD\ODERUHUVZRUNHUVRUPHFKDQLFVHPSOR\HGLQWKHSHUIRUPDQFHRIDSXEOLFZRUNFRQWUDFWQRWOHVVWKDQWKHSUHYDLOLQJUDWHRIZDJHDQGVXSSOHPHQWV IULQJHEHQHILWV LQWKHORFDOLW\ZKHUHWKHZRUNLVSHUIRUPHG
5HVSRQVLELOLWLHVRIWKH'HSDUWPHQWRI-XULVGLFWLRQ
$'HSDUWPHQWRI-XULVGLFWLRQ &RQWUDFWLQJ$JHQF\ LQFOXGHVDVWDWHGHSDUWPHQWDJHQF\ERDUGRUFRPPLVVLRQ DFRXQW\FLW\WRZQRUYLOODJH DVFKRROGLVWULFWERDUGRIHGXFDWLRQRUERDUGRIFRRSHUDWLYHHGXFDWLRQDOVHUYLFHV DVHZHUZDWHUILUHLPSURYHPHQWDQGRWKHUGLVWULFWFRUSRUDWLRQ DSXEOLFEHQHILWFRUSRUDWLRQ DQGDSXEOLFDXWKRULW\DZDUGLQJDSXEOLFZRUNFRQWUDFW
7KH'HSDUWPHQWRI-XULVGLFWLRQ &RQWUDFWLQJ$JHQF\ DZDUGLQJDSXEOLFZRUNFRQWUDFW0867REWDLQD3UHYDLOLQJ5DWH6FKHGXOHOLVWLQJWKHKRXUO\UDWHVRIZDJHVDQGVXSSOHPHQWVGXHWKHZRUNHUVWREHHPSOR\HGRQDSXEOLFZRUNSURMHFW7KLVVFKHGXOHPD\EHREWDLQHGE\FRPSOHWLQJDQGIRUZDUGLQJD5HTXHVWIRUZDJHDQG6XSSOHPHQW,QIRUPDWLRQIRUP 3: WRWKH%XUHDXRI3XEOLF:RUN7KH3UHYDLOLQJ5DWH6FKHGXOH0867EHLQFOXGHGLQWKHVSHFLILFDWLRQVIRUWKHFRQWUDFWWREHDZDUGHGDQGLVGHHPHGSDUWRIWKHSXEOLFZRUNFRQWUDFW
8SRQWKHDZDUGLQJRIWKHFRQWUDFWWKHODZUHTXLUHVWKDWWKH'HSDUWPHQWRI-XULVGLFWLRQ &RQWUDFWLQJ$JHQF\ IXUQLVKWKHIROORZLQJLQIRUPDWLRQWRWKH%XUHDX WKHQDPHDQGDGGUHVVRIWKHFRQWUDFWRUWKHGDWHWKHFRQWUDFWZDVOHWDQGWKHDSSUR[LPDWHGROODUYDOXHRIWKHFRQWUDFW7RIDFLOLWDWHFRPSOLDQFHZLWKWKLVSURYLVLRQRIWKH/DERU/DZDFRS\RIWKH'HSDUWPHQW
V1RWLFHRI&RQWUDFW$ZDUGIRUP 3: LVSURYLGHGZLWKWKHRULJLQDO3UHYDLOLQJ5DWH6FKHGXOH
7KH'HSDUWPHQWRI-XULVGLFWLRQ &RQWUDFWLQJ$JHQF\ LVUHTXLUHGWRQRWLI\WKH%XUHDXRIWKHFRPSOHWLRQRUFDQFHOODWLRQRIDQ\SXEOLFZRUNSURMHFW7KH'HSDUWPHQW
V3:IRUPLVSURYLGHGIRUWKDWSXUSRVH
%RWKWKH3:DQG3:IRUPVDUHDYDLODEOHIRUFRPSOHWLRQRQOLQH
+RXUV
1RODERUHUZRUNHURUPHFKDQLFLQWKHHPSOR\RIDFRQWUDFWRURUVXEFRQWUDFWRUHQJDJHGLQWKHSHUIRUPDQFHRIDQ\SXEOLFZRUNSURMHFWVKDOOEHSHUPLWWHGWRZRUNPRUHWKDQHLJKWKRXUVLQDQ\GD\RUPRUHWKDQILYHGD\VLQDQ\ZHHNH[FHSWLQFDVHVRIH[WUDRUGLQDU\HPHUJHQF\7KHFRQWUDFWRUDQGWKH'HSDUWPHQWRI-XULVGLFWLRQ &RQWUDFWLQJ$JHQF\ PD\DSSO\WRWKH%XUHDXRI3XEOLF:RUNIRUDGLVSHQVDWLRQSHUPLWWLQJZRUNHUVWRZRUNDGGLWLRQDOKRXUVRUGD\VSHUZHHNRQDSDUWLFXODUSXEOLFZRUNSURMHFW
7KHUHDUHYHU\IHZH[FHSWLRQVWRWKLVUXOH&RPSOHWHLQIRUPDWLRQUHJDUGLQJWKHVHH[FHSWLRQVLVDYDLODEOHRQWKH'D\+RXU:RUN6FKHGXOHIRUP 3:
:DJHVDQG6XSSOHPHQWV
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
8SRQUHFHLYLQJWKHRULJLQDOVFKHGXOHWKH'HSDUWPHQWRI-XULVGLFWLRQ &RQWUDFWLQJ$JHQF\ LV5(48,5('WRSURYLGHFRPSOHWHFRSLHVWRDOOSULPHFRQWUDFWRUVZKRLQWXUQ0867E\ODZSURYLGHFRSLHVRIDOODSSOLFDEOHFRXQW\VFKHGXOHVWRHDFKVXEFRQWUDFWRUDQGREWDLQIURPHDFKVXEFRQWUDFWRUDQDIILGDYLWFHUWLI\LQJVXFKVFKHGXOHVZHUHUHFHLYHG,IWKHRULJLQDOVFKHGXOHH[SLUHGWKHFRQWUDFWRUPD\REWDLQDFRS\RIWKHQHZDQQXDOGHWHUPLQDWLRQIURPWKH1<6'2/ZHEVLWHZZZODERUQ\JRY
7KH&RPPLVVLRQHURI/DERUPDNHVDQDQQXDOGHWHUPLQDWLRQRIWKHSUHYDLOLQJUDWHV7KLVGHWHUPLQDWLRQLVLQHIIHFWIURP-XO\VWWKURXJK-XQHWKRIWKHIROORZLQJ\HDU7KHDQQXDOGHWHUPLQDWLRQLVDYDLODEOHRQWKH1<6'2/ZHEVLWHZZZODERUQ\JRY
3D\UROOVDQG3D\UROO5HFRUGV
(YHU\FRQWUDFWRUDQGVXEFRQWUDFWRU0867NHHSRULJLQDOSD\UROOVRUWUDQVFULSWVVXEVFULEHGDQGDIILUPHGDVWUXHXQGHUSHQDOW\RISHUMXU\3D\UROOVPXVWEHPDLQWDLQHGIRUDWOHDVWWKUHH \HDUVIURPWKHSURMHFW
VGDWHRIFRPSOHWLRQ$WDPLQLPXPSD\UROOVPXVWVKRZWKHIROORZLQJLQIRUPDWLRQIRUHDFKSHUVRQHPSOR\HGRQDSXEOLFZRUNSURMHFW 1DPH$GGUHVV/DVW'LJLWVRI6RFLDO6HFXULW\1XPEHU&ODVVLILFDWLRQ V LQZKLFKWKHZRUNHUZDVHPSOR\HG+RXUO\ZDJHUDWH V SDLG6XSSOHPHQWVSDLGRUSURYLGHGDQG'DLO\DQGZHHNO\QXPEHURIKRXUVZRUNHGLQHDFKFODVVLILFDWLRQ
7KHILOLQJRISD\UROOVWRWKH'HSDUWPHQWRI-XULVGLFWLRQLVDFRQGLWLRQRISD\PHQW(YHU\FRQWUDFWRUDQGVXEFRQWUDFWRUVKDOOVXEPLWWRWKH'HSDUWPHQWRI-XULVGLFWLRQ &RQWUDFWLQJ$JHQF\ ZLWKLQWKLUW\ GD\VDIWHULVVXDQFHRILWVILUVWSD\UROODQGHYHU\WKLUW\ GD\VWKHUHDIWHUDWUDQVFULSWRIWKHRULJLQDOSD\UROOVVXEVFULEHGDQGDIILUPHGDVWUXHXQGHUSHQDOW\RISHUMXU\7KH'HSDUWPHQWRI-XULVGLFWLRQ &RQWUDFWLQJ$JHQF\ VKDOOFROOHFWUHYLHZIRUIDFLDOYDOLGLW\DQGPDLQWDLQVXFKSD\UROOV
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
7KHSULPHFRQWUDFWRULVUHVSRQVLEOHIRUDQ\XQGHUSD\PHQWVRISUHYDLOLQJZDJHVRUVXSSOHPHQWVE\DQ\VXEFRQWUDFWRU
$OOFRQWUDFWRUVRUWKHLUVXEFRQWUDFWRUVVKDOOSURYLGHWRWKHLUVXEFRQWUDFWRUVDFRS\RIWKH3UHYDLOLQJ5DWH6FKHGXOHVSHFLILHGLQWKHSXEOLFZRUNFRQWUDFWDVZHOODVDQ\VXEVHTXHQWO\LVVXHGVFKHGXOHV$IDLOXUHWRSURYLGHWKHVHVFKHGXOHVE\DFRQWUDFWRURUVXEFRQWUDFWRULVDYLRODWLRQRI$UWLFOH6HFWLRQDRIWKH/DERU/DZ
$OOVXEFRQWUDFWRUVHQJDJHGE\DSXEOLFZRUNSURMHFWFRQWUDFWRURULWVVXEFRQWUDFWRUXSRQUHFHLSWRIWKHRULJLQDOVFKHGXOHDQGDQ\VXEVHTXHQWO\LVVXHGVFKHGXOHVVKDOOSURYLGHWRVXFKFRQWUDFWRUDYHULILHGVWDWHPHQWDWWHVWLQJWKDWWKHVXEFRQWUDFWRUKDVUHFHLYHGWKH3UHYDLOLQJ5DWH6FKHGXOHDQGZLOOSD\RUSURYLGHWKHDSSOLFDEOHUDWHVRIZDJHVDQGVXSSOHPHQWVVSHFLILHGWKHUHLQ 6HH1<6/DERU/DZV$UWLFOH6HFWLRQD
'HWHUPLQDWLRQRI3UHYDLOLQJ:DJHDQG6XSSOHPHQW5DWH8SGDWHV$SSOLFDEOHWR$OO&RXQWLHV
7KHZDJHVDQGVXSSOHPHQWVFRQWDLQHGLQWKHDQQXDOGHWHUPLQDWLRQEHFRPHHIIHFWLYH-XO\VWZKHWKHURUQRWWKHQHZGHWHUPLQDWLRQKDVEHHQUHFHLYHGE\DJLYHQFRQWUDFWRU&DUHVKRXOGEHWDNHQWRUHYLHZWKHUDWHVIRUREYLRXVHUURUV$Q\FRUUHFWLRQVVKRXOGEHEURXJKWWRWKH'HSDUWPHQW
VDWWHQWLRQLPPHGLDWHO\,WLVWKHUHVSRQVLELOLW\RIWKHSXEOLFZRUNFRQWUDFWRUWRXVHWKHSURSHUUDWHV,IWKHUHLVDTXHVWLRQRQWKHSURSHUFODVVLILFDWLRQWREHXVHGSOHDVHFDOOWKHGLVWULFWRIILFHORFDWHGQHDUHVWWKHSURMHFW$Q\HUURUVLQWKHDQQXDOGHWHUPLQDWLRQZLOOEHFRUUHFWHGDQGSRVWHGWRWKH1<6'2/ZHEVLWHRQWKHILUVWEXVLQHVVGD\RIHDFKPRQWK&RQWUDFWRUVDUHUHVSRQVLEOHIRUSD\LQJWKHVHXSGDWHGUDWHVDVZHOOUHWURDFWLYHWR-XO\VW
:KHQ\RXUHYLHZWKHVFKHGXOHIRUDSDUWLFXODURFFXSDWLRQ\RXUDWWHQWLRQVKRXOGEHGLUHFWHGWRWKHGDWHVDERYHWKHFROXPQRIUDWHV7KHVHDUHWKHGDWHVIRUZKLFKDJLYHQVHWRIUDWHVLVHIIHFWLYH7RWKHH[WHQWSRVVLEOHWKH'HSDUWPHQWSRVWVUDWHVLQLWVSRVVHVVLRQWKDWFRYHUSHULRGVRIWLPHEH\RQGWKH-XO\VWWR-XQHWKWLPHIUDPHFRYHUHGE\DSDUWLFXODUDQQXDOGHWHUPLQDWLRQ5DWHVWKDWH[WHQGEH\RQGWKDWLQVWDQWWLPHSHULRGDUHLQIRUPDWLRQDO21/<DQGPD\EHXSGDWHGLQIXWXUHDQQXDOGHWHUPLQDWLRQVWKDWDFWXDOO\FRYHUWKHWKHQDSSURSULDWH-XO\VWWR-XQHWKWLPHSHULRG
:LWKKROGLQJRI3D\PHQWV
:KHQDFRPSODLQWLVILOHGZLWKWKH&RPPLVVLRQHURI/DERUDOOHJLQJWKHIDLOXUHRIDFRQWUDFWRURUVXEFRQWUDFWRUWRSD\RUSURYLGHWKHSUHYDLOLQJZDJHVRUVXSSOHPHQWVRUZKHQWKH&RPPLVVLRQHURI/DERUEHOLHYHVWKDWXQSDLGZDJHVRUVXSSOHPHQWVPD\EHGXHSD\PHQWVRQWKHSXEOLFZRUNFRQWUDFWVKDOOEHZLWKKHOGIURPWKHSULPHFRQWUDFWRULQDVXIILFLHQWDPRXQWWRVDWLVI\WKHDOOHJHGXQSDLGZDJHVDQGVXSSOHPHQWVLQFOXGLQJLQWHUHVWDQGFLYLOSHQDOW\SHQGLQJDILQDOGHWHUPLQDWLRQ
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
7KH'HSDUWPHQWRI-XULVGLFWLRQ &RQWUDFWLQJ$JHQF\ VKDOOFRPSO\ZLWKWKLVRUGHURIWKH&RPPLVVLRQHURI/DERURURIWKHFRXUWZLWKUHVSHFWWRWKHUHOHDVHRIWKHIXQGVVRZLWKKHOG
6XPPDU\RI1RWLFH3RVWLQJ5HTXLUHPHQWV
7KHFXUUHQW3UHYDLOLQJ5DWH6FKHGXOHPXVWEHSRVWHGLQDSURPLQHQWDQGDFFHVVLEOHSODFHRQWKHVLWHRIWKHSXEOLFZRUNSURMHFW7KHSUHYDLOLQJZDJHVFKHGXOHPXVWEHHQFDVHGLQRUFRQVWUXFWHGRIPDWHULDOVFDSDEOHRIZLWKVWDQGLQJDGYHUVHZHDWKHUFRQGLWLRQVDQGEHWLWOHG35(9$,/,1*5$7(2):$*(6LQOHWWHUVQRVPDOOHUWKDQWZR LQFKHVE\WZR LQFKHV
7KH3XEOLF:RUN3URMHFWQRWLFHPXVWEHSRVWHGDWWKHEHJLQQLQJRIWKHSHUIRUPDQFHRIHYHU\SXEOLFZRUNFRQWUDFWRQHDFKMREVLWH
(YHU\HPSOR\HUSURYLGLQJZRUNHUVFRPSHQVDWLRQLQVXUDQFHDQGGLVDELOLW\EHQHILWVPXVWSRVWQRWLFHVRIVXFKFRYHUDJHLQWKHIRUPDWSUHVFULEHGE\WKH:RUNHUV&RPSHQVDWLRQ%RDUGLQDFRQVSLFXRXVSODFHRQWKHMREVLWH
(YHU\HPSOR\HUVXEMHFWWRWKH1<6+XPDQ5LJKWV/DZPXVWFRQVSLFXRXVO\SRVWDWLWVRIILFHVSODFHVRIHPSOR\PHQWRUHPSOR\PHQWWUDLQLQJFHQWHUVQRWLFHVIXUQLVKHGE\WKH6WDWH'LYLVLRQRI+XPDQ5LJKWV
(PSOR\HUVOLDEOHIRUFRQWULEXWLRQVXQGHUWKH8QHPSOR\PHQW,QVXUDQFH/DZPXVWFRQVSLFXRXVO\SRVWRQWKHMREVLWHQRWLFHVIXUQLVKHGE\WKH1<6'HSDUWPHQWRI/DERU
$SSUHQWLFHV
(PSOR\HHVFDQQRWEHSDLGDSSUHQWLFHUDWHVXQOHVVWKH\DUHLQGLYLGXDOO\UHJLVWHUHGLQDSURJUDPUHJLVWHUHGZLWKWKH1<6&RPPLVVLRQHURI/DERU7KHDOORZDEOHUDWLRRIDSSUHQWLFHVWRMRXUQH\ZRUNHUVLQDQ\FUDIWFODVVLILFDWLRQFDQEHQRJUHDWHUWKDQWKHVWDWHZLGHEXLOGLQJWUDGHUDWLRVSURPXOJDWHGE\WKH'HSDUWPHQWRI/DERUDQGLQFOXGHGZLWKWKH3UHYDLOLQJ5DWH6FKHGXOH$QHPSOR\HHOLVWHGRQDSD\UROODVDQDSSUHQWLFHZKRLVQRWUHJLVWHUHGDVDERYHRULVSHUIRUPLQJZRUNRXWVLGHWKHFODVVLILFDWLRQRIZRUNIRUZKLFKWKHDSSUHQWLFHLVLQGHQWXUHGPXVWEHSDLGWKHSUHYDLOLQJMRXUQH\ZRUNHU
VZDJHUDWHIRUWKHFODVVLILFDWLRQRIZRUNWKHHPSOR\HHLVDFWXDOO\SHUIRUPLQJ
1<6'2//DERU/DZ$UWLFOH6HFWLRQUHTXLUHWKDWRQO\DSSUHQWLFHVLQGLYLGXDOO\UHJLVWHUHGZLWKWKH1<6'HSDUWPHQWRI/DERUPD\EHSDLGDSSUHQWLFHVKLSUDWHVRQDSXEOLFZRUNSURMHFW1RRWKHU)HGHUDORU6WDWH$JHQF\RIRIILFHUHJLVWHUVDSSUHQWLFHVLQ1HZ<RUN6WDWH
3HUVRQVZLVKLQJWRYHULI\WKHDSSUHQWLFHUHJLVWUDWLRQRIDQ\SHUVRQPXVWGRVRLQZULWLQJE\PDLOWRWKH1<6'2/2IILFHRI(PSOR\DELOLW\'HYHORSPHQW$SSUHQWLFHVKLS7UDLQLQJ6WDWH2IILFH%OGJ&DPSXV%OGJ$OEDQ\1<RUE\)D[WR1<6'2/$SSUHQWLFHVKLS7UDLQLQJ $OOUHTXHVWVIRUYHULILFDWLRQPXVWLQFOXGHWKHQDPHDQGVRFLDOVHFXULW\QXPEHURIWKHSHUVRQIRUZKRPWKHLQIRUPDWLRQLVUHTXHVWHG
7KHRQO\FRQFOXVLYHSURRIRILQGLYLGXDODSSUHQWLFHUHJLVWUDWLRQLVZULWWHQYHULILFDWLRQIURPWKH1<6'2/$SSUHQWLFHVKLS7UDLQLQJ$OEDQ\&HQWUDORIILFH1HLWKHU)HGHUDOQRU6WDWH$SSUHQWLFHVKLS7UDLQLQJRIILFHVRXWVLGHRI$OEDQ\FDQSURYLGHFRQFOXVLYHUHJLVWUDWLRQLQIRUPDWLRQ
,WVKRXOGEHQRWHGWKDWWKHH[LVWHQFHRIDUHJLVWHUHGDSSUHQWLFHVKLSSURJUDPLVQRWFRQFOXVLYHSURRIWKDWDQ\SHUVRQLVUHJLVWHUHGLQWKDWSURJUDP)XUWKHUPRUHWKHH[LVWHQFHRUSRVVHVVLRQRIZDOOHWFDUGVLGHQWLILFDWLRQFDUGVRUFRSLHVRIVWDWHIRUPVLVQRWFRQFOXVLYHSURRIRIWKHUHJLVWUDWLRQRIDQ\SHUVRQDVDQDSSUHQWLFH
,QWHUHVWDQG3HQDOWLHV
,QWKHHYHQWWKDWDQXQGHUSD\PHQWRIZDJHVDQGRUVXSSOHPHQWVLVIRXQG
,QWHUHVWVKDOOEHDVVHVVHGDWWKHUDWHWKHQLQHIIHFWDVSUHVFULEHGE\WKH6XSHULQWHQGHQWRI%DQNVSXUVXDQWWRVHFWLRQDRIWKH%DQNLQJ/DZSHUDQQXPIURPWKHGDWHRIXQGHUSD\PHQWWRWKHGDWHUHVWLWXWLRQLVPDGH$&LYLO3HQDOW\PD\DOVREHDVVHVVHGQRWWRH[FHHGRIWKHWRWDORIZDJHVVXSSOHPHQWVDQGLQWHUHVWGXH
'HEDUPHQW
$Q\FRQWUDFWRURUVXEFRQWUDFWRUDQGRULWVVXFFHVVRUVKDOOEHLQHOLJLEOHWRVXEPLWDELGRQRUEHDZDUGHGDQ\SXEOLFZRUNFRQWUDFWRUVXEFRQWUDFWZLWKDQ\VWDWHPXQLFLSDOFRUSRUDWLRQRUSXEOLFERG\IRUDSHULRGRIILYH \HDUVZKHQ
7ZR ZLOOIXOGHWHUPLQDWLRQVKDYHEHHQUHQGHUHGDJDLQVWWKDWFRQWUDFWRURUVXEFRQWUDFWRUDQGRULWVVXFFHVVRUZLWKLQDQ\FRQVHFXWLYHVL[ \HDUSHULRG7KHUHLVDQ\ZLOOIXOGHWHUPLQDWLRQWKDWLQYROYHVWKHIDOVLILFDWLRQRISD\UROOUHFRUGVRUWKHNLFNEDFNRIZDJHVRUVXSSOHPHQWV
&ULPLQDO6DQFWLRQV
:LOOIXOYLRODWLRQVRIWKH3UHYDLOLQJ:DJH/DZ $UWLFOHRIWKH/DERU/DZ PD\EHDIHORQ\SXQLVKDEOHE\ILQHRULPSULVRQPHQWRIXSWR\HDUVRUERWK
'LVFULPLQDWLRQ
1RHPSOR\HHRUDSSOLFDQWIRUHPSOR\PHQWPD\EHGLVFULPLQDWHGDJDLQVWRQDFFRXQWRIDJHUDFHFUHHGFRORUQDWLRQDORULJLQVH[GLVDELOLW\RUPDULWDOVWDWXV
1RFRQWUDFWRUVXEFRQWUDFWRUQRUDQ\SHUVRQDFWLQJRQLWVEHKDOIVKDOOE\UHDVRQRIUDFHFUHHGFRORUGLVDELOLW\VH[RUQDWLRQDORULJLQGLVFULPLQDWHDJDLQVWDQ\FLWL]HQRIWKH6WDWHRI1HZ<RUNZKRLVTXDOLILHGDQGDYDLODEOHWRSHUIRUPWKHZRUNWRZKLFKWKHHPSOR\PHQWUHODWHV 1<6/DERU/DZ$UWLFOH6HFWLRQH D
1RFRQWUDFWRUVXEFRQWUDFWRUQRUDQ\SHUVRQDFWLQJRQLWVEHKDOIVKDOOLQDQ\PDQQHUGLVFULPLQDWHDJDLQVWRULQWLPLGDWHDQ\HPSOR\HHRQDFFRXQWRIUDFHFUHHGFRORUGLVDELOLW\VH[RUQDWLRQDORULJLQ 1<6/DERU/DZ$UWLFOH6HFWLRQ
H E
7KH+XPDQ5LJKWV/DZDOVRSURKLELWVGLVFULPLQDWLRQLQHPSOR\PHQWEHFDXVHRIDJHPDULWDOVWDWXVRUUHOLJLRQ
7KHUHPD\EHGHGXFWHGIURPWKHDPRXQWSD\DEOHWRWKHFRQWUDFWRUXQGHUWKHFRQWUDFWDSHQDOW\RIIRUHDFKFDOHQGDUGD\GXULQJZKLFKVXFKSHUVRQZDVGLVFULPLQDWHGDJDLQVWRULQWLPLGDWHGLQYLRODWLRQRIWKHSURYLVLRQRIWKHFRQWUDFW 1<6/DERU/DZ$UWLFOH6HFWLRQH F
7KHFRQWUDFWPD\EHFDQFHOOHGRUWHUPLQDWHGE\WKH6WDWHRUPXQLFLSDOLW\$OOPRQLHVGXHRUWREHFRPHGXHWKHUHXQGHUPD\EHIRUIHLWHGIRUDVHFRQGRUDQ\VXEVHTXHQWYLRODWLRQRIWKHWHUPVRUFRQGLWLRQVRIWKHDQWLGLVFULPLQDWLRQVHFWLRQVRIWKHFRQWUDFW 1<6/DERU/DZ$UWLFOH6HFWLRQH G
(YHU\HPSOR\HUVXEMHFWWRWKH1HZ<RUN6WDWH+XPDQ5LJKWV/DZPXVWFRQVSLFXRXVO\SRVWDWLWVRIILFHVSODFHVRIHPSOR\PHQWRUHPSOR\PHQWWUDLQLQJFHQWHUVQRWLFHVIXUQLVKHGE\WKH6WDWH'LYLVLRQRI+XPDQ5LJKWV
:RUNHUV
&RPSHQVDWLRQ
,QDFFRUGDQFHZLWK6HFWLRQRIWKH6WDWH)LQDQFH/DZWKHFRQWUDFWRUVKDOOPDLQWDLQFRYHUDJHGXULQJWKHOLIHRIWKHFRQWUDFWIRUWKHEHQHILWRIVXFKHPSOR\HHVDVUHTXLUHGE\WKHSURYLVLRQVRIWKH1HZ<RUN6WDWH:RUNHUV
&RPSHQVDWLRQ/DZ
$FRQWUDFWRUZKRLVDZDUGHGDSXEOLFZRUNFRQWUDFWPXVWSURYLGHSURRIRIZRUNHUV
FRPSHQVDWLRQFRYHUDJHSULRUWREHLQJDOORZHGWREHJLQZRUN
7KHLQVXUDQFHSROLF\PXVWEHLVVXHGE\DFRPSDQ\DXWKRUL]HGWRSURYLGHZRUNHUV
FRPSHQVDWLRQFRYHUDJHLQ1HZ<RUN6WDWH3URRIRIFRYHUDJHPXVWEHRQIRUP& &HUWLILFDWHRI:RUNHUV
&RPSHQVDWLRQ,QVXUDQFH DQGPXVWQDPHWKLVDJHQF\DVDFHUWLILFDWHKROGHU
,I1HZ<RUN6WDWHFRYHUDJHLVDGGHGWRDQH[LVWLQJRXWRIVWDWHSROLF\LWFDQRQO\EHDGGHGWRDSROLF\IURPDFRPSDQ\DXWKRUL]HGWRZULWHZRUNHUV
FRPSHQVDWLRQFRYHUDJHLQWKLVVWDWH7KHFRYHUDJHPXVWEHOLVWHGXQGHULWHP$RIWKHLQIRUPDWLRQSDJH
7KHFRQWUDFWRUPXVWPDLQWDLQSURRIWKDWVXEFRQWUDFWRUVGRLQJZRUNFRYHUHGXQGHUWKLVFRQWUDFWVHFXUHGDQGPDLQWDLQHGDZRUNHUV
FRPSHQVDWLRQSROLF\IRUDOOHPSOR\HHVZRUNLQJLQ1HZ<RUN6WDWH
(YHU\HPSOR\HUSURYLGLQJZRUNHU
VFRPSHQVDWLRQLQVXUDQFHDQGGLVDELOLW\EHQHILWVPXVWSRVWQRWLFHVRIVXFKFRYHUDJHLQWKHIRUPDWSUHVFULEHGE\WKH:RUNHUV
&RPSHQVDWLRQ%RDUGLQDFRQVSLFXRXVSODFHRQWKHMREVLWH
8QHPSOR\PHQW,QVXUDQFH
(PSOR\HUVOLDEOHIRUFRQWULEXWLRQVXQGHUWKH8QHPSOR\PHQW,QVXUDQFH/DZPXVWFRQVSLFXRXVO\SRVWRQWKHMREVLWHQRWLFHVIXUQLVKHGE\WKH1HZ<RUN6WDWH'HSDUWPHQWRI/DERU
1RWLFHRI&RQWUDFW$ZDUG
1HZ<RUN6WDWH/DERU/DZ$UWLFOH6HFWLRQDUHTXLUHVWKDWFHUWDLQLQIRUPDWLRQUHJDUGLQJWKHDZDUGLQJRISXEOLFZRUNFRQWUDFWVEHIXUQLVKHGWRWKH&RPPLVVLRQHURI/DERU2QH1RWLFHRI&RQWUDFW$ZDUG 3:ZKLFKPD\EHSKRWRFRSLHG 0867EHFRPSOHWHGIRU($&+SULPHFRQWUDFWRURQWKHDERYHUHIHUHQFHGSURMHFW
8SRQQRWLI\LQJWKHVXFFHVVIXOELGGHU V RIWKLVFRQWUDFWHQWHUWKHUHTXLUHGLQIRUPDWLRQDQGPDLO25ID[WKLVIRUPWRWKHRIILFHVKRZQDWWKHERWWRPRIWKLVQRWLFH25ILOORXWWKHHOHFWURQLFYHUVLRQYLDWKH1<6'2/ZHEVLWH
&RQWUDFWRU,QIRUPDWLRQ$OOLQIRUPDWLRQPXVWEHVXSSOLHG
)HGHUDO(PSOR\HU,GHQWLILFDWLRQ1XPEHU
1DPH
$GGUHVV
DDD
&LW\ 6WDWH =LS
&RQWUDFW7\SH
>@ *HQHUDO&RQVWUXFWLRQ
>@ +HDWLQJ9HQWLODWLRQ
>@ (OHFWULFDO
>@ 3OXPELQJ
>@ 2WKHU
$PRXQWRI&RQWUDFW
$SSUR[LPDWH6WDUWLQJ'DWH
$SSUR[LPDWH&RPSOHWLRQ'DWH
3KRQH )D[ :$YHUHOO+DUULPDQ6WDWH2IILFH&DPSXV%OGJ5RRP$OEDQ\1<
ZZZODERUQ\JRY3:$VN3:$VN#ODERUQ\JRY
,03257$17127,&(
)25
&2175$&7256
&2175$&7,1*$*(1&,(6
6RFLDO6HFXULW\1XPEHUVRQ&HUWLILHG3D\UROOV
7KH'HSDUWPHQWRI/DERULVFRJQL]DQWRIWKHFRQFHUQVRIWKHSRWHQWLDOIRUPLVXVHRU
LQDGYHUWHQWGLVFORVXUHRIVRFLDOVHFXULW\QXPEHUV,GHQWLW\WKHIWLVDJURZLQJSUREOHP
DQG ZH DUH V\PSDWKHWLF WR FRQWUDFWRUV¶ FRQFHUQV ZLWK UHJDUG WR LQFOXVLRQ RI WKLV
LQIRUPDWLRQRQSD\UROOVLIDQRWKHULGHQWLILHUZLOOVXIILFH
)RUWKHVHUHDVRQVWKHVXEVWLWXWLRQRIWKHXVHRIWKHODVWIRXUGLJLWVRIWKHVRFLDO
VHFXULW\QXPEHURQFHUWLILHGSD\UROOVVXEPLWWHGWRFRQWUDFWLQJDJHQFLHVRQSXEOLF
ZRUNSURMHFWVLVQRZDFFHSWDEOHWRWKH'HSDUWPHQW RI/DERU
127( 7KLV FKDQJH GRHV QRW DIIHFW WKH 'HSDUWPHQW¶V
DELOLW\ WR UHTXHVW DQG UHFHLYH WKH HQWLUH VRFLDO
VHFXULW\QXPEHUIURPHPSOR\HUVGXULQJWKHFRXUVH
RILWVSXEOLFZRUNSUHYDLOLQJZDJHLQYHVWLJDWLRQV
7RDOO6WDWH'HSDUWPHQWV$JHQF\+HDGVDQG3XEOLF%HQHILW&RUSRUDWLRQV
,03257$17127,&(5(*$5',1*38%/,&:25.(1)25&(0(17)81'
%XGJHW3ROLF\ 5HSRUWLQJ0DQXDO
%
3XEOLF:RUN(QIRUFHPHQW)XQG
HIIHFWLYHGDWH'HFHPEHU
3XUSRVHDQG6FRSH
7KLV,WHPGHVFULEHVWKH3XEOLF:RUN(QIRUFHPHQW)XQG WKH)XQG3:() DQGLWVUHOHYDQFHWR6WDWHDJHQFLHVDQGSXEOLFEHQHILWFRUSRUDWLRQVHQJDJHGLQFRQVWUXFWLRQRUUHFRQVWUXFWLRQFRQWUDFWVPDLQWHQDQFHDQGUHSDLUDQGDQQRXQFHVWKHUHFHQWO\HQDFWHGLQFUHDVHWRWKHSHUFHQWDJHRIWKHGROODUYDOXHRIVXFKFRQWUDFWVWKDWPXVWEHGHSRVLWHGLQWRWKH)XQG7KLVLWHPDOVRGHVFULEHVWKHUROHVRIWKHIROORZLQJHQWLWLHVZLWKUHVSHFWWRWKH)XQG
1HZ<RUN6WDWH'HSDUWPHQWRI/DERU '2/ 7KH2IILFHRIWKH6WDWHRI&RPSWUROOHU 26& DQG6WDWHDJHQFLHVDQGSXEOLFEHQHILWFRUSRUDWLRQV
%DFNJURXQGDQG6WDWXWRU\5HIHUHQFHV
'2/XVHVWKH)XQGWRHQIRUFHWKH6WDWH
V/DERU/DZDVLWUHODWHVWRFRQWUDFWVIRU
FRQVWUXFWLRQRUUHFRQVWUXFWLRQPDLQWHQDQFHDQGUHSDLUDVGHILQHGLQVXEGLYLVLRQWZRRI
6HFWLRQRIWKH/DERU/DZ6WDWHDJHQFLHVDQGSXEOLFEHQHILWFRUSRUDWLRQVSDUWLFLSDWLQJ
LQVXFKFRQWUDFWVDUHUHTXLUHGWRPDNHSD\PHQWVWRWKH)XQG
&KDSWHURIWKH/DZVRI DVDPHQGHGE\&KDSWHURIWKH/DZVRI
&KDSWHURIWKH/DZVRI &KDSWHURIWKH/DZVRIDQG&KDSWHURIWKH
/DZVRI HVWDEOLVKHGWKH)XQG
3URFHGXUHVDQG$JHQF\5HVSRQVLELOLWLHV
7KH)XQGLVVXSSRUWHGE\WUDQVIHUVDQGGHSRVLWVEDVHGRQWKHYDOXHRIFRQWUDFWVIRU
FRQVWUXFWLRQDQGUHFRQVWUXFWLRQPDLQWHQDQFHDQGUHSDLUDVGHILQHGLQVXEGLYLVLRQWZRRI
6HFWLRQRIWKH/DERU/DZLQWRZKLFKDOO6WDWHDJHQFLHVDQGSXEOLFEHQHILWFRUSRUDWLRQV
HQWHU
&KDSWHURIWKH/DZVRILQFUHDVHGWKHDPRXQWUHTXLUHGWREHSURYLGHGWRWKLVIXQG
WRRIRQHSHUFHQWRIWKHWRWDOFRVWRIHDFKVXFKFRQWUDFWWREHFDOFXODWHGDWWKHWLPH
DJHQFLHVRUSXEOLFEHQHILWFRUSRUDWLRQVHQWHULQWRDQHZFRQWUDFWRULIDFRQWUDFWLVDPHQGHG
7KHSURYLVLRQVRIWKLVELOOEHFDPHHIIHFWLYH$XJXVW
7RDOO6WDWH'HSDUWPHQWV$JHQF\+HDGVDQG3XEOLF%HQHILW&RUSRUDWLRQV
,03257$17127,&(5(*$5',1*38%/,&:25.(1)25&(0(17)81'
26&ZLOOUHSRUWWR'2/RQDOOFRQVWUXFWLRQUHODWHG ' FRQWUDFWVDSSURYHGGXULQJWKH
PRQWKLQFOXGLQJFRQWUDFWDPHQGPHQWVDQGWKHQ'2/ZLOOELOODJHQFLHVWKHDSSURSULDWH
DVVHVVPHQWPRQWKO\$QDJHQF\PD\WKHQPDNHDGHWHUPLQDWLRQLIDQ\RIWKHELOOHG
FRQWUDFWVDUHH[HPSWDQGVRQRWHRQWKHELOOVXEPLWWHGEDFNWR'2/)RUDQ\LQVWDQFH
ZKHUHDQDJHQF\LVXQVXUHLIDFRQWUDFWLVRULVQRWH[HPSWWKH\FDQFDOOWKH%XUHDXRI
3XEOLF:RUNDWWKHQXPEHUQRWHGEHORZIRUDGHWHUPLQDWLRQ3D\PHQWE\FKHFNRUMRXUQDO
YRXFKHULVGXHWR'2/ZLWKLQWKLUW\GD\VIURPWKHGDWHRIWKHELOOLQJ'2/ZLOOYHULI\WKH
DPRXQWVDQGIRUZDUGWKHPWR26&IRUSURFHVVLQJ
)RUWKRVHFRQWUDFWVZKLFKDUHQRWDSSURYHGRUDGPLQLVWHUHGE\WKH&RPSWUROOHUPRQWKO\
UHSRUWVDQGSD\PHQWVIRUGHSRVLWLQWRWKH3XEOLF:RUN(QIRUFHPHQW)XQGPXVWEHSURYLGHG
WRWKH$GPLQLVWUDWLYH)LQDQFH%XUHDXDWWKH'2/ZLWKLQGD\VRIWKHHQGRIHDFKPRQWK
RURQDSD\PHQWVFKHGXOHPXWXDOO\DJUHHGXSRQZLWK'2/
5HSRUWVVKRXOGFRQWDLQWKHIROORZLQJLQIRUPDWLRQ
1DPHDQGELOOLQJDGGUHVVRI6WDWHDJHQF\RUSXEOLF
EHQHILWFRUSRUDWLRQ
6WDWHDJHQF\RUSXEOLFEHQHILWFRUSRUDWLRQFRQWDFWDQG
SKRQHQXPEHU
1DPHDQGDGGUHVVRIFRQWUDFWRUUHFHLYLQJWKHDZDUG
&RQWUDFWQXPEHUDQGHIIHFWLYHGDWHV
&RQWUDFWDPRXQWDQG3:()DVVHVVPHQWFKDUJH LI
FRQWUDFWDPRXQWKDVEHHQDPHQGHGUHIOHFWLQFUHDVHRU
GHFUHDVHWRRULJLQDOFRQWUDFWDQGWKHDGMXVWPHQWLQWKH
3:()FKDUJH DQG
%ULHIGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHZRUNWREHSHUIRUPHGXQGHUHDFK
FRQWUDFW
&KHFNVDQG-RXUQDO9RXFKHUVSD\DEOHWRWKH1HZ<RUN6WDWH'HSDUWPHQWRI/DERU
VKRXOGEHVHQWWR
'HSDUWPHQWRI/DERU
$GPLQLVWUDWLYH)LQDQFH%XUHDX3:()8QLW
%XLOGLQJ5RRP
6WDWH2IILFH&DPSXV
$OEDQ\1<
$Q\TXHVWLRQVUHJDUGLQJELOOLQJVKRXOGEHGLUHFWHGWR1<6'2/
V$GPLQLVWUDWLYH)LQDQFH
%XUHDX3:()8QLWDW DQGDQ\TXHVWLRQVUHJDUGLQJ3XEOLF:RUN&RQWUDFWV
VKRXOGEHGLUHFWHGWRWKH%XUHDXRI3XEOLF:RUNDW
&RQVWUXFWLRQ,QGXVWU\
)DLU3OD\$FW
5HTXLUHG3RVWLQJ)RU/DERU/DZ
$UWLFOH%G
&RQVWUXFWLRQLQGXVWU\HPSOR\HUVPXVWSRVWWKH
&RQVWUXFWLRQ,QGXVWU\)DLU3OD\$FWQRWLFHLQD
SURPLQHQWDQGDFFHVVLEOHSODFHRQWKHMREVLWH
)DLOXUHWRSRVWWKHQRWLFHFDQUHVXOWLQSHQDOWLHVRI
XSWRIRUDILUVWRIIHQVHDQGXSWRIRU
DVHFRQGRIIHQVH
7KHSRVWLQJLVLQFOXGHGDVSDUWRIWKLVZDJH
VFKHGXOH$GGLWLRQDOFRSLHVPD\EHREWDLQHGIURP
WKH1<6'2/ZHEVLWHZZZODERUQ\JRY
,I\RXKDYHDQ\TXHVWLRQVFRQFHUQLQJ
WKH)DLU3OD\$FWSOHDVHFDOOWKH6WDWH/DERU
'HSDUWPHQWWROOIUHHDW RUHPDLOXV
DW GROPLVFODVVLILHG#ODERUVWDWHQ\XV
5HTXLUHG1RWLFHXQGHU$UWLFOH%RIWKH/DERU/DZ
$WWHQWLRQ$OO(PSOR\HHV&RQWUDFWRUVDQG6XEFRQWUDFWRUV
<RXDUH&RYHUHGE\WKH&RQVWUXFWLRQ,QGXVWU\)DLU3OD\$FW
7KHODZVD\VWKDW\RXDUHDQHPSOR\HH XQOHVV
<RXDUHIUHHIURPGLUHFWLRQDQGFRQWUROLQSHUIRUPLQJ\RXUMREDQG
<RXSHUIRUPZRUNWKDWLVQRWSDUWRIWKHXVXDOZRUNGRQHE\WKHEXVLQHVVWKDWKLUHG\RXDQG
<RXKDYHDQLQGHSHQGHQWO\HVWDEOLVKHGEXVLQHVV
<RXUHPSOR\HUFDQQRWFRQVLGHU\RXWREHDQLQGHSHQGHQWFRQWUDFWRUXQOHVVDOOWKUHH RIWKHVHIDFWV
DSSO\WR\RXUZRUN
,WLVDJDLQVWWKHODZIRUDQHPSOR\HUWRPLVFODVVLI\HPSOR\HHVDVLQGHSHQGHQW
FRQWUDFWRUVRUSD\HPSOR\HHVRII WKH ERRNV
(PSOR\HH5LJKWV ,I\RXDUHDQHPSOR\HH\RXDUHHQWLWOHGWRVWDWHDQGIHGHUDOZRUNHUSURWHFWLRQV
7KHVHLQFOXGH
8QHPSOR\PHQW,QVXUDQFHEHQHILWVLI\RXDUHXQHPSOR\HGWKURXJKQRIDXOWRI\RXURZQDEOHWR
ZRUNDQGRWKHUZLVHTXDOLILHG
:RUNHUV¶FRPSHQVDWLRQEHQHILWVIRURQWKHMRELQMXULHV
3D\PHQWIRUZDJHVHDUQHGPLQLPXPZDJHDQGRYHUWLPH XQGHUFHUWDLQFRQGLWLRQV
3UHYDLOLQJZDJHVRQSXEOLFZRUNSURMHFWV
7KHSURYLVLRQVRIWKH1DWLRQDO/DERU5HODWLRQV$FWDQG
$VDIHZRUNHQYLURQPHQW
,WLVDYLRODWLRQRIWKLVODZIRUHPSOR\HUVWRUHWDOLDWHDJDLQVWDQ\RQHZKRDVVHUWVWKHLUULJKWVXQGHU
WKHODZ5HWDOLDWLRQVXEMHFWVDQHPSOR\HUWRFLYLOSHQDOWLHVDSULYDWHODZVXLWRUERWK
,QGHSHQGHQW&RQWUDFWRUV ,I\RXDUHDQLQGHSHQGHQWFRQWUDFWRU\RXPXVWSD\DOOWD[HVDQG
8QHPSOR\PHQW,QVXUDQFHFRQWULEXWLRQVUHTXLUHGE\1HZ<RUN6WDWHDQG)HGHUDO/DZ
3HQDOWLHV IRUSD\LQJZRUNHUVRII WKH ERRNVRULPSURSHUO\WUHDWLQJHPSOR\HHVDVLQGHSHQGHQW
FRQWUDFWRUV
&LYLO 3HQDOW\)LUVWRIIHQVH 8SWRSHUHPSOR\HH
6XEVHTXHQWRIIHQVH V 8SWRSHUHPSOR\HH
&ULPLQDO3HQDOW\)LUVWRIIHQVH 0LVGHPHDQRUXSWRGD\VLQMDLOXSWRDILQH
DQG GHEDUPHQWIURPSHUIRUPLQJSXEOLFZRUNIRUXSWRRQH\HDU
6XEVHTXHQWRIIHQVH V 0LVGHPHDQRUXSWRGD\VLQMDLO RU XSWRD
ILQHDQGGHEDUPHQWIURPSHUIRUPLQJSXEOLFZRUNIRUXSWR
\HDUV
,I\RXKDYHTXHVWLRQVDERXW\RXUHPSOR\PHQWVWDWXVRUEHOLHYHWKDW\RXUHPSOR\HUPD\KDYH
YLRODWHG\RXUULJKWVDQG\RXZDQWWRILOHDFRPSODLQWFDOOWKH'HSDUWPHQWRI/DERUDW
RUVHQGDQHPDLOWR GROPLVFODVVLILHG#ODERUQ\JRY$OOFRPSODLQWVRIIUDXGDQG
YLRODWLRQVDUHWDNHQVHULRXVO\<RXFDQUHPDLQDQRQ\PRXV
(PSOR\HU1DPH
,$
:25.(5127,),&$7,21
/DERU/DZSDUDJUDSKDRIVXEGLYLVLRQD
(IIHFWLYH)HEUXDU\
7KLVSURYLVLRQLVDQDGGLWLRQWRWKHH[LVWLQJSUHYDLOLQJZDJHUDWH
ODZ/DERU/DZSDUDJUDSKDRIVXEGLYLVLRQD,WUHTXLUHV
FRQWUDFWRUV DQG VXEFRQWUDFWRUV WR SURYLGH ZULWWHQ QRWLFH WR DOO
ODERUHUV ZRUNHUV RU PHFKDQLFV RI WKHSUHYDLOLQJZDJH UDWH IRU
WKHLUSDUWLFXODUMREFODVVLILFDWLRQRQ HDFKSD\VWXE
,WDOVRUHTXLUHV
FRQWUDFWRUVDQGVXEFRQWUDFWRUVWRSRVWDQRWLFH DWWKHEHJLQQLQJRI
WKHSHUIRUPDQFHRIHYHU\SXEOLFZRUNFRQWUDFWRQHDFKMREVLWH WKDW
LQFOXGHVWKHWHOHSKRQHQXPEHUDQGDGGUHVVIRUWKH'HSDUWPHQWRI
/DERUDQG DVWDWHPHQWLQIRUPLQJODERUHUVZRUNHUVRUPHFKDQLFV RI
WKHLUULJKW WR FRQWDFW WKH 'HSDUWPHQW RI /DERU LI KHVKHLV QRW
UHFHLYLQJWKHSURSHUSUHYDLOLQJUDWHRIZDJHVDQGRUVXSSOHPHQWV
IRUKLVKHUSDUWLFXODUMREFODVVLILFDWLRQ7KHUHTXLUHGQRWLILFDWLRQ
ZLOOEHSURYLGHGZLWKHDFKZDJHVFKHGXOHPD\EHGRZQORDGHG
IURP RXU ZHEVLWHZZZODERUQ\RU PDGH DYDLODEOH XSRQ
UHTXHVWE\FRQWDFWLQJWKH%XUHDXRI3XEOLF:RUN DW
,QWKHHYHQWWKDWWKHUHTXLUHGLQIRUPDWLRQZLOOQRWILWRQWKHSD\VWXE
DQDFFRPSDQ\LQJVKHHWRUDWWDFKPHQW RIWKHLQIRUPDWLRQZLOOVXIILFH
1HZ<RUN6WDWH'HSDUWPHQWRI/DERU
%XUHDXRI3XEOLF:RUN
$WWHQWLRQ(PSOR\HHV
7+,6,6$ 38%/,&:25.
352-(&7
,I\RXDUHHPSOR\HGRQWKLVSURMHFWDVD
ZRUNHUODERUHURUPHFKDQLF\RXDUHHQWLWOHGWR
UHFHLYHWKHSUHYDLOLQJZDJHDQGVXSSOHPHQWV UDWH
IRUWKHFODVVLILFDWLRQDWZKLFK\RXDUHZRUNLQJ
&KDSWHU RI
WKH/DERU/DZV
RI
7KHVHZDJHVDUHVHWE\ODZDQGPXVWEHSRVWHG
DWWKHZRUNVLWH7KH\FDQDOVREHIRXQGDW
ZZZODERUQ\JRY
,I\RXIHHOWKDW\RXKDYHQRWUHFHLYHGSURSHUZDJHVRUEHQHILWV
SOHDVHFDOORXUQHDUHVWRIILFH
$OEDQ\
%LQJKDPWRQ
%XIIDOR
*DUGHQ&LW\
1HZ<RUN&LW\
1HZEXUJK
3DWFKRJXH
5RFKHVWHU
6\UDFXVH
8WLFD
:KLWH3ODLQV
)RU1HZ<RUN&LW\JRYHUQPHQWDJHQF\FRQVWUXFWLRQSURMHFWVSOHDVH
FRQWDFWWKH2IILFHRIWKH1<&&RPSWUROOHUDW RU
ZZZFRPSWUROOHUQ\FJRY±FOLFNRQ%XUHDXRI/DERU/DZ
&RQWUDFWRU1DPH
3URMHFW/RFDWLRQ
3:
3DJHRI
26+$KRXU&RQVWUXFWLRQ
6DIHW\DQG+HDOWK&RXUVH±6$
(IIHFWLYH-XO\
7KLVSURYLVLRQLVDQDGGLWLRQWRWKHH[LVWLQJSUHYDLOLQJZDJHUDWH
ODZ/DERU/DZVHFWLRQK,WUHTXLUHVWKDWRQDOOSXEOLF
ZRUN SURMHFWV RI DW OHDVW DOO ODERUHUV ZRUNHUV DQG
PHFKDQLFVZRUNLQJRQWKHVLWHEHFHUWLILHGDVKDYLQJVXFFHVVIXOO\
FRPSOHWHGWKH26+$KRXUFRQVWUXFWLRQVDIHW\DQGKHDOWKFRXUVH
,WIXUWKHUUHTXLUHVWKDWWKHDGYHUWLVHGELGVDQGFRQWUDFWVIRUHYHU\
SXEOLFZRUNFRQWUDFWRIDWOHDVWFRQWDLQDSURYLVLRQRI
WKLVUHTXLUHPHQW
7KH26+$/HJLVODWLRQRQO\DSSOLHVWRZRUNHUV
RQDSXEOLFZRUNSURMHFWWKDWDUHUHTXLUHGXQGHU
$UWLFOHWR UHFHLYHWKHSUHYDLOLQJZDJH
127(
3DJHRI
:KHUHWRILQG26+$KRXU&RQVWUXFWLRQ&RXUVH
1<6'HSDUWPHQWRI/DERUZHEVLWHIRUVFKHGXOHGRXWUHDFKWUDLQLQJDW
26+$7UDLQLQJ,QVWLWXWH(GXFDWLRQ&HQWHUV
5RFKHVWHU,QVWLWXWHRI7HFKQRORJ\26+$(GXFDWLRQ&HQWHU
5RFKHVWHU1<
'RQQD:LQWHU
)D[
HPDLO GOZWSR#ULWHGX
([W
ZZZULWHGXaRXWUHDFKFRXUVHSKS"&RXUVH,'
$WODQWLF26+$7UDLQLQJ&HQWHU
80'1-±6FKRRORI3XEOLF+HDOWK
3LVFDWDZD\1-
-DQHW&URRNV
)D[
HPDLO FURRNVMH#XPGQMHGX
KWWSV RSKSXPGQMHGXZFRQQHFW6KRZ6FKHGXOHDZS"aa*5283a$27&21aa
$WODQWLF26+$7UDLQLQJ&HQWHU
8QLYHUVLW\DW%XIIDOR
%XIIDOR1HZ<RUN
-RH6\UDFXVH
)D[
HPDLO PDLOWR MDSV#EXIIDORHGX
KWWS ZZZVPEVEXIIDORHGX&(17(56WUFVFKHGXOHB26+$SKS
.HHQH6WDWH&ROOHJH
0DQFKHVWHU1+
/HVOLH6LQJOHWRQ
HPDLO OVLQJOHWLQ#NHHQHHGX
ZZZNHHQHHGXFRXUVHVSULQWFRXUVHVBRVKDFIP
/LVWRIWUDLQHUVDQGWUDLQLQJVFKHGXOHVIRU26+$RXWUHDFKWUDLQLQJDW
ZZZ2XWUHDFK7UDLQHUVRUJ
3DJHRI
&KDSWHURIWKH/DZVRIFRGLILHGDV/DERU/DZK WRRN HIIHFWRQ-XO\
7KHVWDWXWHSURYLGHVDVIROORZV
7KHDGYHUWLVHGVSHFLILFDWLRQVIRUHYHU\FRQWUDFWIRUSXEOLFZRUN RIRU
PRUHPXVWFRQWDLQ DSURYLVLRQUHTXLULQJWKDWHYHU\ZRUNHUHPSOR\HG LQWKH
SHUIRUPDQFHRIDSXEOLFZRUNFRQWUDFWVKDOOEHFHUWLILHGDVKDYLQJFRPSOHWHGDQ
26+$VDIHW\WUDLQLQJFRXUVH7KHFOHDULQWHQWRIWKLVSURYLVLRQLVWRUHTXLUHWKDW
DOOHPSOR\HHVRISXEOLFZRUN FRQWUDFWRUVUHTXLUHGWREHSDLGSUHYDLOLQJUDWHVUHFHLYH
VXFKWUDLQLQJ³SULRUWRWKHSHUIRUPLQJDQ\ZRUNRQWKHSURMHFW´
7KH%XUHDXZLOOHQIRUFHWKHVWDWXWHDVIROORZV
$OOFRQWUDFWRUVDQGVXEFRQWUDFWRUVPXVW DWWDFK DFRS\RISURRIRIFRPSOHWLRQRIWKH
26+$FRXUVHWRWKHILUVWFHUWLILHGSD\UROOVXEPLWWHGWRWKHFRQWUDFWLQJDJHQF\DQG
RQHDFK VXFFHHGLQJSD\UROOZKHUHDQ\QHZ RUDGGLWLRQDOHPSOR\HHLVILUVW OLVWHG
3URRIRIFRPSOHWLRQPD\LQFOXGHEXWLVQRWOLPLWHGWR
&RSLHVRIERQD ILGHFRXUVH FRPSOHWLRQFDUG 1RWH &RPSOHWLRQFDUGVGRQRWKDYH
DQH[SLUDWLRQGDWH
7UDLQLQJ URVWHUDWWHQGDQFHUHFRUGRIRWKHUGRFXPHQWDWLRQ IURPWKH FHUWLILHG
WUDLQHU SHQGLQJWKHLVVXDQFHRIWKHFDUG
2WKHUYDOLGSURRI
$FHUWLILFDWLRQE\WKHHPSOR\HUDWWHVWLQJWKDWDOOHPSOR\HHVKDYHFRPSOHWHG VXFK D
FRXUVH LVQRWVXIILFLHQWSURRIWKDWWKHFRXUVHKDVEHHQFRPSOHWHG
$Q\TXHVWLRQVUHJDUGLQJWKLVVWDWXWHPD\EHGLUHFWHGWRWKH1HZ<RUN6WDWH
'HSDUWPHQWRI/DERU%XUHDXRI3XEOLF:RUN DW
WtϯϬ ͲEŽƚŝĐĞ;Ϭ ͘ϭ ͿEz^K>ƵƌĞĂƵŽĨWƵďůŝĐtŽƌŬϭŽĨϭ
,
ZĞŐĂƌĚŝŶŐhƐĞŽĨ&ŽƌŵWtϯϬ
ĥ(PSOR\HU5HJLVWUDWLRQIRU8VHRI'D\+RXU:RUN6FKHGXOH´
dŽƵƐĞƚŚĞ͚ϰĂLJͬϭϬ,ŽƵƌtŽƌŬ^ĐŚĞĚƵůĞ͛͗
dŚĞƌĞDh^dďĞĂŝƐƉĞŶƐĂƚŝŽŶŽĨ,ŽƵƌƐ;WtϯϬͿŝŶƉůĂĐĞŽŶƚŚĞ
ƉƌŽũĞĐƚ
E
zŽƵDh^dƌĞŐŝƐƚĞƌLJŽƵƌŝŶƚĞŶƚƚŽǁŽƌŬϰͬϭϬŚŽƵƌĚĂLJƐ͕ďLJ
ĐŽŵƉůĞƚŝŶŐƚŚĞWtϯϬ &Žƌŵ͘
Z D D Z
dŚĞ͚ϰĂLJͬϭϬ,ŽƵƌtŽƌŬ^ĐŚĞĚƵůĞ͛ĂƉƉůŝĞƐKE>zƚŽ:ŽďůĂƐƐŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶƐ
ĂŶĚŽƵŶƚŝĞƐůŝƐƚĞĚŽŶƚŚĞWtϯϬ &Žƌŵ͘
ŽŶŽƚǁƌŝƚĞŝŶĂŶLJĂĚĚŝƚŝŽŶĂůůĂƐƐŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶƐŽƌŽƵŶƚŝĞƐ͘
;WůĞĂƐĞŶŽƚĞ͗&ŽƌĞĂĐŚ:ŽďůĂƐƐŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶĐŚĞĐŬƚŚĞŝŶĚŝǀŝĚƵĂůǁĂŐĞ
ƐĐŚĞĚƵůĞĨŽƌƐƉĞĐŝĨŝĐĚĞƚĂŝůƐƌĞŐĂƌĚŝŶŐƚŚĞŝƌϰͬϭϬŚŽƵƌĚĂLJƉŽƐƚŝŶŐ͘Ϳ
WtϯϬ Ͳ/ŶƐƚƌƵĐƚŝŽŶƐ;Ϭ ͘ϭ Ϳ Ez^K>ƵƌĞĂƵŽĨWƵďůŝĐtŽƌŬϭŽĨϭ
/ŶƐƚƌƵĐƚŝŽŶƐ;dLJƉĞŽƌWƌŝŶƚůĞŐŝďůLJͿ͗
ŽŶƚƌĂĐƚŽƌ/ŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶ͗
ŶƚĞƌƚŚĞ>ĞŐĂůEĂŵĞŽĨƚŚĞďƵƐŝŶĞƐƐ͕& /E͕^ƚƌĞĞƚĚĚƌĞƐƐ͕ŝƚLJ͕^ƚĂƚĞ͕ŝƉŽĚĞ͖ƚŚĞŽŵƉĂŶLJ͛Ɛ
WŚŽŶĞĂŶĚ&ĂdžŶƵŵďĞƌƐ͖ĂŶĚƚŚĞŽŵƉĂŶLJ͛ƐĞŵĂŝůĂĚĚƌĞƐƐ;ŝĨĂƉƉůŝĐĂďůĞͿ
ŶƚĞƌƚŚĞEĂŵĞŽĨĂŽŶƚĂĐƚWĞƌƐŽŶĨŽƌƚŚĞŽŵƉĂŶLJĂůŽŶŐǁŝƚŚƚŚĞŝƌWŚŽŶĞĂŶĚ&ĂdžŶƵŵďĞƌƐ͕
ĂŶĚƚŚĞƉĞƌƐŽŶĂůĞŵĂŝůĂĚĚƌĞƐƐ;ŝĨĂƉƉůŝĐĂďůĞͿ
WƌŽũĞĐƚ/ŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶ͗
ŶƚĞƌƚŚĞWƌĞǀĂŝůŝŶŐZĂƚĞĂƐĞŶƵŵďĞƌ;WZηͿĂƐƐŝŐŶĞĚƚŽƚŚŝƐƉƌŽũĞĐƚ
ŶƚĞƌƚŚĞWƌŽũĞĐƚEĂŵĞͬdLJƉĞ;ŝ͘Ğ͘^ŵŝƚŚƚŽǁŶ^ʹZĞƉůĂĐĞŵĞŶƚŽĨ,^ZŽŽĨͿ
ŶƚĞƌƚŚĞ džĂĐƚ>ŽĐĂƚŝŽŶŽĨWƌŽũĞĐƚ;ŝ͘Ğ͘^ŵŝƚŚƚŽǁŶ,^͕ϭϰϯŽƵŶƚLJZŽƵƚĞηϮ͕^ŵŝƚŚƚŽǁŶ͕Ez͖
ůĚŐƐ͘ϭΘϮͿ
/ĨLJŽƵĂƌĞĂ^ƵďĐŽŶƚƌĂĐƚŽƌ͕ĞŶƚĞƌƚŚĞŶĂŵĞŽĨƚŚĞWƌŝŵĞŽŶƚƌĂĐƚŽƌĨŽƌǁŚŝĐŚLJŽƵǁŽƌŬ
KŶƚŚĞŚĞĐŬůŝƐƚŽĨ:ŽďůĂƐƐŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶƐͲ
R 'ŽƚŽƉĂŐĞƐϮĂŶĚϯŽĨƚŚĞĨŽƌŵ
R WůĂĐĞĂĐŚĞĐŬŵĂƌŬŝŶƚŚĞďŽdžƚŽƚŚĞƌŝŐŚƚŽĨƚŚĞ:ŽďůĂƐƐŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶLJŽƵĂƌĞĐŚŽŽƐŝŶŐ
R DĂƌŬĂůů:ŽďůĂƐƐŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶƐƚŚĂƚĂƉƉůLJ
ΎΎΎŽŶŽƚǁƌŝƚĞŝŶĂŶLJĂĚĚŝƚŝŽŶĂůůĂƐƐŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶƐŽƌŽƵŶƚŝĞƐ͘ΎΎΎ
ZĞƋƵĞƐƚŽƌ/ŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶ͗
ŶƚĞƌƚŚĞŶĂŵĞŽĨƚŚĞƉĞƌƐŽŶƐƵďŵŝƚƚŝŶŐƚŚĞƌĞŐŝƐƚƌĂƚŝŽŶ͕ƚŚĞŝƌƚŝƚůĞǁŝƚŚƚŚĞĐŽŵƉĂŶLJ͕ĂŶĚƚŚĞ
ĚĂƚĞƚŚĞƌĞŐŝƐƚƌĂƚŝŽŶŝƐĨŝůůĞĚŽƵƚ
ZĞƚƵƌŶŽŵƉůĞƚĞĚ&Žƌŵ͗
DĂŝůƚŚĞĐŽŵƉůĞƚĞĚWtϯϬ ĨŽƌŵƚŽ͗Ez^K>ƵƌĞĂƵŽĨWƵďůŝĐtŽƌŬ͕^KʹůĚŐ͘ϭϮʹ
Zŵ͘ϭϯϬ͕ůďĂŶLJ͕EzϭϮϮϰϬͲKZͲ
&ĂdžƚŚĞĐŽŵƉůĞƚĞĚWtϯϬ ĨŽƌŵƚŽ͗Ez^K>ƵƌĞĂƵŽĨWƵďůŝĐtŽƌŬĂƚ;ϱϭϴͿϰϴϱͲϭϴϳϬ
,QVWUXFWLRQVIRU&RPSOHWLQJ)RUP3:
´(PSOR\HU5HJLVWUDWLRQIRU8VHRI'D\+RXU:RUN6FKHGXOHµ
%HIRUHFRPSOHWLQJ)RUP3:FKHFNWREHVXUH«
7KHUHLVD'LVSHQVDWLRQRI+RXUV LQSODFHRQWKHSURMHFW
7KH'D\+RXU:RUN6FKHGXOHDSSOLHVWRWKH-RE&ODVVLILFDWLRQV\RXZLOOEHXVLQJ
7KH'D\+RXU:RUN6FKHGXOHDSSOLHVWRWKH&RXQW\&RXQWLHVZKHUHWKHZRUNZLOOWDNH
SODFH
3: RI
%XUHDXRI3XEOLF:RUN +DUULPDQ
6WDWH2IILFH&DPSXV
%XLOGLQJ5RRP
$OEDQ\1HZ<RUN
3KRQH D[
(PSOR\HU5HJLVWUDWLRQIRU8VHRI'D\+RXU:RUN6FKHGXOH
%HIRUHFRPSOHWLQJWKLVIRUPPDNHVXUHWKDW
x 7KHUHLVD'LVSHQVDWLRQRI+RXUV LQSODFHRQWKHSURMHFW
x 7KH'D\+RXU:RUN6FKHGXOHDSSOLHVWRWKH-RE&ODVVLILFDWLRQV\RXZLOOEHXVLQJ
x 7KH'D\+RXU:RUN6FKHGXOHDSSOLHVWRWKH&RXQW\&RXQWLHVZKHUHWKHZRUNZLOOWDNHSODFH
3OHDVHW\SHRUSULQWWKHUHTXHVWHGLQIRUPDWLRQDQGWKHQPDLORUID[WRWKHDGGUHVVDERYH
&RQWUDFWRU,QIRUPDWLRQ
)(,1
6WDWH =LS&RGH
)D[1 (PDLO
&RPSDQ\1DPH
$GGUHVV
&LW\
3KRQH1
&RQWDFW3HUVRQ
3KRQH1R )D[ 1R (PDLO
3URMHFW,QIRUPDWLRQ
3URMHFW35& 3URMHFW1DPH7\SH
([DFW/RFDWLRQ
RI3URMHFW
,I\RXDUH6XEFRQWUDFWRU
&RXQW\
3ULPH&RQWUDFWRU1DPH
-RE&ODVVLILFDWLRQ V WR:RUN6FKHGXOH &KRRVHDOOWKDWDSSO\RQ-RE&ODVVLILFDWLRQ&KHFNOLVW3DJHV
'RQRWZULWHLQDQ\DGGLWLRQDO&ODVVLILFDWLRQVRU&RXQWLHV
5HTXHVWRU,QIRUPDWLRQ
1DPH
7LWOH 'DWH
RI3:
3OHDVHXVHWKHOLVWEHORZZLWKWKHQXPEHUDVVLJQHGWRHDFKFRXQW\DVDUHIHUHQFHWRWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJQXPEHUVOLVWHG
LQWKHIROORZLQJSDJHVXQGHU(QWLUH&RXQWLHV 3DUWLDO&RXQWLHV
$OEDQ\ &RXQW\
$OOHJDQ\&RXQW\
%URQ[&RXQW\
%URRPH&RXQW\
&DWWDUDXJXV&RXQW\
&D\XJD&RXQW\
&KDXWDXTXD&RXQW\
&KHPXQJ&RXQW\
&KHQDQJR&RXQW\
&OLQWRQ&RXQW\
&ROXPELD&RXQW\
&RUWODQG&RXQW\
'HODZDUH&RXQW\
'XWFKHVV&RXQW\
(ULH&RXQW\
(VVH[&RXQW\
)UDQNOLQ&RXQW\
)XOWRQ&RXQW\
*HQHVHH&RXQW\
*UHHQH&RXQW\
+DPLOWRQ&RXQW\
+HUNLPHU&RXQW\
-HIIHUVRQ&RXQW\
.LQJV&RXQW\ %URRNO\Q
/HZLV&RXQW\
/LYLQJVWRQ&RXQW\
0DGLVRQ&RXQW\
0RQURH&RXQW\
0RQWJRPHU\&RXQW\
1DVVDX&RXQW\
1HZ<RUN&RXQW\ 0DQKDWWDQ
1LDJDUD&RXQW\
2QHLGD&RXQW\
2QRQGDJD&RXQW\
2QWDULR&RXQW\
2UDQJH&RXQW\
2UOHDQV&RXQW\
2VZHJR&RXQW\
2WVHJR&RXQW\
3XWQDP&RXQW\
4XHHQV&RXQW\
5HQVVHODHU&RXQW\
5LFKPRQG&RXQW\ 6WDWHQ,VODQG
5RFNODQG&RXQW\
6DLQW/DZUHQFH&RXQW\
6DUDWRJD&RXQW\
6FKHQHFWDG\&RXQW\
6FKRKDULH&RXQW\
6FKX\OHU&RXQW\
6HQHFD&RXQW\
6WHXEHQ&RXQW\
6XIIRON&RXQW\
6XOOLYDQ&RXQW\
7LRJD&RXQW\
7RPSNLQV&RXQW\
8OVWHU&RXQW\
:DUUHQ&RXQW\
:DVKLQJWRQ&RXQW\
:D\QH&RXQW\
:HVWFKHVWHU&RXQW\
:\RPLQJ&RXQW\
<DWHV&RXQW\
-RE&ODVVLILFDWLRQ&KHFNOLVW
3ODFHDFKHFNPDUNE\DOOFODVVLILFDWLRQVWKDWZLOOEHXVLQJWKHVFKHGXOH
'RQRWZULWHLQDQ\DGGLWLRQDO&ODVVLILFDWLRQVRU&RXQWLHV
RI3:
-RE&ODVVLILFDWLRQ 7DJ(QWLUH&RXQWLHV 3DUWLDO&RXQWLHV &KHFN
%R[
&DUSHQWHU ±%XLOGLQJ %$OO
&DUSHQWHU ±%XLOGLQJ %&DW
&DUSHQWHU±%XLOGLQJ %/,9
&DUSHQWHU ±%XLOGLQJ %*HQ
&DUSHQWHU±+HDY\ +LJKZD\++$OO
&DUSHQWHU±+HDY\ +LJKZD\++(ULH
&DUSHQWHU±+HDY\ +LJKZD\++*HQ
&DUSHQWHU±+HDY\ +LJKZD\++/LY
&DUSHQWHU±5HVLGHQWLDO5$OO
&DUSHQWHU±%XLOGLQJ%%UR
&DUSHQWHU±%XLOGLQJ%&$<
&DUSHQWHU±%XLOGLQJ%&6
&DUSHQWHU±%XLOGLQJ-/6
&DUSHQWHU±%XLOGLQJRPK
&DUSHQWHU±%XLOGLQJ2Q
&DUSHQWHU±%XLOGLQJ2V
&DUSHQWHU±%XLOGLQJ&'2
%OGJ
&DUSHQWHU±+HDY\ +LJKZD\&'2
++
&DUSHQWHU±+HDY\ +LJKZD\++%52
&DUSHQWHU±%XLOGLQJ %$OE
&DUSHQWHU±%XLOGLQJ %&OL
&DUSHQWHU±%XLOGLQJ %+DP
&DUSHQWHU±%XLOGLQJ %6DU
&DUSHQWHU±+HDY\ +LJKZD\ ++$OE
(OHFWULFLDQP
(OHFWULFLDQ±7HOHGDWD&DEOH6SOLFHU
-RE&ODVVLILFDWLRQ&KHFNOLVW
3ODFHDFKHFNPDUNE\DOOFODVVLILFDWLRQVWKDWZLOOEHXVLQJWKHVFKHGXOH
'RQRWZULWHLQDQ\DGGLWLRQDO&ODVVLILFDWLRQVRU&RXQWLHV
3: RI
-RE&ODVVLILFDWLRQ 7DJ(QWLUH&RXQWLHV 3DUWLDO&RXQWLHV &KHFN
%R[
(OHFWULFLDQ
(OHFWULFLDQ 7HOHGDWD
DQG=
(OHFWULFLDQ
(OHFWULFDO /LQHPDQ /LQH*DV
(OHFWULFDO /LQHPDQ D
(OHFWULFDO/LQHPDQ D:HVW
(OHFWULFDO/LQHPDQ D/7
(OHFWULFDO/LQHPDQ D5(*/7
(OHFWULFDO/LQHPDQ D:HVW/7
(OHYDWRU&RQVWUXFWRU
(OHYDWRU&RQVWUXFWRU
(OHYDWRU&RQVWUXFWRU
(OHYDWRU&RQVWUXFWRU
(OHYDWRU&RQVWUXFWRU
*OD]LHU
*OD]LHU U
*OD]LHU
*OD]LHU
*OD]LHU =
*OD]LHU ]
*OD]LHU U
,QVXODWRU±+HDW )URVW 6\UDFXVH
/DERUHU±%XLOGLQJ E
/DERUHU±%XLOGLQJ E21
-RE&ODVVLILFDWLRQ&KHFNOLVW
3ODFHDFKHFNPDUNE\DOOFODVVLILFDWLRQVWKDWZLOOEHXVLQJWKHVFKHGXOH
'RQRWZULWHLQDQ\DGGLWLRQDO&ODVVLILFDWLRQVRU&RXQWLHV
RI
-RE&ODVVLILFDWLRQ 7DJ(QWLUH&RXQWLHV 3DUWLDO&RXQWLHV &KHFN
%R[
/DERUHU±%XLOGLQJ E&D\
/DERUHU±%XLOGLQJ E26
/DERUHU±%XLOGLQJ
/DERUHU±%XLOGLQJ %&6
/DERUHUV±+HDY\ +LJKZD\KK
/DERUHUV±+HDY\ +LJKZD\ KK
/DERUHUV±+HDY\ +LJKZD\K
/DERUHU±5HVLGHQWLDOU
/DERUHUV±7XQQHO
/DERUHUV±7XQQHO7
/DERUHUV±7XQQHO
3:
/DERUHU±E
0DVRQ±%XLOGLQJ76
0DVRQ±%XLOGLQJ76
0DVRQ±%XLOGLQJ76
0DVRQ±%XLOGLQJERQ
0DVRQ±%XLOGLQJE
0DVRQ±%XLOGLQJE
0DVRQ±%XLOGLQJE
0DVRQ±%XLOGLQJE
0DVRQ±%XLOGLQJE
0DVRQ±%XLOGLQJE
0DVRQ±%XLOGLQJE
0DVRQ±%XLOGLQJE&R=
0DVRQ±%XLOGLQJ%=
0DVRQ±%XLOGLQJ±5HVLGHQWLDO%=5
0DVRQ±%XLOGLQJ%%LQJ=
0DVRQ±%XLOGLQJ%,WK=
-RE&ODVVLILFDWLRQ&KHFNOLVW
3ODFHDFKHFNPDUNE\DOOFODVVLILFDWLRQVWKDWZLOOEHXVLQJWKHVFKHGXOH
'RQRWZULWHLQDQ\DGGLWLRQDO&ODVVLILFDWLRQVRU&RXQWLHV
RI3:
-RE&ODVVLILFDWLRQ 7DJ(QWLUH&RXQWLHV 3DUWLDO&RXQWLHV &KHFN
%R[
0DVRQ ±%XLOGLQJ %-DP=
0DVRQ ±%XLOGLQJ ±5HVLGHQWLDO %-DP=5
0DVRQ ±%XLOGLQJ %=
0DVRQ ±%XLOGLQJ %=2UOHDQV
0DVRQ ±5HVLGHQWLDO %=5
0DVRQ ±5HVLGHQWLDO %
]52UOHDQV
0DVRQ +HDY\ +LJKZD\K
0DVRQ ±7LOH)LQLVKHU 7)=
0DVRQ ±7LOH)LQLVKHU 7)=
0DVRQ ±7LOH)LQLVKHU 7)=
0DVRQ ±7LOH)LQLVKHU 7)=5
0DVRQ ±7LOH)LQLVKHU 7)=5
0DVRQ ±7LOH)LQLVKHU 7)=5
0DVRQ ±7LOH6HWWHU 76=
0DVRQ ±7LOH6HWWHU5HVLGHQWLDO 76=5
0DVRQ ±7LOH6HWWHU 76=
0DVRQ ±7LOH6HWWHU5HVLGHQWLDO 76=5
0DVRQ±7LOH6HWWHU5HVLGHQWLDO76=5
0DVRQ±%XLOGLQJ+HDY\ +LJKZD\
2SHUDWLQJ(QJLQHHU+HDY\
+LJKZD\++
2SHUDWLQJ(QJLQHHU±+HDY\
+LJKZD\+
2SHUDWLQJ(QJLQHHU±+HDY\
+LJKZD\++
2SHUDWLQJ(QJLQHHU±+HDY\
+LJKZD\K
3DLQWHU/6
3DLQWHU
0DVRQ±7LOH6HWWHU76=
-RE&ODVVLILFDWLRQ&KHFNOLVW
3ODFHDFKHFNPDUNE\DOOFODVVLILFDWLRQVWKDWZLOOEHXVLQJWKHVFKHGXOH
'RQRWZULWHLQDQ\DGGLWLRQDO&ODVVLILFDWLRQVRU&RXQWLHV
RI3:
-RE&ODVVLILFDWLRQ 7DJ(QWLUH&RXQWLHV 3DUWLDO&RXQWLHV &KHFN
%R[
3DLQWHU %
3DLQWHU (
3DLQWHU ,
3DLQWHU 2
3DLQWHU
3DLQWHU 2
3DLQWHU :
3DLQWHU
%XI1LD2OHDQ
3DLQWHU -DPHVWRZQ
6KHHWPHWDO:RUNHU
6KHHWPHWDO:RUNHUU
7HDPVWHUV±+HDY\ +LJKZD\ KK
7HDPVWHUV±+HDY\ +LJKZD\EKK
7HDPVWHUV%XLOGLQJ+HDY\
+LJKZD\
,QWURGXFWLRQWRWKH3UHYDLOLQJ5DWH6FKHGXOH
2YHUWLPH&RGHV
+ROLGD\&RGHV
1HZ<RUN6WDWH'HSDUWPHQWRI/DERU%XUHDXRI3XEOLF:RUN
6WDWH2IILFH%XLOGLQJ&DPSXV
%XLOGLQJ5RRP
$OEDQ\1HZ<RUN
5(48(67)25:$*($1'6833/(0(17,1)250$7,21
)D[ RUPDLOWKLVIRUPIRUQHZVFKHGXOHVRUIRUGHWHUPLQDWLRQIRUDGGLWLRQDORFFXSDWLRQV
7KLV)RUP0XVW%H7\SHG
6XEPLWWHG%\
&KHFN2QO\2QH
$3XEOLF:RUN&RQWUDFWWREHOHWE\ (QWHU'DWD3HUWDLQLQJWR&RQWUDFWLQJ3XEOLF$JHQF\
1DPHDQGFRPSOHWHDGGUHVV&LW\
'27 /RFDO6FKRRO'LVWULFW
2*6 6SHFLDO/RFDO'LVWULFWLH
'RUPLWRU\$XWKRULW\)LUH6HZHU:DWHU'LVWULFW
29LOODJH6WDWH8QLYHUVLW\7RZQ&RQVWUXFWLRQ)XQG
&RXQW\0HQWDO+\JLHQH)DFLOLWLHV&RUS2WKHU1RQ1<6WDWH)D[ 7HOHSKRQH 27+(51<67$7(81,7 'HVFULEH (0DLO
FKHFNLIQHZRUFKDQJH 6(59,&(5(48,5('&KHFNDSSURSULDWHER[DQGSURYLGHSURMHFW
LQIRUPDWLRQ6(1'5(3/<72 1DPHDQGFRPSOHWHDGGUHVV
1HZ6FKHGXOHRI:DJHVDQG6XSSOHPHQWV
$3352;,0$7(%,''$7(
$GGLWLRQDO2FFXSDWLRQDQGRU5HGHWHUPLQDWLRQ
35&180%(5,668('35(9,286/<)25
7+,6352-(&7
2)),&(86(21/<
%352-(&73$57,&8/$56
/RFDWLRQRI3URMHFW /RFDWLRQRQ6LWH
5RXWH1R6WUHHW$GGUHVV
9LOODJHRU&LW\
7RZQ
&RXQW\
1DWXUHRI3URMHFW&KHFN2QH 2&&83$7,21)25352-(&7
1HZ%XLOGLQJ *XDUGV:DWFKPHQ&RQVWUXFWLRQ %XLOGLQJ+HDY\$GGLWLRQWR([LVWLQJ6WUXFWXUH +LJKZD\6HZHU:DWHU -DQLWRUV3RUWHUV&OHDQHUV
(OHYDWRU2SHUDWRUV+HDY\DQG+LJKZD\&RQVWUXFWLRQ 1HZDQG5HSDLU 7XQQHO
0RYLQJIXUQLWXUHDQG1HZ6HZHURU:DWHUOLQH
HTXLSPHQW
5HVLGHQWLDO2WKHU1HZ&RQVWUXFWLRQ ([SODLQ
7UDVKDQGUHIXVHUHPRYDO
/DQGVFDSH0DLQWHQDQFH2WKHU5HFRQVWUXFWLRQ0DLQWHQDQFH5HSDLURU$OWHUDWLRQ (OHYDWRUPDLQWHQDQFH
:LQGRZFOHDQHUV'HPROLWLRQ ([WHUPLQDWRUV)XPLJDWRUV
2WKHU 'HVFULEH %XLOGLQJ6HUYLFH&RQWUDFW
6LJQDWXUH
1DPHDQG7LWOHRI5HTXHVWHU
6((3$*(7:2)25/$:65(/$7,1*7238%/,&:25.&2175$&763:
3URMHFW7LWOH
'HVFULSWLRQRI:RUN
&RQWUDFW,GHQWLILFDWLRQ1XPEHU
1RWH )RU1<6XQLWVWKH26&&RQWUDFW1R
1<6WDWH8QLWV VHH,WHP
+DVWKLVSURMHFWEHHQUHYLHZHGIRUFRPSOLDQFHZLWKWKH:LFNV/DZLQYROYLQJVHSDUDWHELGGLQJ"<(6
$V5HTXLUHGE\$UWLFOHVDQG RIWKH1<6/DERU/DZ
&RQWUDFWLQJ$JHQF\$UFKLWHFWRU(QJLQHHULQJ)LUP 3XEOLF:RUN'LVWULFW2IILFH 'DWH
)LUH6DIHW\'LUHFWRU1<&2QO\
12
8QGHU$UWLFOHDQG$UWLFOH RIWKH1<6/DERU/DZDFRQWUDFWRUVXEFRQWUDFWRUDQGRU
LWVVXFFHVVRUVKDOOEHGHEDUUHGDQGLQHOLJLEOHWRVXEPLWDELGRQRUEHDZDUGHGDQ\
SXEOLFZRUNRUSXEOLFEXLOGLQJVHUYLFHFRQWUDFWVXEFRQWUDFWZLWKWKHVWDWHDQ\PXQLFLSDO
FRUSRUDWLRQRUSXEOLFERG\IRUDSHULRGRIILYH \HDUVIURPWKHGDWHRIGHEDUPHQW ZKHQ
7ZR ILQDOGHWHUPLQDWLRQVKDYHEHHQUHQGHUHGZLWKLQDQ\FRQVHFXWLYHVL[\HDU
SHULRG GHWHUPLQLQJWKDWVXFKFRQWUDFWRUVXEFRQWUDFWRU DQGRU LWV VXFFHVVRU KDV
:,//)8//<IDLOHG WR SD\WKH SUHYDLOLQJ ZDJH DQGRU VXSSOHPHQWV
2QH ILQDOGHWHUPLQDWLRQLQYROYHVIDOVLILFDWLRQRISD\UROOUHFRUGVRUWKHNLFNEDFNRI
7KHDJHQF\LVVXLQJWKHGHWHUPLQDWLRQDQGSURYLGLQJWKHLQIRUPDWLRQLVGHQRWHG XQGHUWKH
KHDGLQJµ)LVFDO2IILFHU¶'2/ 1 <'HS RI/DERU 1<& 1HZ <RUN &LW\
&RPSWUROOHU
V2IILFH $* 1 <6 $WWRUQH\*HQHUDO¶V2IILFH '$ &RXQW\'LVWULFW
$WWRUQH\¶V2IILFH
1(:<25.67$7('(3$570(172)/$%25
%XUHDXRI3XEOLF:RUN'HEDUPHQW/LVW
$UWLFOH
$UWLFOH
$UWLFOH
$UWLFOH
$UWLFOH
$UWLFOH
$UWLFOH
$UWLFOH
$UWLFOH
$UWLFOH
January 17, 2020
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
FOR WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK
January 17, 2020
SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK .....................................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1
1.2 SCHEDULE OF OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS ............................................2
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................3
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................3
SECTION 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS ..................................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS ...............................................................................1 1.2 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES ..............................................................1 1.3 UNIVERSITY CLOSURES ..............................................................................2 1.4 WATER USE RESTRICTION ..........................................................................2
1.5 PARKING ..........................................................................................................2
1.6 CHANGEOVERS AND CONTINUITY OF SERVICES ................................3 1.7 OBSTACLES, INTERFERENCE AND COORDINATION ............................4 1.8 EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENTS...................................................................5 1.9 EXISTING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, FIXTURES, ETC. ........................5
1.10 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES, DRAWINGS, ETC. ...................................5
1.11 STAND DOWN DATES ...................................................................................6 1.12 WORKING HOURS ..........................................................................................7
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................7
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................7
SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS .............................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................................1 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................2
1.4 PRODUCTS LIST .............................................................................................2
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE .................................................................................2 1.6 PROCEDURES..................................................................................................3 1.7 EQUIVALENTS – APPROVED EQUAL ........................................................3 1.8 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS ............................................................................4
1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS .............................................................................................6
1.10 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS ..........................................................................7 1.11 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION ..........................................................8 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES ...................................................................................8
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................8
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................8
January 17, 2020
SECTION 01 31 19 PROJECT MEETINGS ......................................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1
1.2 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING .................................................................1 1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS ..................................................................................3 1.4 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE(S) ......................................................4
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................4
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................4
SECTION 01 31 50 ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT .................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 SUMMARY .......................................................................................................1 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS .....................................................................................1
1.3 DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................................1
1.4 PROCEDURES..................................................................................................1 1.5 PROCESS OVERVIEW ....................................................................................2 1.6 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ......................................................................4
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................4
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................4
SECTION 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE .......................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 SUMMARY .......................................................................................................1 1.2 FORM OF SCHEDULES ..................................................................................1
1.3 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES ...........................................................................1
1.4 PROGRESS REVISIONS .................................................................................2 1.5 SUBMISSIONS .................................................................................................3
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED ..........................................................................................3
3.0 EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................3
3.1 DISTRIBUTION................................................................................................3
SECTION 01 32 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION ........................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................1
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................1
3.0 EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................1
3.1 EXISTING CONDITION PHOTOGRAPHS ....................................................1 3.2 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS .........................................................................1 3.3 FINAL COMPLETION PHOTOGRAPHS .......................................................2
January 17, 2020
SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ..........................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1
1.2 SUBMITTAL REGISTRY AND SCHEDULE.................................................1 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS ...........................................................................................3 1.4 PRODUCT DATA .............................................................................................3 1.5 SAMPLES..........................................................................................................4
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS.......5
1.7 COORDINATION DRAWINGS ......................................................................6 1.8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................9 1.9 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ........................................................................10 1.10 RECORD SUBMITTALS ...............................................................................12
1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS ............................................................12
1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES .................................................................................12 1.13 DISTRIBUTION..............................................................................................13
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .......................................................................................13
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .....................................................................................13
SECTION 01 35 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY ....................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 CONTRACTOR’S PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN ....................................1 1.3 ASBESTOS........................................................................................................2
1.4 LEAD .................................................................................................................3
1.5 SITE VISITS ......................................................................................................3 1.6 CONFINED SPACE ..........................................................................................3
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................3
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................3
January 17, 2020
SECTION 01 35 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS ....................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS .....................................................................................1 1.3 SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................1 1.4 JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION .......................................................................1 1.5 CLEARING, SITE PREPARATION AND SITE USE .....................................2
1.6 SPOIL AND BORROW ....................................................................................2
1.7 NOISE AND VIBRATION ...............................................................................3 1.8 DUST CONTROL .............................................................................................3 1.9 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT .....................................................3 1.10 TEMPORARY RE-ROUTING OF PIPING AND DUCTWORK ....................4
1.11 HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS .......................................................4
1.12 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL AND TITLE ........................................5
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................5
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................5
SECTION 01 35 44 SPILL CONTROL ..............................................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 SPILL PREVENTION .......................................................................................1 1.2 SPILL CONTROL PROCEDURES ..................................................................1 1.3 SPILL REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION ............................................4
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................5
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................5
SECTION 01 41 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS ................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 PERMITS AND LICENSES .............................................................................1 1.2 INSPECTIONS ..................................................................................................1
1.3 COMPLIANCE..................................................................................................2
1.4 OWNER’S REQUIREMENTS .........................................................................2
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................2
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................2
January 17, 2020
SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES ....................................................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.......................................................1
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS ...............................................................................2 1.3 DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................................2 1.4 OWNER AGREEMENTS .................................................................................4 1.5 INDUSTRY STANDARDS ..............................................................................4
1.6 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS ..........................................................5
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED ........................................................................................18
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED ......................................................................................18
SECTION 01 45 00 QUALITY CONTROL .......................................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1
1.2 CONTROL OF ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION ..................................................1 1.3 CONTROL OF OFF-SITE OPERATIONS.......................................................2 1.4 TESTING ...........................................................................................................3 1.5 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE ......................................................................3
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................3
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................3
SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS ...........................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1
1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES ......................................1
2.0 PRODUCTS..................................................................................................................1
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL ................................................................................1 2.2 TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES.........................................................1 2.3 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION ...............................................................2
2.4 CONSTRUCTION AIDS ..................................................................................4
2.5 SUPPORTS ........................................................................................................4 2.6 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES ........................................................................4 2.7 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL ................................................................5 2.8 TREE, PLANT AND LAWN PROTECTION ..................................................5
2.9 PERSONNEL, PUBLIC AND EMPLOYEE PROTECTION ..........................8
2.10 ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS ...................................................8 2.11 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS ...................................................8 2.12 SECURITY ........................................................................................................8 2.13 FIELD OFFICES ...............................................................................................8
3.0 EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................9
3.1 PREPARATION ................................................................................................9 3.2 GENERAL .........................................................................................................9 3.3 REMOVAL ........................................................................................................9
January 17, 2020
SECTION 01 51 00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES ...............................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1
1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES ......................................1
2.0 PRODUCTS..................................................................................................................1
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL ................................................................................1 2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING AND WATER ..........................1
2.3 TEMPORARY USE OF ELEVATOR ..............................................................2
2.4 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION ..................................................3 2.5 TEMPORARY CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE SERVICE .............................4 2.6 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES .......................................................4
3.0 EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................4
3.1 REMOVAL ........................................................................................................4
SECTION 01 57 13 SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL .............................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................1
1.3 PLAN AND IMPLEMENTATION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ...............1
1.4 PERFORMANCE STANDARDS .....................................................................1 1.5 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN COMPONENTS ................2 1.6 INSPECTIONS ..................................................................................................3
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................3
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................3
SECTION 01 66 00 STORAGE AND PROTECTION ......................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING ........................................................1
1.3 ON-SITE STORAGE.........................................................................................1
1.4 PALM ROAD STORAGE .................................................................................2 1.5 PROTECTION ...................................................................................................3 1.6 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION .......................................................3
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................4
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................4
January 17, 2020
SECTION 01 71 23 FIELD ENGINEERING .....................................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1
1.2 QUALIFICATION OF SURVEYOR ................................................................1 1.3 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS .....................................................................1 1.4 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS ..........................................................2 1.5 RECORDS .........................................................................................................2
1.6 SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................2
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................3
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................3
SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING ...................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1
1.2 SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................2 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE .................................................................................2 1.4 WARRANTIES .................................................................................................4
2.0 PRODUCTS..................................................................................................................4
2.1 MATERIALS .....................................................................................................4
3.0 EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................5
3.1 INSPECTION ....................................................................................................5 3.2 PREPARATION ................................................................................................5 3.3 PERFORMANCE ..............................................................................................5
3.4 CLEANING .......................................................................................................8
SECTION 01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT .....................................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 INSPECTIONS ..................................................................................................1 1.2 SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................2
1.3 FINAL CLEAN UP ...........................................................................................3
1.4 MAINTENANCE STOCK ................................................................................5
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................5
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................5
SECTION 01 78 22 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY ...............................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY ...............................................................1
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................2
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................2
January 17, 2020
SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA .................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1
1.2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS ................................................................................1 1.3 CONTENT OF MANUAL ................................................................................2 1.4 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES .............................................3 1.5 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ............................................4
1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS .....................................................................6
1.7 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL ..............................................6 1.8 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS .......................................................................7
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................7
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................7
SECTION 01 78 36 WARRANTIES AND BONDS ...........................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 SUMMARY .......................................................................................................1 1.3 DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................................1
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE .................................................................................2
1.5 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS.....................................................................2 1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS .....................................................................3 1.7 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED .............................................................................4
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................4
3.0 EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................4
3.1 FORM OF SUBMITTALS ................................................................................4 3.2 TIME OF SUBMITTALS .................................................................................5
SECTION 01 78 39 RECORD DOCUMENTS...................................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1
1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES..................................1 1.3 RECORDING ....................................................................................................1 1.4 SUBMITTAL .....................................................................................................6
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................6
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................6
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00 Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE WORK
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00-1 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Work to be Done
Wing Hall
1. Replace existing outdoor transformer and remove existing above ground feeder conductors and conduits. Install new secondary underground feeders in concrete encased conduit trench. Provide power connections as indicated on drawings.
2. Provide new 1200A, 208V enclosed circuit breaker, and install secondary feeder conductors from 1200A enclosed circuit breaker to existing switchboard.
3. Replace existing switchboard distribution section and existing lighting in electric room.
Space Sciences
1. Replace existing medium-voltage and low-voltage electrical services at Space Sciences. Medium-voltage work includes installing a 15kV loop switch and new 15kV service laterals to the new 208V and 480V electric services. Low-voltage work includes
installing new 208V and new 480V electrical service including new substation style transformers, new 208V switchboard, and new 480V distribution panelboard.
2. Work includes refeeding the existing fire pump and emergency automatic transfer switch from the physical sciences generator, and removal of the existing Space Sciences generator.
3. Work also includes removal of the double doors to the main electrical room, infill wall and install steel lintel and HVAC transfer grill with fire damper for make-up air in the room.
4. Replace existing electric room lighting.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00 Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE WORK
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00-2 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
Plant Breeding Love Lab
1. Replace existing main 1200A, 208V building main service switch and 1200A, 208V, 3-phase main distribution panelboard with new main 400A MCB, 208V, 3-phase main distribution panelboard.
2. Replace existing (3) 13.2kV-208V, 100kVA oil-filled single phased transformers with new dry-type 150kVA, 208V secondary transformer.
3. Replace existing electric room lighting.
B. The Scope of the Work
1. The scope of the WORK in all SECTIONS of this Specification shall consist of the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment and appliances and the performance of the Work required by the Contract Documents and/or by the conditions at the site, joining all parts of this Work with itself and the Work of others to form a complete, functioning entity.
2. Items not specifically mentioned in the Specifications or shown on the drawings, but which are inherently necessary to make a complete working installation, shall be included.
3. It is the intent and purpose of the Contract Documents to cover and include under each item all materials, machinery, apparatus, and labor necessary to properly install materials and equipment, adjust and put into perfect operation the respective portions of the installation specified and to so interconnect the various items or sections of the work as to form a complete and operating whole. Any equipment, apparatus, machinery, material and small items not mentioned in detail, and labor not hereinafter specifically mentioned, which may be found necessary to complete or perfect any portion of the installation in a substantial manner, and in compliance with the requirements stated, implied, or intended in the Contract Documents, shall be furnished without extra cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall provide the greatest quantity, highest quality, highest degree of safety, and most stringent material, equipment or
Work. Should the Drawings or the Specifications disagree in themselves or with each other, the Contractor shall provide the better quality or greater quantity of work and/or materials unless otherwise directed by written addendum to the Contract.
1.2 SCHEDULE OF OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS
A. The Contractor shall receive, unload, and install Owner furnished equipment as shown on the plans and called for in the Specifications.
B. Receiving and Unloading
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for logging in, checking and verifying receipt of items and shall be responsible for confirming that the quantities and condition of the materials are appropriate for installation and the completion of the Work of the project.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00 Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE WORK
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00-3 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
2. The Contractor shall note any damage and/or short count on the Bill of Loading for any Owner Furnished Equipment received at the storage facility, such listing of damages or
short count being required to establish the Owner's potential claim against the carrier. The Contractor shall also notify the Owner directly on any such damage and/or short count.
3. Unload Owner Furnished Equipment at the job site using necessary care and equipment as required to handle the equipment in a safe manner.
4. Use adequate numbers of skilled workers necessary to handle, receive and install Owner Furnished Equipment.
5. Install Owner Furnished Equipment as called for in the Drawings or in these Specifications.
C. Installation
1. Install products in conformance with manufacturer’s installation instructions.
2. Provide interconnecting structures, equipment, piping, electrical and instrumentation work, finish painting, and appurtenances to achieve a complete and functional system.
D. Use of Materials
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for the use of Owner provide materials in an efficient manner in accordance with industry standards and best practices to reduce waste materials.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 11 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-1 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
SECTION 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES
A. All traffic and pedestrian control measures shall be compliant with the National Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (MUTCD) and 17 NYCRR Chapter V (New York Supplement), (https://www.dot.ny.gov/mutcd) and all other local laws and regulations.
B. The Contractor shall carry on the Work in the manner which will cause the least interruption
to pedestrian and vehicular traffic and permit access of emergency vehicles at all times.
C. The Work shall be scheduled and performed in such a manner that at least one lane of traffic will be maintained on all public streets. Two flag persons, equipped with radio
communication devices, must be provided for any activity blocking a traffic lane. One lane of traffic must be maintained at all times. Where traffic must cross open trenches, the Contractor shall provide suitable bridges and railings; including pedestrian bridges.
D. The Contractor shall maintain 20’ minimum fire lane access to all facilities in the area.
E. The Contractor shall post and maintain flag persons and suitable signs indicating that construction operations are under way and other warning signs as may be required.
F. The Contractor shall safeguard the use by the public and Owner of all adjacent highways, roadways and footpaths, outside the Contract Limit Lines (work area), and shall conform to all laws and regulations concerning the use thereof, especially limitations on traffic and the movement of heavy equipment. Access to the site for delivery of construction materials and/or equipment shall be made only at the locations shown in the Contract Documents or
approved by the Owner’s Representative.
G. The Contractor shall make every effort to keep dirt and debris from making its way to roadways. The Contractor shall immediately remove dirt and debris which may collect on
permanent roadways due to the Work.
H. The Contractor shall limit the extent of its activities to that area of the site defined on the Contract Drawings as being within the Contract Limit Lines.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-2 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
I. For that portion of the Work required under this Contract which must be performed in other than the defined areas both on-site and off, including operations involving delivery and
removal of materials, the Contractor shall schedule and coordinate its activities through the Owner's Representative, to meet the approval of the Owner and minimize disruption of the normal scheduled activities of the occupants of adjacent spaces.
J. It is the Owner’s expectation that the Contractor will take protective measures to minimize damage caused by construction activities including, but not limited to, the use of personnel lifts, material handling equipment, on-site material storage, etc. All portions of the site, including the staging area and those areas affected by the work, shall be returned to their original condition after completion of Work. Such repair work shall include lawn restoration
and reseeding, if required, and shall be included in the Contractor's Guarantee of Work.
K. Routes to and from the location of the Work shall be as indicated in the Contract or as directed by the Owner's Representative. Temporary roadways shall be closed only with prior approval
of the Owner's Representative.
L. Parking may be made available for staging at Palm Road or other pre-determined area for the duration of the project. The Contractor will be responsible for fencing, securing and
maintaining the designated area. All vehicles at Palm Road must be registered with Transportation Services.
1.3 UNIVERSITY CLOSURES
A. In the event of University closure, the Contractor should use their judgement, follow their
internal guidance on continuity of operations, and the direction of law enforcement, as to whether or not they will maintain operations on construction sites on campus. They should make this decision with the awareness that Cornell response to any project needs (shutdowns, emergencies) will not possible and the maintenance of roads and walks will not be to normal operating standards.
B. With your safety as a top priority, the Cornell University Police allows you the ability to take advantage of our Emergency Mass Notification System that enables your cellphone to become a personal safety device for you. Contractor’s wishing to participate may text the following: CornellAlert to 67283 and you will be set up to receive alert messages. Be advised that you may stop receiving messages at any time by sending “stop” to CornellAlert. There will also be a system generated “stop” every year on August 1st at which point you will need
to send the text CornellAlert to re-enlist.
1.4 WATER USE RESTRICTION
A. The Contractor shall adhere to any University issued Water Use Restrictions in place at the time of construction.
1.5 PARKING
A. The Owner may designate an area for parking of essential Contractor vehicles on the project site.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-3 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
B. The Contractor shall make all arrangements, and bear the cost, for transportation of all trade persons from the designated parking area to the construction site as necessary.
C. It should be noted that there is a fee for all parking on the Cornell University campus. The Contractor is responsible for the payment for all parking costs imposed by the Owner. The Contractor should contact the Project Manager (Debra Melanson) for additional information. The Contractor will be required to complete a “New Construction Employee Form” for each permit requested. This form may be found at http://finance.fs.cornell.edu/contracts/forms/contractors.cfm.
D. Contractor shall cooperate with Transportation Services and/or other authorities having jurisdiction, as follows:
1. Ensure parking by all employees of the Contractor, subcontractors, material suppliers, and others connected with this project only within construction fence or the designated parking area.
2. Prohibit employees from parking in any other areas, roads, streets, grounds, etc.
3. Discharge any employee refusing to comply with these requirements.
4. Ensure proper transportation of personnel between the designated parking area and the
construction site.
E. The Contractor shall remove from the parking area and staging area all temporary trailers, rubbish, unused materials, and other materials belonging to the Contractor or used under the Contractor’s direction during construction or impairing the use or appearance of the property and shall restore such areas affected by the work to their original condition, and, in the event of its failure to do so, the same shall be removed by the Owner at the expense of the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be liable therefore.
1.6 CHANGEOVERS AND CONTINUITY OF SERVICES
A. Make all changeovers, tie-ins and removals, etc., of any part of the Work that would affect the continuity of operation of the adjacent services at approved times that will not interfere with the Owner's operations. Secure approval of Owner before proceeding.
B. Make all necessary temporary connections required to permit operation of the building services and/or equipment. Remove the connections after need has ceased.
C. The Contractor may be permitted to make changeovers during normal working hours at the Owner’s discretion. Should the Contractor perform this Work outside of normal working hours, no extra payment will be made for resulting overtime expenses.
D. When connecting new facilities do not shut off any existing Mechanical/Electrical facilities or services without prior written approval of Owner's Representative.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-4 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
E. The Contractor shall not, except in an emergency condition, shutdown any utility without the express permission of the Owner's Representative. Major, affecting life safety or outside
contract limit lines, shutdowns of utilities will be performed by Cornell University to enable Contractor to perform required work. Major shutdowns shall be defined as those affecting life safety or which are outside the project site limits.
F. Maintain domestic water and firewater in service at all times. No service may be out for more than twenty-four (24) hours. Maintain firewater flow capability (hose, if necessary) to all buildings and coordinate with Cornell Utilities, Cornell Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S), and City of Ithaca Fire Department.
G. All shutdowns to be scheduled a minimum of seven (7) calendar days in advance and requests shall be submitted via ePM system to the Owner’s Representative.
H. IN THE EVENT OF AN EMERGENCY WHERE THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IS NOT AVAILABLE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DIAL 911 IMMEDIATELY.
1.7 OBSTACLES, INTERFERENCE AND COORDINATION
A. General
1. Plans show general design arrangement. Install work substantially as indicated and verify exact location and elevations; DO NOT SCALE PLANS.
2. Due to small scale of Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, changes in elevations, interferences, etc. Make necessary changes in the Work, equipment locations, etc., after notification to the Owner's Representative and Architect. Obtain
approval from same, as part of Contract, to accommodate work to obstacles and interferences encountered.
3. Obtain written approval for all major changes before installing. If requested, submit drawings, detailing all such deviations or changes.
4. Exposed to view mechanical units, ductwork, conduit, pipes or other building equipment are essential parts of the artistic effect of the building design and shall be installed in locations as shown on the drawings. Conformance to given dimensions and alignments with the structural system, walls, openings, indicated centerlines are a requirement of the Contract and the Contractor shall familiarize himself with the critical nature of proper placement of these items. The Contractor shall notify the Architect of conflicts which would cause such equipment to be installed in locations other than as
indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall not proceed with the installation of exposed to view mechanical units, ductwork, conduit, pipes, etc. until all conflicts have been identified by the Contractor and resolutions to conflicts approved by the Architect.
B. Interference
1. Install work so that all items are operable and serviceable and avoid interfering with removal of rails, filters, belt guards and/or operation of doors, etc. Provide easy and safe access to valves, controllers, motor starters and other equipment requiring frequent attention.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-5 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
1.8 EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENTS
A. Since all equipment of equal capacity is not necessarily of same arrangement, size of construction, these Plans are prepared on basis of one manufacturer as "basis-of-design
equipment", even though other manufacturers' names are mentioned.
B. If Contractor elects to use specified equipment other than "design equipment" which differs in arrangement, size, etc., the Contractor does so subject to following conditions:
1. Submit detailed drawings indicating proposed installations of equipment and showing maintenance and service space required.
2. If revised arrangement meets approval, make all required changes in the work of all trades, including but not limited to louvers, panels, structural supports, pads, etc. at no increase in Contract. Provide larger motors and any additional control devices, valves,
fittings and other miscellaneous equipment required for proper operation of revised layout, and assumes responsibility for proper location of roughing in and connections by other trades.
3. If revised arrangement does not meet approval because of increase in pressure loss, possibility of increase in noise, lack of space or headroom, insufficient clearance for removal of parts, or for any other reason, provide equipment which conforms to
Contract Drawings and Specifications.
1.9 EXISTING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, FIXTURES, ETC.
A. Where existing equipment, piping, fittings, etc. are to be removed, Contractor shall submit complete list to Owner. All items that Owner wishes to retain shall be carefully removed and salvaged and delivered to building storage where directed by Owner. Items that Owner does not wish to retain shall be removed from the site and legally disposed.
1.10 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES, DRAWINGS, ETC.
A. Before Submitting Proposal
1. Examine all Drawings and Specifications relating to Work of all trades to determine scope and relation to other work.
2. Examine all existing conditions affecting compliance with Plans and Specifications, by visiting site and/or building.
3. Ascertain access to site, available storage and delivery facilities.
B. Before Commencing Work on Any Phase or in any Area
1. Verify all governing dimensions at site and/or building.
2. Inspect all adjacent work.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-6 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
3. All work is to be conducted in such a manner as to cause a minimum degree of interference with the Campus’ operation and academic schedule. Prior to the
commencement of each phase, submit Shutdown / Demo action plans that clearly describe the steps required to safely shut down utilities, systems and infrastructure that are within the work area (or effecting the work area); and those outside the work area and within approximately 25 feet of the work area limits, as approved by the Owner.
C. Tender of Proposal Confirms Agreement
1. All items and conditions referred to herein and/or indicated on accompanying Drawings.
2. No consideration, additional monies or time extensions will be granted for alleged misunderstanding.
D. Existing or Archived Drawings
1. Existing or Archived drawings of impacted buildings are appended in electronic format only for reference and informational purposes. These historic drawings are not to be considered contract drawings and are provided “FOR INFORMATION ONLY”. The Owner makes no representation as to the accuracy of the drawings as representing
current conditions.
1.11 STAND DOWN DATES
A. Strict and effective enforcement by Contractor’s management and supervision of the following dates and hours is required.
1. Stand-Down Dates (No construction work and no deliveries on site):
a. Commencement Weekend
Saturday, May 23, 2020
Sunday, May 24, 2020
b. Reunion Weekend
Saturday, June 6, 2020
Sunday, June 7, 2020
2. Restricted Work Dates (delivery & demolition restrictions but otherwise work as usual):
Friday, May 22, 2020 Commencement weekend- deliveries and work outside fence stop at noon
Thursday, Friday, June 4-5, 2020 Reunion guest arrivals- no work outside fence; no demo or utility work inside fence
Friday, June 5, 2020 Reunion weekend- deliveries and work outside
fence stop at noon
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-7 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
3. Student and Campus Life
Residence Halls Open
August 21, 2020
No deliveries, no hauling materials into or out of the project site.
All work to be contained to the fenced area of the project site.
4. Courses Study Time & Final Exams: * See below. While future dates are unknown at this point, the Contractor shall assume these general timeframes for the duration of the project.
Study Time: May 6 – 8, 2020; Final Exams: May 9 – 16, 2020
* Contractor shall assume that the “Study Time and Final Exam” periods are accurate for the University, but that the Owner has specific exam times falling within these periods. The Owner will provide information relative to the specific times and locations in advance of scheduled exams at the Contractor’s request.
1.12 WORKING HOURS
A. Normal work hours are 7AM-dusk Monday-Saturday except during above noted restrictions. This means that Contractor shall not permit any noise generating activities that could disturb
campus occupants or residents to take place outside of these hours. Should any conditions necessitate work to extend beyond these hours – Contractor may submit a detailed request with reasonable advance notice to Cornell. Cornell (at its sole discretion) may issue a written relaxation of the above but Contractor is advised never to assume that it will be granted.
B. During Construction periods, no work shall take place prior to 9AM in a Residence Hall, Fraternity, Co-Op, Sorority, or any type of Housing Unit. Residence Halls require 72 hours notification to the Student & Academic Services representative prior to entering a Residence Hall or Student Room. This does not apply to Fraternity, Co-Op or Sorority House which require 24 hours notification to the Facilities Manager.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 14 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-1 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB PRODUCT OPTIONS January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install the products specified, under the options and conditions for substitutions stated in this Section.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.
1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions that are beyond the Contractor’s control, such as unavailability of product, or regulatory changes.
a. Products that are not available from Contractor’s preferred suppliers does not constitute unavailability of product.
2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not
required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner.
B. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or
taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.
1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.
2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Items salvaged from other projects are not considered new products. Items that are manufactured or fabricated to include recycled content materials are considered new products, unless indicated otherwise.
3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service
performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-2 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB PRODUCT OPTIONS January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
C. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make
or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Substitution Requests: Submit indicated number of copies of each Substitution Request Form, attached hereto, for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.
1. In addition to submission of Substitution Request Form, substitutions shall be listed on the Bid Proposal Submission Form with description, specification references, and corresponding change in base bid
1.4 PRODUCTS LIST
A. Within thirty (30) days after the award of Contract, submit to the Architect five copies of a complete list of products which are proposed for installation.
B. Tabulate the products by listing under each specification section title and number.
C. For products specified only by reference standards, list for each such product:
1. Name and address of the manufacturer.
2. Trade name.
3. Model or catalog designation.
4. Manufacturer's data:
a. Reference standards.
b. Performance test data.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-3 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB PRODUCT OPTIONS January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
B. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even
if previously selected products were also options.
1. Contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with other products and construction methods.
2. If a dispute or compatibility issue arises over concurrently selectable but incompatible products, Architect will determine which products shall be used.
1.6 PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of accepted substitutions and approved comparable products.
1.7 EQUIVALENTS – APPROVED EQUAL
A. Equivalents or Approvals - General
1. The words “similar and equal to”, or “or equal”, “equivalent” and such other words of similar content and meaning shall for the purposes of this Contract be deemed to mean similar or equivalent to one of the named products. For the purposes of Paragraph A
and B of this Section 1.4 and for the purposes of Bidding Documents, the word “products” shall be deemed to include the words “articles”, “materials”, “items”, “equipment” and “methods”. Whenever in the Contract documents one or more
products are specified, the words “similar and equal to” shall be deemed inserted.
2. Whenever any product is specified in the Contract documents by a reference to the name, trade name, make or catalog number of any manufacturer or supplier, the intent is not to limit competition, but to establish a standard of quality which the Architect has determined is necessary for the Project. The Contractor may at its option use any product other than that specified in the Contract Documents provided the same is approved by the Architect in accordance with the procedures set forth in Paragraph B of this Section 1.4. In all cases the Architect shall be the sole judge as to whether a proposed product is to be approved and the Contractor shall have the burden of proving, at its own cost and expense, to the satisfaction of the Architect, that the proposed product is similar and equal to the named product. In making such determination the
Architect may establish such objective and appearance criteria as it may deem proper that the proposed product must meet in order for it to be approved.
3. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall be construed as representing, expressly or
implied, that the named product is available or that there is or there is not a product similar and equal to any of the named products and the Contractor shall have and make no claim by reason of the availability or lack of availability of the named product or of a product similar and equal to any named product.
4. The Contractor shall have and make no claim for an extension of time or for damages by reason of the time taken by the Architect or by reason of the failure of the Architect to approve a product proposed by the Contractor.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-4 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB PRODUCT OPTIONS January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
5. Request for approval of proposed equivalents will be received by the Architect only from the Contractor.
B. Equivalents or Approvals After Bidding
1. Request for approval of proposed equivalents will be considered by the Architect after bidding only in the following cases: (a) the named product cannot be obtained by the Contractor because of strikes, lockouts, bankruptcies or discontinuance of manufacturer and the Contractor makes a written request to the Architect for consideration of the proposed equivalent within ten (10) calendar days of the date it ascertains it cannot obtain the named product; or (b) the proposed equivalent is superior, in the opinion of the Architect, to the named product; or (c) the proposed equivalent, in the opinion of the Architect, is equal to the named product and its use is to the advantage of the Owner, e.g., the Owner receives an equitable credit, acceptable to it, as a result of the estimated cost savings to the Contractor from the use of the proposed equivalent or the Owner
determines that the Contractor has not failed to act diligently in placing the necessary purchase orders and a savings in the time required for the completion of the construction of the Project should result from the use of the proposed equivalent; or (d) the proposed
equivalent, in the opinion of the Architect, is equal to the named product and less than ninety (90) calendar days have elapsed since the Notice of Award of the Contract.
2. Where the Architect pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1.4 approves a product
proposed by the Contractor and such proposed product requires a revision or redesign of any part of the work covered by this Contract, all such revision and redesign and all new Drawings and details required therefore shall be subject to approval of the Architect and shall be provided by the Contractor at its own cost and expense.
3. Where the Architect pursuant to the provisions of this Section approves a product proposed by the Contractor and such proposed product requires a different quantity and/or arrangement of duct work, piping, wiring, conduit or any other part of the work from that specified, detailed or indicated in the Contract Documents, the contractor shall
provide the same at its own cost and expense.
1.8 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS
A. For products specified only by reference standard, select any product meeting that standard, by any manufacturer.
B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any one of products and manufacturers named.
1. Products:
a. Restricted List (Products): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Products” or that include the phrase “provide one of the following”, and include a list of names of both manufacturers and products,
provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products for Contractor's convenience will not be considered.
- Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-5 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB PRODUCT OPTIONS January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
b. Non-restricted List (Available Products): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Available Products” or that include the phrase
“include, but are not limited to, the following”, and include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product.
2. Manufacturers:
a. Restricted List (Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Manufacturers” or that include the phrase “provide products by one of the following”, and include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products for Contractor's convenience will not be considered.
- Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
b. Non-restricted List (Available Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Available Manufacturers” or that include the phrase “include, but are not limited to, the following”, and include a list of
available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product.
3. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named.
a. Restricted List (List of Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Basis-of-Design Product”, and include a list of other manufacturers' names, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers that complies with requirements.
- Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers.
- Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
b. Non-restricted List (No List of Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Basis-of-Design Product”, and do not include
a list of other manufacturers’ names, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by another manufacturer that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-6 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB PRODUCT OPTIONS January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
C. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers and stating "or equal", the Contractor shall submit a request as for substitutions, for any product or
manufacturer not specifically named. Such substitution shall have been listed on Bid Proposal Submission Form as required in Instructions to Bidders. If not so listed, no substitution will be allowed.
D. For products specified by naming only one product and manufacturer, no option and no substitution will be considered unless listed on the Bid Proposal Submission Form as provided in the Instructions to Bidders. Base Bid must include the specified product or manufacturer. Substitutions will be at the sole discretion of the Owner.
1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need
for change, but not later than 21 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals.
B. Substitutions for Convenience: Submit requests for substitution within thirty (30) days of
contract award.
C. Submit a separate request for each substitution. Support each request with:
1. Completed "Request for Substitution" form in eBuilder. A request for substitution of a
product, material, or process for that specified in the Contract Documents must be formally submitted as such accompanied by evidence that the proposed substitution ﴾1﴿ is equal in quality and serviceability to the specified item; ﴾2﴿ will not entail changes in detail and construction of Other Work; ﴾3﴿ will be acceptable to the Architect and Owner's Design Consultant's in achieving design and artistic intent; and ﴾4﴿ will not result in a cost and/or schedule disadvantage.
2. Complete data substantiating compliance of the proposed substitution with requirements stated in Contract Documents:
a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address.
b. Manufacturer's literature; identify:
- Product description.
- Reference standards.
- Performance and test data.
c. Samples, as applicable.
d. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been used, and the date of each installation.
3. An itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with the product specified listing
any variations.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-7 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB PRODUCT OPTIONS January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
4. Data relating to any changes in the construction schedule.
5. The effect of the substitution on each separate contract of the Project.
6. List any changes required in other work or projects.
7. Designate any required license fees or royalties.
8. Designate availability of maintenance services, and source of replacement materials.
D. Substitutions shall not result in additions to the Contract Sum.
E. Substitutions will not be considered as having been accepted when:
1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals without a formal request from the Contractor.
2. They are requested by a subcontractor or supplier.
3. The acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents.
F. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance of the Owner.
G. The Owner and the Architect shall be the sole judges of the acceptability of a proposed substitution.
1.10 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS
A. Conditions for Consideration: Contractor's request for approval of comparable product will be considered when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not
satisfied, Architect may reject or return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements. Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, submit the following, in addition to other required submittals, to obtain approval of an
unnamed product or manufacturer:
1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work.
2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the product specified.
3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.
4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses
and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested.
5. Samples, if requested.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-8 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB PRODUCT OPTIONS January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
1.11 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION
A. In making a formal request for a substitution the Contractor represents that:
1. By submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor thereby represents that he has determined and verified all dimensions, quantities, field dimensions, relations to existing work, coordination with work to be installed later, coordination with information on previous Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples and compliance with all the requirements of the Contract Documents. The accuracy of all such information is the responsibility of the Contractor.
2. The Contractor has personally investigated the proposed product and has determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified.
3. The Contractor will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution as for the product specified.
4. The Contractor will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into the Work, and will make such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in
all respects.
5. The Contractor waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which may subsequently become apparent.
1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES
A. Review Contractor's requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness.
B. Transmit evaluations and recommendations to the Owner, so that the Owner can notify the Contractor of the decision for acceptance or rejection of the request for substitution.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 25 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-1 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
SECTION 01 31 19 PROJECT MEETINGS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Owner will schedule and administer pre-construction meeting, periodic progress meetings, and specially called meetings throughout the progress of the work.
1. Prepare agenda for meetings.
2. Distribute written notice of each meeting four days in advance of meeting date.
3. Make physical arrangements for meetings.
4. Preside at meetings.
5. Record the minutes; include all significant proceedings and decisions.
6. Duplicate and distribute copies of minutes after each meeting.
a. To all participants in the meeting.
b. To all parties affected by decisions made at the meeting.
c. To the Architect.
B. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending the meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents.
1.2 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING
A. Schedule at least fifteen (15) days after date of Notice to Proceed.
B. Location: A central site, convenient for all parties.
C. Attendance:
1. Owner's Representative(s)
2. Contractor(s)
3. Architect and its professional consultants
4. Major Subcontractors
5. Major suppliers
6. Safety Representatives for the Owner and Contractor
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-2 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
D. Minimum Agendum:
1. Distribution and discussion of:
a. List of major subcontractors and suppliers
b. Projected Construction Schedules
2. Critical work sequencing
a. Identification of major shut downs and approximate schedule
3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities
4. Project Coordination
a. Designation of responsible personnel
5. Procedures and processing of:
a. Field decisions
b. Proposal requests
c. Submittals
d. Change Orders
e. Applications for Payment
f. Requests for Information
g. Daily Reports
6. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents
7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents
8. Use of premises:
a. Office, work and storage areas
b. Owner's requirements
c. Job site personnel conduct
d. Building access and security
9. Temporary facilities, controls and construction aids
10. Temporary utilities
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-3 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
11. Safety and first-aid procedures
a. Contractor’s Project Site Specific Plan
12. Security procedures
13. Housekeeping procedures
14. Affirmative Action Plan and Reporting requirements
1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. Schedule regular periodic meetings on the site, not less than once every two weeks throughout the Construction period.
B. Attendance:
1. Architect
2. Architect's professional consultants when, in the opinion of the Owner, needed
3. General Contractor, including Site Superintendent
4. Owner's Representatives
5. Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda
6. Suppliers as appropriate to the agenda
7. Safety Representative
C. Minimum Agenda:
1. Review, approval of minutes of previous meeting
2. Review percentage of work to be in place by next meeting by individual trades
3. Review of work progress since previous meeting
4. Field observations, problems, and conflicts
5. Problems which impede Construction Schedule
6. Review of off-site fabrication, delivery schedules
7. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule
8. Revisions to Construction Schedule
9. Planned progress and schedule, during succeeding work period
10. Coordination of schedules
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-4 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
11. Review submittal schedules; expedite as required
12. Maintenance of quality standards
13. Review status of all issued proposal requests and change orders
14. Review proposed changes for:
a. Effect on Construction Schedule and on completion date
b. Effect on other contracts of the Project
15. Other business
D. All decisions, instructions, and interpretations given by the Architect/Engineer or its representative at these meetings shall be binding and conclusive on the Contractor.
1.4 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE(S)
A. The Contractor to hold pre-installation conferences where required by individual specification
sections or others at the discretion of the Owner. Minimum attendees would be Architect and/or their specific sub-consultant, Owner, Contractor, Subcontractor, key Suppliers, testing & inspection firm, Facilities Engineering subject matter expert, etc. Minimum agenda would
include review of key submittals, RFI’s, safety, logistics, material procurement, quality control, etc. Contractor to assemble and distribute the Agenda minimum 48 hours prior to meeting as well as distribute meeting minutes a minimum of seven (7) calendar days after the meeting.
B. Submit a list of pre-installation meetings with preliminary dates within fifteen (15) days of issuance of the Notice to Proceed.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
****END OF SECTION 01 31 19***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, ELECTRONIC PROJECT 01 31 50-1 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB MANAGEMENT (ePM) SYSTEM January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
SECTION 01 31 50 ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Owner Provided System: The Contractor will utilize the Owner’s electronic Project Management (e-PM) system eBuilder on this project.
1. The Owner shall manage the day to day use of the Owner provided ePM system and organize the training, support and maintenance of the ePM Website System for the entire project team for the period of its use on the Project.
B. There are no fees to utilize this system.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. General Conditions Article 9 – Coordination and Cooperation.
B. Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. ePM: defined as an internet-based information and project communication system that allows the entire project team to collaborate in a centralized and secured repository. All
project-specific correspondence, workflow processes, and documentation will be stored and routed within the ePM system.
1.4 PROCEDURES
A. Users will be provided a username and password. The Contractor shall log into the
e-PM system to enter the Project Documentation listed in section 2.0. All correspondence should be communicated through the e-PM system.
B. Training
1. The Owner will hold training sessions to familiarize team members with the system, and all Contractor staff are expected to attend one of these sessions or otherwise receive proper training on the system’s use. All cost for personnel time and travel to attend the training as needed shall be included in the Contractor’s proposal
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, ELECTRONIC PROJECT 01 31 50-2 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB MANAGEMENT (ePM) SYSTEM January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
C. The Contractor shall provide on-site personnel with personal computer(s) and personal computer equipment that will allow the Contractor’s personnel to access and use the ePM
Website System in a timely and efficient manner. At a minimum the Contractor is to provide the following equipment and software:
1. Web Browser: with high-speed connection, up/down loading capability
2. Color printer and plotter capable of full-size document production
3. Scanner: capable of scanning a high volume of project documents clearly and quickly
4. Digital Camera: (1) single lens reflex (SLR) type camera
5. Portable Document Format (PDF) Reader/writer software
D. Contractor shall log on to the ePM Website System on a daily basis, and as necessary to be kept fully appraised of the project developments, correspondence, assigned tasks and other matters that occur on the site. These may include but are not limited to RFI’s, action items, meeting minutes, discussion threads, schedule updates, submittals,
submittal log, punch list items, daily reports, site photos and/or videos and pre-construction surveys.
1.5 PROCESS OVERVIEW
A. The Contractor is required to timely and accurately post, review, respond, and collaborate
with other team members using the following features and/or workflow processes within the ePM system.
B. Project Team Directory – Contractor shall provide an updated directory of contact information for all companies, subcontractors and project team members who are engaged on this project.
C. Request for Information (RFI): All project RFI’s will be submitted using the ePM Website System. The submission of a Request for Information (RFI) is the Contractor’s exclusive means of requesting information from the Owner and/or Architect. Attachments to RFI’s (which may include sketches, photographs, documentation, and the like, will be uploaded to the ePM Website System and attached to the RFI electronically.
D. Meeting Minutes: Contractor shall enter meeting agendas, records and minutes in the system for all applicable meetings as designated by the Owner.
E. General Communications, memorandums and Letters (Project Correspondence): Shall be created in or posted to the ePM Website System in PDF format electronically linked to action items. These action items shall include names of party (ies) required to respond, time frame within which action is to be taken and any solutions the Contractor
recommends.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, ELECTRONIC PROJECT 01 31 50-3 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB MANAGEMENT (ePM) SYSTEM January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
F. Drawings and Specifications: The Contract Documents will be posted to the ePM Website System as directed by the Owner. The Owner shall retain the right to assign
download rights to active CAD or model files. CAD or model files, in any format, posted to the ePM Website System are for viewing and printing only and cannot be edited.
G. Submittals: All submittals shall be fully electronic. Reference Section 01 33 00.
H. Submittal Schedule and Log: Contractor shall post and/or update on a daily basis.
I. Field Reporting: The Contractor shall post and/or update on a daily basis all reports required by other specification sections. These reports include, but are not limited to, daily construction reports, material location reports, unusual event reports, safety and accident reports.
J. Project Photographs: Contractor shall upload project photographs to the ePM system, field by date and type including but not limited to:
1. General Progress Photographs
2. RFI Issues
3. Non-Conforming Work
4. Special Events
5. As required by individual Specification Sections
K. Project Schedule: The contractor shall post, distribute, review, and/or respond to the project schedule, monthly updates, and any other schedule submittals onto the ePM in both native and PDF formats.
L. Permits & Approvals: Contractor shall upload and maintain current copies of all permits and agency approvals that relate to the project.
M. Issue Tracking: Contractor to log and respond to issues that are related and affect other stakeholders within the project team.
N. Quality Assurance: The Owner and/or Architect will issue reports on conforming items in the ePM system. The Contractor is required to review and respond with corrective actions in the system.
O. Change Management – Cost Events and Change Orders will be managed by the e-PM system and the Contractor shall be responsible for reporting potential changes and logging Requests for Change Orders in the system. The Contractor shall also upload and
manage all documentation supporting Requested Change Orders.
P. Pay Applications Requests (Invoices) – The Contractor shall create and submit invoices for review by the Owner. Once the invoices are agreed to by the Owner then the invoices should be submitted electronically per the instructions for the ePM system.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, ELECTRONIC PROJECT 01 31 50-4 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB MANAGEMENT (ePM) SYSTEM January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
Q. Budget and Cost Management – Contractor to provide estimates and work breakdown structure (WBS) to provide Owner with accurate budget/cost analysis.
1.6 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A. The Owner may change the standards for distribution and process prescribed above as required to suit the project.
B. The Owner shall retain ownership of all data entered into either system and shall administrate and distribute all information contained therein.
C. The Contractor shall make certain that all subcontractors performing significant work on the project shall actively participate in the e-PM system. Requirements for participation in the e-PM system shall be made part of each bid document and final contract.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
****END OF SECTION 01 31 50***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01 32 16-1 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
SECTION 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. The Contractor shall, within fourteen (14) calendar days of Notice to Proceed, prepare and submit to the Owner estimated construction progress schedules for the entire Work, with sub-schedules of related activities which are essential to the progress of the Work.
B. Conferences will be held with the Architect, Owner and Contractor at the start of the project to agree mutually on a progress schedule which must be diligently followed.
C. Submit revised progress schedules periodically and when requested to do so by Owner.
D. Submit to Owner and Architect a cash flow projection in accordance with Schedule of Values.
E. Submit electronic versions of all schedules, including updates, as well as all back-up to the submitted schedules.
1.2 FORM OF SCHEDULES
A. Prepare Network Analysis system, or prepare schedules in the form of a horizontal bar chart.
1. Provide separate horizontal bar for each trade or operation.
2. Horizontal time scale: Identify the first work day of each week.
3. Scale and spacing: To allow space for notations and future revisions.
B. Format of listings: The chronological order of the start of each item of work.
C. Identification of listings: By specification section numbers.
1.3 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES
A. Construction Progress Schedule:
1. Show the complete sequence of construction by activity.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01 32 16-2 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
2. Show the dates for the beginning, and completion of, each major element of construction. Specifically list:
a. Site clearing
b. Site utilities
c. Foundation work
d. Structural framing
e. Subcontractor work
f. Equipment installations
g. Finishes
h. Pre-Installation meetings
3. Show projected percentages of completion for each item, as of the first day of each month.
4. Show estimated dates for the beginning and completion of work which must be completed by or coordinated with the Owner such as hazardous materials abatement, moving, training and other such items as they are identified.
B. Submittals Schedule for Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: Confer with the
Architect and agree on all elements of the Submittals Schedule. The schedule will be based on the understanding that minimum turn-around time in the Architect's office is ten (10) working days. Some submittals or groups of submittals may take longer to review. Submittals which do not conform to the agreed schedule may be subject to delays in processing. Show:
1. The dates for Contractor's submittals.
2. The dates reviewed submittals will be required from the Architect.
3. Confirmed lead time for manufacturing, production, fabrication and shipment to the project site of all materials which have an impact on the critical path of the Project's construction schedule.
1.4 PROGRESS REVISIONS
A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submission.
B. Show changes occurring since previous submission of schedule:
1. Major changes in scope
2. Activities modified since previous submission
3. Revised projections of progress and completion
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01 32 16-3 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
4. Other identifiable changes
C. Provide a narrative report as needed to define:
1. Problem areas, anticipated delays, and the impact on the schedule.
2. Corrective action recommended, and its effect.
3. The effect of changes on schedules of other prime contractors.
1.5 SUBMISSIONS
A. Submit initial Construction Progress Schedules within fifteen (15) calendar days after award of Contract.
1. Owner will review schedules and return review copy within ten (10) days after receipt.
2. If required, resubmit within seven (7) days after return of review copy.
B. Submit progress revision schedules to accompany each application for payment.
C. Submit Submittals Schedule within thirty (30) calendar days after date of commencement of work.
D. Submit one reproducible transparency and one opaque reproduction.
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 DISTRIBUTION
A. Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to:
1. Owner Job Site personnel
2. Subcontractors
3. Other concerned parties
B. Instruct recipients to report to the Contractor, in writing, any problems anticipated by the projections of the schedule.
***END OF SECTION 01 32 16***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 33 Ithaca, New York PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, PHOTOGRAPHIC 01 32 33-1 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB DOCUMENTATION January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
SECTION 01 32 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall provide existing condition photographs taken before commencement of Work, progress photographs taken periodically during progress of the Work, and final photographs upon completion and full occupancy of the building.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Progress Submittals
1. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project area and building with notation of vantage points marked for location and direction of each photograph.
2. Submit digital photograph electronic files, organizationally filed by week, to E-Builder within five (5) days of taking photographs.
3. Each photograph shall be identified with project title, date, and a description of the view.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 EXISTING CONDITION PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Before commencement of selective demolition, take photographs of Project area and surrounding areas, including existing items to remain during construction.
3.2 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Photographs shall be taken weekly in a manner which completely documents the work.
B. The photographs shall be submitted to the Owner at the end of the first week for review.
C. Provide photographs of any wall, ceiling or floor assembly containing MEP, A/V or any infrastructure that will thereafter become concealed-prior to closure. Note location on Key Plan.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 33 Ithaca, New York PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, PHOTOGRAPHIC 01 32 33-2 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB DOCUMENTATION January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
3.3 FINAL COMPLETION PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Photographs shall be taken in a manner which completely documents the completed work, for submission as project record documents.
***END OF SECTION 01 32 33***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-1 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submittals, including the following:
1. Shop Drawings
2. LEED Submittals
3. Product Data
4. Samples
5. Quality Assurance and Quality Control Submittals
6. Coordination Drawings
7. Certification of Asbestos free products
8. Owner audio/visual
9. Owner furnishings and fixed equipment
B. Designate in the construction schedule, and/or in a separate Submittals Schedule, the dates for submission and the dates reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples will be
needed.
C. With the exception of physical samples and color charts, or as otherwise approved by the Owner, all submittals shall be electronic images in PDF format created electronically (saved with commenting allowed) which shall be submitted for review and approval via the electronic project management web site. PDFs shall be created directly from the native file format electronically. Scanning of paper to PDF shall be used minimally. Any non-electronic submittals shall be approved on a case by case basis and logged into the electronic management system as directed by a Cornell representative.
1.2 SUBMITTAL REGISTRY AND SCHEDULE
A. The Architect shall provide a draft submittal registry in the template needed for eBuilder importation. It will be part of the contract documents and turned over to the Contractor in native format for their use. The Contractor shall be responsible for review and completion of the registry including addition of dates identified below and other information as deemed necessary by the Owner.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-2 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
B. The submittal registry and schedule shall list all submittals required by the specifications, listed in order by the specification section in which they are required. Coordinate the
Submittal Schedule with the Contractor's Critical Path Method Construction Schedule and other related documents.
C. The Submittal Registry shall include the following information:
1. Title (by Architect for Contractor review)
2. Related specification section and paragraph numbers (by Architect for Contractor review)
3. Subsection (by Architect for Contractor review)
4. Category of Submittal (Certification, Mock-Up, Operations/Maintenance Manual, Product Data, Sample, Shop Drawing, Test Report, As Built, etc.) (by Architect for Contractor review)
5. Submittal Description including description of the part of the Work covered by the submittal (by Architect for Contractor review)
6. Name of Subcontractor, if applicable (Contractor provided, optional)
7. Date due from Subcontractor (Contractor provided, optional)
8. Date due to be submitted for review (Contractor provided, required)
9. Date due for submittal review to be completed (Contractor provided, required)
10. Date for transmittal to Subcontractor (Contractor provided, optional)
11. Date for material or product delivery to project (Contractor provided, required)
12. Priority. Low, normal or high (Contractor provided, required)
D. Schedule a resubmittal for each major submittal. Except where specified otherwise in the contract documents, provide review times for submittals in accordance with Submittal Procedures and Architect’s Duties below.
E. Distribution: Initially submit the Submittal Schedule to the Owner for review via the electronic Project Management system. A submittal schedule compliant with the requirements of this section showing all submittals for the preliminary schedule submission duration shall be submitted with the Contractor’s preliminary schedule submittal described in Section 01 32 16. The schedule shall also enumerate all submittals to be processed after the initial preliminary schedule submission duration period, although the date for these
submittals does not have to be indicated. A final baseline submittal schedule showing all submittals for the entire project shall be included in the baseline schedule submittal described in section 01 32 16.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-3 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
F. Updating: The Submittal Schedule shall be kept up-to-date by the Contractor until all submittals are approved. Failure to provide the requested information, or delay in submitting
required submittals may result in the payment request being returned to the Contractor until the required schedule or submittals are received.
1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Drawings shall be newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale by skilled draftsperson and presented in a clear and thorough manner.
1. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from Contract Documents.
2. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as basis of Shop Drawings.
3. Standard information prepared without specific reference to Project is not Shop Drawing.
B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates and similar Drawings. Include the following information:
1. Dimensions.
2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number.
3. Compliance with specified standards.
4. Notation of coordination requirements.
5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurements.
6. Submittal:
a. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically marked with action taken.
b. Maintain returned document as a “Record Document”.
1.4 PRODUCT DATA
A. Product Data includes brochures, diagrams, standard schedules, performance charts, and instructions that illustrate physical size, appearance and other characteristics of materials and equipment. All submittals shall identify all products as being asbestos free, see Section 01 35 29.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-4 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
B. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system.
1. Clearly mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Failure to do so will result in rejection of the submission.
2. Show performance characteristics and capacities.
3. Show dimensions and clearances required.
4. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls.
5. Where Product Data includes information on products that are not required, eliminate or mark through information that does not apply.
6. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the Work.
7. Preliminary Submittal: Submit single copy of Product Data where selection of options by Architect is required.
8. Submittals:
a. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically marked with action taken.
b. Maintain one (1) copy as a “Record Document”.
1.5 SAMPLES
A. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture, and pattern.
B. Office samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate:
1. Functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices.
2. Full range of color, texture and pattern.
C. Field samples and mock-ups:
1. Contractor shall erect, at the Project site, at a location acceptable to the Architect.
2. Size or area: that specified in the respective specification section.
3. Fabricate each sample and mock-up complete and finished.
4. Remove mock-ups when directed by the Architect.
5. Perform necessary work to bring any area disturbed by mock-ups to the areas original condition.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-5 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
D. Submit fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with material or product proposed.
1. Mount or display Samples in manner to facilitate review of qualities indicated.
2. Identify Samples with generic description, product name, and name of manufacturer.
3. Submit Samples for review and verification of size, kind, color, pattern, and texture.
4. Where variation in color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics is inherent in material or product represented, submit at least three (3) multiple units that show approximate limits of variations.
5. Preliminary Submittals: Submit one (1) full set of choices where Samples are submitted for Architect’s selection of color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics from a range of standard choices.
6. Submittals:
a. Submit four (4) sets for Architect’s review. Architect will return at least one (1) set marked with action taken. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at Project Site, for quality comparisons throughout course of construction. Additionally, for electronic transmittal, photograph sample and its label and attached to the
submittal item electronically via the electronic project management.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS
A. Quality assurance and quality control submittals include design data, test reports, certifications, manufacturer’s instructions, and manufacturer’s field reports.
B. Professional design services or certifications: Where Contract Documents require professional design services or certifications by a design professional, Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a qualified design professional, whose registration seal shall appear on drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other submittals prepared by such professional. Architect shall be entitled to rely upon adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of services, certifications, or approvals performed by such design professionals.
C. Inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports from independent testing agencies as specified in the Contract Documents.
D. Manufacturer’s instruction: Preprinted instructions concerning proper application or installation of system or product.
E. Manufacturer’s field reports: Reports documenting testing and verification by manufacturer’s field representative to verify compliance with manufacturer’s standards or instructions.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-6 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
F. Submittals:
1. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically marked with action taken.
2. Maintain one (1) additional copy as “Record Document”.
1.7 COORDINATION DRAWINGS
A. The Contractor shall coordinate and manage the preparation and submittal of coordinated layouts of the mechanical, electrical and fire protection systems and equipment for all areas; drawn at a scale not less than 1/4" per foot showing on both plan and elevation including but not limited to all equipment, ducts, pipe sleeves, piping including plumbing and, sprinkler system, lighting, special supports and other items contained within the space. Show mechanical and electrical services as well as architectural and structural features drawn to scale. Provide electronic record of each coordination drawing submitted in TIFF and PDF formats to the Owner. Provide coordination drawings for all corridors, laboratories, offices,
mechanical rooms, boiler room, shafts, tunnels, and all congested areas. Copies of coordination drawings shall be distributed to all trades to assure a complete, coordinated installation of work within the space available.
B. Submittal and review of coordination drawings will be required thirty (30) days prior to commencement of fabrication and/or installation of any work item.
C. Prepare and submit coordinated layouts of the mechanical and electrical systems and equipment for all areas; drawn at a scale not less than 3/8 inch =1 foot (1:32) showing on both plan and elevation including but not limited to all equipment, ducts, pipe sleeves, piping including plumbing and, sprinkler system, lighting, special supports and other items contained within the space. Show mechanical and electrical services as well as architectural and structural features drawn to scale. Provide copies of each coordination drawing submitted. Provide coordination drawings for all spaces, including but not limited to, corridors, laboratories, offices, mechanical rooms, boiler room, shafts, tunnels, and other areas. Copies of coordination drawings shall be distributed to all trades to assure a complete,
coordinated installation of work within the space available.
1. Show architectural, structural and other adjacent work requiring coordination with services. Show items, including but not limited to, access doors, ceiling grids, ceiling
construction, structural decks and framing, fixtures, devices, and other adjacent work coordinated with services and architectural layouts shown on Drawings.
2. Prepare plans, sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of various systems and components. Supplement plan drawings with section drawings where required to adequately represent the Work.
3. Include room names and numbers of each space.
4. Coordinate the addition of trade-specific information to the coordination drawings by multiple entities in a sequence that best provides for coordination of the information and resolution of conflicts between installed components before submitting for review.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-7 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
5. Contract drawings are diagrammatic. Exact location of receptacles, light fixtures, exit signs, fire alarm devices, and other devices shall be coordinated with the Architectural
Drawings and shall not be scaled from locations indicated on the Mechanical and Electrical Drawings. Coordinate modifications in layout as necessary to complete the Work in accordance with the design intent.
6. Coordinate modifications in layout and components necessary to ensure maintenance accessibility and prevent conflict between each portion of the Work.
7. Maintain maximum headroom at all locations. Unless indicated otherwise, all mechanical and electrical systems and associated components are to be installed as tight to underside of structure as possible.
8. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, mechanical, plumbing, fire protection, electrical systems, communications systems, security systems, and other portions of the Work. Drawings shall indicate dimensions,
to avoid interference with existing conditions, structural frame, ceilings, partitions, services, and other portions of the Work. Where conflicts occur with placement of materials of various portions of the Work, Contractor shall be responsible to resolve
conflicts and coordinate the available space to accommodate each portion of the Work. Adjustments resulting from coordination shall be initialed and dated by the entity(s) affected by the adjustments.
9. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement of components during the life of the installation.
10. Show location and size of access doors and access panels required for access to concealed dampers, valves, and other controls.
11. Indicate required installation sequences.
12. Indicate dimensions, elevations, and alignments shown on the Drawings. Specifically note dimensions, elevations, and alignments that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements and notify Architect. Provide
alternate sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract.
13. Indicate suspended ceiling heights and show locations of visible ceiling-mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid.
14. Indicate locations of fire-rated partitions, smoke partitions, and other required barriers.
15. Plenum Space: Indicate sub-framing for support of ceiling and wall systems, mechanical and electrical equipment, toilet partitions, overhead-mounted equipment, and related Work. Locate components within ceiling plenum to accommodate layout of light fixtures indicated on Drawings. Indicate areas of conflict between light fixtures and other components and notify Architect.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-8 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
16. Exposed Ceiling Construction: In addition to other indicated information, show fully-dimensioned locations of all items exposed at ceiling space. Indicate alignment
requirements and centerline locations of light fixtures, ducts, piping, conduit, and other services. Show dashed outline locations of laboratory casework, shelving, and other items that extend 7 feet or more above the floor.
17. Mechanical and Electrical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical and electrical rooms showing plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire-protection, fire-alarm, and electrical equipment. Indicate paths of egress from rooms. Indicate paths for equipment removal from rooms. Indicate clear areas required for access and maintenance.
18. Structural Penetrations: Indicate scheduled and requested penetrations and openings required for all disciplines. Request un-scheduled penetrations and openings where Contractor has reviewed, analyzed, and coordinated all possible routing options and
structural penetrations are only feasible option to accommodate indicated ceiling heights. Refer to the drawings for general guidelines and request confirmation by Architect for structural penetrations.
19. Mechanical and Plumbing Work: Show dimensioned locations, sizes and bottom elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit runs, including insulation, bracing, flanges, accessories, and support systems. Show locations of major components, such
as dampers, valves, diffusers, access doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution equipment.
20. Electrical Work: Show electrical distribution, systems, equipment, and runs of vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) in diameter and larger. Show light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, fire alarm, and other device locations. Show panel board, switch board, switchgear, transformer, bus way, generator, and motor control center locations. Show location of pull boxes and junction boxes, dimensioned from column center lines. Show lighting control systems.
Show cable tray layouts including vertical and horizontal offsets and transitions, clearances for access above and to side of cable trays, and vertical elevation of cable trays above the floor or bottom of ceiling structure.
21. Fire Suppression System: Show locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines, pipe drops, and sprinkler heads.
22. Refer to individual Sections for additional Coordination Drawing requirements for Work in those Sections.
23. Contractor Sign-Off: Contractor and each entity performing portions of the Work shall sign and date coordination drawings.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-9 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
24. Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that the Work is being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's
responsibility. If Architect determines that coordination drawings are not being prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, Architect will so inform Contractor, who shall make changes as directed and resubmit. Review of coordination drawings shall not reduce Contractor’s responsibility for final coordination of installation and maintenance clearances of systems and equipment with existing conditions and each portion of the Work.
D. Submittal and review of coordination drawings will be required before work can start in any given area of the building.
1.8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Review submittals for compliance with Contract Documents and approve submittals prior to transmitting to the Architect.
B. Specifically record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor
variations and limitation. Comply with requirements of Section 01 25 00 Substitutions and Product Options.
C. Contractor’s approval of submittals shall indicate that the Contractor has determined and
verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria, and has checked and coordinated information within each submittal with requirement of the Work and Contact Documents. Field conflicts which arise from the contractor’s failure to fully review and
approve submittals before ordering equipment, will result in the contractor being burdened with all costs to remediate the situation.
D. Contractor shall be responsible for:
1. Compliance with the Contract Documents
2. Confirming and correlating quantities and dimensions
3. Selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction.
4. Coordination of the work represented by each submittal with other trades.
5. Performing the work in a safe and satisfactory manner.
6. Compliance with the approved Construction Schedule.
7. All other provisions of the agreements.
E. It is understood that the Architect's notation on the submittals is not to be construed as an
authorization for additional work or additional cost.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-10 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
F. If any notations represent a change to the Contract Sum, submit a cost proposal for the change in accordance with procedures specified before proceeding with the work.
G. It is understood that the Architect's notation on the submittal is not to be construed as approval of colors. Make all color-related submittals at one time.
H. Notify the Architect by letter of any notations made by the Architect which the Contractor finds unacceptable. Resolve such issues prior to proceeding with the Work.
I. Begin no fabrication of work until all specified submittal procedures have been fulfilled.
J. Do not submit shop drawings, product data or samples representing work for which such submittals are not specified. The Architect shall not be responsible for consequences of inadvertent review of unspecified submittals.
K. The review of shop drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for proper construction and the furnishing of materials and labor required even though the same may not be indicated on the review shop drawings.
L. Certify that only asbestos free material is used in the execution of all work. Reference Section 01 35 39.
1.9 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Coordination
1. Coordinate submittals with performance of construction activities in accordance with the Submittal Schedule approved by the Architect and Owner.
2. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other
submittals and related activities that require sequential activity.
3. Prepare and transmit each submittal in accordance with the Submittals Schedule, agreed to by all entities involved.
4. Prepare, review, approve and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay.
5. Architect's Review: Allow ten (10) working days for Architect's initial processing of each submittal requiring the Architect’s review and response, except for longer periods required as noted below, and where processing must be delayed for coordination with subsequent submittals. The Architect will advise the Contractor promptly when it is determined that a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. Allow ten (10) working days for Architect's reprocessing of each submittal. Notify the
Architect when processing time for a submittal is critical to the progress of the work, and the work would be expedited if its processing time could be shortened.
An additional five (5) working days will be required for items specified in Divisions 2,
3, 5, 23 and 26, and for Architectural Woodwork, Hollow Metal Work and Hardware Schedules.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-11 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
6. Allow time for delivery in addition to review.
7. Allow time for reprocessing each submittal.
8. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to prepare submittals sufficiently in advance of Work to permit processing.
9. Submittals made which do not conform to the schedule are subject to delays in processing by the Architect.
10. Refer to Section 01 32 16 Construction Schedules for requirements of the Submittals Schedule.
11. Failure of the Contractor to obtain approval of Shop Drawings shall render all work thereafter performed to be at Contractor’s sole risk, cost and expense.
B. Submittal Preparation
1. Place permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.
2. Indicate name of entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.
3. Provide space on label or beside title block on Shop Drawings to record Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal, action taken, verification of products, field measurements and field construction criteria, and coordination of the
information within the submittal with requirements of the Work and of Contract Documents.
4. Complete all fields on submittal item details in ePM system including meaningful description.
5. Include the following information on submittal documentation:
a. Drawing, detail or specification references, including section number, as appropriate to clearly identify intended use of product.
b. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such.
c. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials.
d. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers.
e. Provide a blank space for the Architect’s stamps
f. On transmittal, record relevant information including deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitations.
6. Identification of revisions on re-submittals, other than those noted by the Architect on
previous submittals.
7. Shop drawings with the comment "by others" are not acceptable. All such work must specifically identify the related responsible subcontractor.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-12 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
C. Submittal Transmittal:
1. Transmit submittals via the electronic project management system to Architect unless otherwise noted or directed.
2. Prepare and generate transmittal in ePM system for submission of samples. Package sample and other each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling.
1.10 RECORD SUBMITTALS
A. Provide a record copy of the submittal (electronic format) for the O&M Manual.
1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS
A. Make any corrections or changes noted on previous submittals.
B. Shop Drawings and Product Data:
1. Revise initial drawings or data, and resubmit as specified for the initial submittal.
2. Indicate any changes which have been made other than those noted by the Architect.
C. Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal.
1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES
A. Review submittals with reasonable promptness as identified in 1.8, paragraph 5 of this Section.
B. Notations on the Submittal Review Stamp or eBuilder file mean the following:
1. "Approved (APP)" indicates that no deviations from the design concept have been found and Work may proceed.
2. "Approved as Noted (AAN)" indicates that deviations from the design concept which have been found are noted, and the Contractor may proceed accordingly.
3. "Revise and Resubmit (RAR)" indicates that Work covered by submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity may not proceed. Revise or prepare new submittal according to Architect’s notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark.
4. “Rejected (REJ)” indicates that Work covered by submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity may not proceed. Revise or prepare new submittal according to Architect’s notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark.
5. “On Hold (ONH)” is used in a very limited capacity and means that the Contractor
should not take action until the reason for hold has been cleared and may be required to revise and resubmit.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-13 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
6. “Not Reviewed (NRV)” is used for submittals that were submitted in error, duplicate, or other reason that does not require review by the Architect but need
to be closed by the Contractor upon return to them
7. “For Record Only (FRO)”: Submittals for information or record purposes, including Quality Assurance and Quality Control Submittals, and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), will not require responsive action by the Architect.
a. Architect will forward informational submittals without action.
b. Architect will reject and return informational submittals not in compliance with Contract Documents.
C. Incomplete Submittals: Architect will return incomplete submittals without action.
D. Unsolicited Submittals: Architect will return unsolicited submittals to sender without action.
E. Return submittals to Contractor for distribution, or for resubmission.
1.13 DISTRIBUTION
A. Distribute reviewed Shop Drawings and copies of Product Data when possible via the electronic project management system to:
1. Job site file
2. Record Documents file
3. Subcontractors
4. Installers
5. Suppliers
6. Manufacturers
7. Fabricators
8. Architect
9. Owner
B. Do not permit use of unmarked copies or rejected copies of submittals in connection with construction at Project Site or elsewhere where Work is in progress.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 33 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 01 35 29-1 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
SECTION 01 35 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. This Section provides requirements for general health and safety during the project. The requirements of this Section shall apply to both Contractor and all tiers of sub-contractors involved in the project.
B. In addition to the requirements of this Section, all laws and regulations by applicable local, state, and federal agencies shall apply to the work of this contract. In some cases the requirements of these Specifications may by intention exceed such legal requirements, but in no case shall this Specification be interpreted or understood to reduce or eliminate such
requirements.
1.2 CONTRACTOR’S PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN
A. Contractors are required to submit a Project Site Specific Plan (PSSP) for review by Cornell University representatives before commencement of work on the site. The PSSP should
address site specific information, controls and or requirements as it relates to the entire scope of work for the project. All contractors shall use the Project Site Specific Plan Template below to develop their Project’s PSSP. The template may be downloaded at:
https://sp.ehs.cornell.edu/osh/occupational-safety/contractor-safety/Pages/default.aspx
1. Within the PSSP Template are example(s) to use as reference. The provided examples
demonstrate Cornell University’s expectations for providing detailed site specific information, controls and requirements.
2. Project Site Specific Plan’s that inadequately address site specific operations will be returned with comments for resubmission. Failure to submit a PSSP may result in delay of project and/or denial of the payment.
3. All projects must have the PSSP submitted via e-Builder for review and comment.
B. PSSP submittal should be submitted a minimum of ten (10) days prior to the commencement of work on site. The Contractor may opt to submit their PSSP in phases. The Contractor must
submit a phase submission plan using the PSSP Submission table included in the PSSP template for approval by Owner’s Representative with initial submission. Submit remaining phases no later than ten (10) days prior to the start of a new, predetermined project phase or
milestone.
1. Projects having less than a ten (10) day turn-around shall coordinate their submittal with the Owner’s Representative, who should coordinate with Occupational Health, Safety
and Injury Prevention (OHSIP), the University Fire Marshall’s Office and Contract College’s Codes Enforcement Official, if applicable.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 01 35 29-2 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
C. The Contractor is responsible for its employees and its subcontractors. Subcontractors are required to submit their PSSP to the General Contractor. The General Contractor is
responsible to ensure all subcontractor(s) PSSP’s are adequate per their scope of work.
D. The General Contractor is required to ensure their project’s PSSP is accurately maintained throughout the duration of the contract. Resubmission is required for any new scope elements not previously addressed by the Contractor’s original PSSP.
E. Definitions:
1. Project Site Specific Plan (PSSP): A structured document that details the scope of the contract work and related site specific controls, requirements and information for University and Contractor personnel. This document is not intended to be all inclusive of all applicable local, state and federal laws and regulations for which the General Contractor and its Subcontractor(s) are expected to comply.
2. Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ):
• The organization, office or individual responsible for approving equipment, an installation or a procedure (NYS Fire Code).
• The local government, county government or state agency responsible for the administration and enforcement of an applicable regulation or law (NYS Building Code-§202.2).
3. Occupational Health, Safety and Injury Prevention (OHSIP): A division of Cornell University’s Environmental Safety and Health Department. The OHSIP division can be
contacted at (607)-255-8200 or by email at askEHS@cornell.edu
4. SME: The University’s subject matter expert.
1.3 ASBESTOS
A. All products provided for use in construction at Cornell University are to be free of asbestos. At Substantial Completion, prior to beneficial service, the Contractor shall provide a signed certification form “Exhibit AC” stating that all Contractor supplied & installed products are 100% asbestos free. The Contractor has to attach applicable Safety Data Sheets/ Material Safety Data Sheets for each product documenting a 100% asbestos free status. The University may provide random testing of products for asbestos content. Any Contractor installed product found to contain asbestos shall be classified as defective work. Defective work shall
be corrected by the Contractor as specified in the General Conditions.
B. Attached for the Contractor’s information are asbestos reports which represent samples taken within the building.
C. Removal and disposal of asbestos containing material shall be performed by the Owner under separate contract.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 01 35 29-3 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
1.4 LEAD
A. Building may contain lead based paint. The Contractor shall protect workers in accordance with OSHA regulations. The Contractor selects the means and/or methods to address the presence of lead based paint, and must concurrently protect its workers based on the Contractor’s means and/or methods. The Contractor is required to submit a lead plan that is site specific, indicating that the protective measures the Contractor proposes meet the OSHA standard 1926.62 “Lead in Construction Standards”. This site specific plan should address the particular methods the Contractor intends to protect its workers, the building occupants
and the building structure based on its selection of addressing the presence of lead based paint.
1.5 SITE VISITS
A. The undertaking of periodic Site Visits by Architects, Engineers or the Owner shall not be
construed as supervision of actual construction, or make them responsible for the safety of any persons; or make them responsible for means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction selected by the Contractor or its Subcontractors; or make them
responsible for safety programs and precautions incident to the Work, or for the safe access, visit, use, Work, travel or occupancy of any person.
1.6 CONFINED SPACE
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the identification of confined space in accordance with OSHA requirements.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 35 29***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY
860 Hooper Road
Endwell, NY 13760
Tel: 607.231.6600
Fax: 607.231.6650
www.delta-eas.com
AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY
“We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations”
November 8, 2019
Mr. Dale Houseknecht, Facilities Coordinator Projects II
Cornell University IPP – Facilities Management
FM Administration
116 Humphreys Service Building
Ithaca, New York 14853-3701
Re: Wing Hall (1042A) Electric Service Entrance Replacement Project
Phase I “Energized” Asbestos Inspection / Bulk Sampling Report
Cornell Task Authorization No. TA–170, Work Order No. 12137544
Delta Project No.: 2019.003.173
Dear Mr. Houseknecht:
The following information is associated with the upcoming Wing Hall Electric Service Entrance Upgrades
Project. On Tuesday, November 5th, 2019 Delta Asbestos Inspector Thomas Ferro met with Cornell Electric
Shops Representative Steve Jackson, to perform a “Phase 1 Energized” Pre-Renovation Asbestos Survey for the
Project, which included a visual inspection of the affected spaces and associated suspect materials with the
potential to be impacted by the work. It should be noted that all equipment / circuits were energized at the time
of this survey. Based on the inspection and a review of the project DD drawing set (dated 10/4/19), a total of six
(6) bulk samples were collected representing two (2) suspect homogenous materials. All six (6) of the samples
collected were friable, “non-NOB” materials, representing two (2) homogenous materials. Results for all samples
were reported as “No Asbestos Detected”.
Suspect wire wrap was observed to be present in the Electrical Vault Room B0065 Main Switchboard but could
not be sampled based on the fact that all affected circuits were energized at the time of the survey.
For the Electrical Vault Room B0065, the floor/wall/ceiling systems and associated equipment pads with the
potential to be impacted were observed to be non-suspect concrete, brick. The north wall was plaster on top of
speed tile which was sampled and reported as “No Asbestos Detected”.
Based on the fact that the transformers/switchgears/panel boxes could not be de-energized at the time of
this survey, the presence of other interior suspect materials within this equipment could not be confirmed.
As such, potential suspect materials (if present) and the identified suspect wire wrap can either be
“assumed” to be asbestos containing or sampled once the affected circuits and equipment can be de-
energized.
Bulk sample analysis was performed by AmeriSci New York, Inc., an independent laboratory approved /
accredited by the NYS Department of Health (ELAP), the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA), and
the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP). Analysis of all Non-NOB materials was
performed by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) following the NYS DOH ELAP 198.1 Methodology. “Positive
Stop” sample analysis protocol was utilized for a given homogenous material set with multiple samples and based
on this; all 6 of the samples collected were analyzed. Please reference the Asbestos Bulk Sample Report Form
for sample particulars and details.
“We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations”
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 2 of 9
AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY
I have also attached Delta Company, Personnel and Laboratory Licenses/ Certifications. If you have any
questions, or require any other information, please feel free to contact me at your convenience.
Respectfully,
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC
Stephen Prislupsky
Director of Environmental Services
Att: Project Paperwork
“We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations”
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 3 of 9
AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY
Attachment A
Asbestos Bulk Sample Report Form
Material Asbestos PLM Result TEM Result
Bulk Sample Description / Details Type Type % Asbestos % Asbestos
2019.003.173 -01A 01 Bsmt.Top Coat Plaster, Wall, Room B0065 Surfacing ND ND NA
2019.003.173 -01B 01 Bsmt.Top Coat Plaster, Wall, Room B0065 Surfacing ND ND NA
2019.003.173 -01C 01 Bsmt.Top Coat Plaster, Wall, Room B0065 Surfacing ND ND NA
2019.003.173 -02A 02 Bsmt.Base Coat Plaster, Wall, Room B0065 Surfacing ND ND NA
2019.003.173 -02B 02 Bsmt.Base Coat Plaster, Wall, Room B0065 Surfacing ND ND NA
2019.003.173 -02C 02 Bsmt.Base Coat Plaster, Wall, Room B0065 Surfacing ND ND NA
Asbestos Bulk Sample Report Form
Building Code: 1042A
Sample
860 Hooper Road, Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax 607.231.66450
Client: Cornell University Delta Proj. No.: 2019.003.173
Asbestos Inspector: Thomas Ferro
HA*
Number of Samples Analyzed: PLM - 6 / TEM - 0
Project: Wing Hall Electrical Service
Entrance Replacement Project - Phase
1 "Energized" Asbestos Bulk Sampling
HA - Homogenous Area ND - No Asbestos Detected NA - Not Analyzed by Methodology NA/PS - Not Analyzed, Positive Stop
TSI - Thermal System Insulation Misc - Miscellaneous Material Trace / < 1% - Non-asbestos by definition
Number
www.delta-eas.com
Floor
Dates Sampling Performed: 11/05/2019
Date of Report: 11/07/2019
Laboratory: AmeriSci Labs
Task Authorization No.: TA-170 Work Order No.: 12137544
Number of Samples Collected: 6
Cornell University Wing Hall
Electrical Service Entrance Project
Phase 1 "Energized" Asbestos Bulk Sampling Page 1 of 1
“We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations”
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 4 of 9
AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY
Attachment B
Laboratory Analytical Result Sheets
860 Hooper Road, Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax 607.231.6640
www.delta-eas.com
Client:Date:
Cornell Work Order No.:24 Hrs.
01A Surfacing Damaged Bsmt.
01B Surfacing Damaged Bsmt.
01C Surfacing Damaged Bsmt.
02A Surfacing Damaged Bsmt.
02B Surfacing Damaged Bsmt.
02C Surfacing Damaged Bsmt.
Notes:
/Date:
/Date:
Submitted By:
(Signature)
(Signature)
Received By:
Email Results to wjohnson@delta-eas.com, sprislupsky@delta-eas.com, rcherevko@delta-eas.com
Instructions: Analyze all non-NOB samples by NYS ELAP 198.1 PLM methodology. Analyze all NOB samples initially by NYS ELAP 198.6
PLM methodology. If all samples from a given sample set are reported as non-asbestos by 198.6, analyze by NYS ELAP 198.4 TEM
methodology. Stop analysis after 1st positive for a given sample set.
2019.003.173 -
Collected By: Thomas P. Ferro
Top Coat Plaster, Wall, Room B0065
Base Coat Plaster, Wall, Room B0065
Base Coat Plaster, Wall, Room B0065
Delta Project No.: 2019.003.173
Project: Wing Hall Electrical
Service Entrance Phase 1
Energized Bulk Samples
Material
ConditionMaterial TypeSample Number
Top Coat Plaster, Wall, Room B00652019.003.173 -
Cornell University
Turnaround Time:
2019.003.173 -
2019.003.173 -
Description / Sample Location
Top Coat Plaster, Wall, Room B0065
11/5/2019
Floor
11/5/2019
Base Coat Plaster, Wall, Room B00652019.003.173 -
2019.003.173 -
Thomas P. Ferro
Page 1 of 1
“We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations”
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 5 of 9
AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY
Attachment C
Sample Location Drawing
“We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations”
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 6 of 9
AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY
Attachment D
Photos
“We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations”
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 7 of 9
AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY
HA 01- Top Coat Plaster, “No Asbestos Detected”
HA 02 – Base Coat Plaster, “No Asbestos Detected”
“We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations”
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 8 of 9
AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY
Suspect Black Wire Wrap, Main Switchboard
“We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations”
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 9 of 9
AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY
Attachment E
Licenses and Certifications
New York State –Department of Labor
Division of Safety and HealthLicense and Certificate UnitState Campus, Building 12
Albany,NY 12240
ASBESTOS HANDLING LICENSE
Delta Engineers, Architects & Land Surveyors, D.P.C.
860 Hooper Road
Endwell,NY 13760
FILE NUMBER: 05-0851LICENSE NUMBER: 29322LICENSE CLASS: RESTRICTEDDATE OF ISSUE: 08/28/2019
EXPIRATION DATE: 09/30/2020
Duly Authorized Representative –Stephen Prislupsky:
This license has been issued in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 30 of the Labor Law of New York State and of the New York State Codes, Rules and Regulations (12 NYCRR Part 56). It is subject to suspension or revocation for a (1)
serious violation of state, federal or local laws with regard to the conduct of an asbestos project, or (2) demonstrated lack of responsibility in the conduct of any job involving asbestos or asbestos material.
This license is valid only for the contractor named above and this license or a photocopy must be prominently displayed at the asbestos project worksite. This license verifies that all persons employed by the licensee on an asbestos project in New YorkState have been issued an Asbestos Certificate, appropriate for the type of work they perform, by the New York State Department of Labor.
Eileen M. Franko,Director
SH 432 (8/12)For the Commissioner of Labor
860 Hooper Road
Endwell, NY 13760
Tel: 607.231.6600
Fax: 607.231.6650
www.delta-eas.com
AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY
“We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations”
November 8, 2019
Mr. Dale Houseknecht, Facilities Coordinator Projects II
Cornell University IPP – Facilities Management
FM Administration
116 Humphreys Service Building
Ithaca, New York 14853-3701
Re: Space Science Building (2084) Electric Service Entrance Replacement Project
Phase I “Energized” Asbestos Inspection / Bulk Sampling Report
Cornell Task Authorization No. TA–171, Work Order No. 12137552
Delta Project No.: 2019.003.172
Dear Mr. Houseknecht:
The following information is associated with the upcoming Space Science Building Electric Service Entrance
Upgrades Project. . On Tuesday, November 5th, 2019 Delta Asbestos Inspector Thomas Ferro met with Cornell
Electric Shops Representative Steve Jackson, to perform a “Phase 1 Energized” Pre-Renovation Asbestos Survey
for the Project, which included a visual inspection of the affected spaces and associated suspect materials with
the potential to be impacted by the work. It should be noted that all equipment / circuits were energized at the
time of this survey. Based on the inspection and a review of the project DD drawing set (dated 10/1/19), a total
of eight (8) bulk samples were collected representing three (3) suspect homogenous materials. Two (2) of the
samples were “Non – Friable Organically Bound” (NOB’s) representing one (1) homogenous material. The
remaining six (6) samples collected were friable, “non-NOB” materials, representing two (2) homogenous
materials. Results for all samples were reported as “No Asbestos Detected”.
For the Electrical Vault Room B00UC, the floor/wall/ceiling systems and associated equipment pads with the
potential to be impacted were observed to be non-suspect concrete and , CMU. The soffit in the middle of the
ceiling is plaster which was sampled and reported as “No Asbestos Detected”. All wiring in the 208V switchboard
was observed to be non-suspect vinyl wire wrap. The 2’ x 4’ fissured ceiling tile in corridor B00CB with the
potential to be impacted was previously sampled by Delta and was reported as “No Asbestos Detected”.
Based on the fact that the transformers/switchgears/panel boxes could not be de-energized at the time of
this survey, the presence of other interior suspect materials within this equipment could not be confirmed.
As such, potential suspect materials (if present) and the identified suspect wire wrap can either be
“assumed” to be asbestos containing or identified and sampled once the affected circuits / equipment can
be de-energized.
Bulk sample analysis was performed by AmeriSci New York, Inc., an independent laboratory approved /
accredited by the NYS Department of Health (ELAP), the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA), and
the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP). Analysis of all “Non – Friable Organically
Bound (NOB) materials was initially performed by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) following NYS DOH
ELAP 198.6 Methodologies. If the PLM results were reported as “non – asbestos”, the sample was then analyzed
by Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) following the NYS DOH ELAP 198.4 Methodology. Analysis of
all “friable” non-NOB materials was performed by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) following the NYS DOH
ELAP 198.1 Methodology. “Positive Stop” sample analysis protocol was utilized for a given homogenous
“We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations”
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 2 of 9
AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY
material set with multiple samples and based on this; all 8 of the samples collected were analyzed. Please
reference the Asbestos Bulk Sample Report Form for sample particulars and details.
I have also attached Delta Company, Personnel and Laboratory Licenses/ Certifications. If you have any
questions, or require any other information, please feel free to contact me at your convenience.
Respectfully,
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC
Stephen Prislupsky
Director of Environmental Services
Att: Project Paperwork
“We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations”
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 3 of 9
AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY
Attachment A
Asbestos Bulk Sample Report Form
Material Asbestos PLM Result TEM Result
Bulk Sample Description / Details Type Type % Asbestos % Asbestos
2019.003.172 -01A 01 Bsmt.Top Coat Plaster, Soffit, Room B00UC Surfacing ND ND NA
2019.003.172 -01B 01 Bsmt.Top Coat Plaster, Soffit, Room B00UC Surfacing ND ND NA
2019.003.172 -01C 01 Bsmt.Top Coat Plaster, Soffit, Room B00UC Surfacing ND ND NA
2019.003.172 -02A 02 Bsmt.Base Coat Plaster, Soffit, Room B00UC Surfacing ND ND NA
2019.003.172 -02B 02 Bsmt.Base Coat Plaster, Soffit, Room B00UC Surfacing ND ND NA
2019.003.172 -02C 02 Bsmt.Base Coat Plaster, Soffit, Room B00UC Surfacing ND ND NA
2019.003.172 -03A 03 Bsmt.Red Fire Stop, Room B00UC Miscellaneous ND ND ND
2019.003.172 -03B 03 Bsmt.Red Fire Stop, Room B00UC Miscellaneous ND ND ND
Number
www.delta-eas.com
Floor
Dates Sampling Performed: 11/05/2019
Date of Report: 11/07/2019
Laboratory: AmeriSci Labs
Task Authorization No.: TA-171 / Work Order No.: 12137552
Number of Samples Collected: 8
Asbestos Bulk Sample Report Form
Building Code: 2084
Sample
860 Hooper Road, Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax 607.231.66450
Client: Cornell University Delta Proj. No.: 2019.003.172
Asbestos Inspector: Thomas Ferro
HA*
Number of Samples Analyzed: PLM - 8 / TEM - 2
Project: Space Science Electrical
Service Entrance Replacement Project -
Phase 1 "Energized" Asbestos Bulk
Sampling
Cornell University Space Science
Electrical Service Entrance Project
Phase 1 "Energized" Asbestos Bulk Sampling Page 1 of 1
“We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations”
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 4 of 9
AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY
Attachment B
Laboratory Analytical Result Sheets
“We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations”
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 5 of 9
AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY
Attachment C
Sample Location Drawing
“We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations”
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 6 of 9
AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY
Attachment D
Photos
“We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations”
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 7 of 9
AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY
HA 01 & HA 02 – Ceiling Soffit Top Coat and Base Coat Plaster, Both “No Asbestos Detected”
HA 03 – Red Fire Stop, “No Asbestos Detected”
“We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations”
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 8 of 9
AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY
Non – Suspect Vinyl Cable Wrap, 208V Switchboard
“We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations”
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 9 of 9
AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY
Attachment E
Licenses and Certifications
New York State –Department of Labor
Division of Safety and HealthLicense and Certificate UnitState Campus, Building 12
Albany,NY 12240
ASBESTOS HANDLING LICENSE
Delta Engineers, Architects & Land Surveyors, D.P.C.
860 Hooper Road
Endwell,NY 13760
FILE NUMBER: 05-0851LICENSE NUMBER: 29322LICENSE CLASS: RESTRICTEDDATE OF ISSUE: 08/28/2019
EXPIRATION DATE: 09/30/2020
Duly Authorized Representative –Stephen Prislupsky:
This license has been issued in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 30 of the Labor Law of New York State and of the New York State Codes, Rules and Regulations (12 NYCRR Part 56). It is subject to suspension or revocation for a (1)
serious violation of state, federal or local laws with regard to the conduct of an asbestos project, or (2) demonstrated lack of responsibility in the conduct of any job involving asbestos or asbestos material.
This license is valid only for the contractor named above and this license or a photocopy must be prominently displayed at the asbestos project worksite. This license verifies that all persons employed by the licensee on an asbestos project in New YorkState have been issued an Asbestos Certificate, appropriate for the type of work they perform, by the New York State Department of Labor.
Eileen M. Franko,Director
SH 432 (8/12)For the Commissioner of Labor
860 Hooper Road
Endwell, NY 13760
Tel: 607.231.6600
Fax: 607.231.6650
www.delta-eas.com
AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY
“We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations”
November 8, 2019
Mr. Dale Houseknecht, Facilities Coordinator Projects II
Cornell University IPP – Facilities Management
FM Administration
116 Humphreys Service Building
Ithaca, New York 14853-3701
Re: Plant Breeding Love Lab (1902) Electric Service Entrance Replacement Project
Phase I “Energized” Asbestos Inspection / Bulk Sampling Report
Cornell Task Authorization No. TA–172, Work Order No. 12138557
Delta Project No.: 2019.003.171
Dear Mr. Houseknecht:
The following information is associated with the upcoming Plant Breeding Love Lab Electric Service Entrance
Upgrades Project. On Tuesday, November 5th, 2019 Delta Asbestos Inspector Thomas Ferro met with Cornell
Electric Shops Representative Steve Jackson, to perform a “Phase 1 Energized” Pre-Renovation Asbestos Survey
for the Project, which included a visual inspection of the affected spaces and associated suspect materials with
the potential to be impacted by the work. It should be noted that all equipment / circuits were energized at the
time of this survey. Based on the inspection and a review of the project DD drawing set (dated 10/1/19), a total
of six (6) bulk samples were collected representing three (3) suspect homogenous materials. All six (6) of the
samples collected were friable, “non-NOB” materials. Results for the transite ceiling panels in Electrical
Vault Room 10061 were reported as “Asbestos Containing”. The results for the sheetrock and joint compound
in Mechanical Room 10060 were reported as “No Asbestos Detected”.
For the Electrical Vault Room 10061, the floor, walls, and associated equipment pads with the potential to be
impacted were observed to be non-suspect concrete and CMU with the exception of the “Asbestos Containing”
transite panels located on the north wall as well as the entire ceiling.
For the Mechanical Room 10060, the floor is non–suspect concrete. The walls are non-suspect CMU block and
non-asbestos sheetrock/joint compound system. The ceiling system is non-suspect wood tongue & groove
system.
Based on the fact that the transformers/switchgears/panel boxes could not be de-energized at the time of
this survey, the presence of other interior suspect materials within this equipment could not be confirmed.
As such, other potential suspect materials (if present) can either be “assumed” to be asbestos containing or
identified and sampled once the affected circuits / equipment can be de-energized.
Bulk sample analysis was performed by AmeriSci New York, Inc., an independent laboratory approved /
accredited by the NYS Department of Health (ELAP), the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA), and
the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP). Analysis of all Non-NOB materials was
performed by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) following the NYS DOH ELAP 198.1 Methodology. “Positive
Stop” sample analysis protocol was utilized for a given homogenous material set with multiple samples and based
on this; 5 of the 6 samples collected were analyzed. Please reference the Asbestos Bulk Sample Report Form for
sample particulars and details.
“We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations”
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 2 of 9
AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY
I have also attached Delta Company, Personnel and Laboratory Licenses/ Certifications. If you have any
questions, or require any other information, please feel free to contact me at your convenience.
Respectfully,
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC
Stephen Prislupsky
Director of Environmental Services
Att: Project Paperwork
“We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations”
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 3 of 9
AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY
Attachment A
Asbestos Bulk Sample Report Form
Material Asbestos PLM Result TEM Result
Bulk Sample Description / Details Type Type % Asbestos % Asbestos
2019.003.171 -01A 01 1 Transite Ceiling Panel, Room 10061 Miscellaneous 14.8%NA
2019.003.171 -01B 01 1 Transite Ceiling Panel, Room 10061 Miscellaneous NA/PS NA
2019.003.171 -02A 02 1 Sheetrock, Wall, Room 10060 Miscellaneous ND ND NA
2019.003.171 -02B 02 1 Sheetrock, Wall, Room 10060 Miscellaneous ND ND NA
2019.003.171 -03A 03 1 Joint Compound, Wall, Room 10060 Miscellaneous ND ND NA
2019.003.171 -03B 03 1 Joint Compound, Wall, Room 10060 Miscellaneous ND ND NA
Number of Samples Collected: 6
Project: Plant Breeding Love Lab
Electrical Service Entrance
Replacement Project - Phase 1
"Energized" Asbestos Bulk Sampling
HA - Homogenous Area ND - No Asbestos Detected NA - Not Analyzed by Methodology NA/PS - Not Analyzed, Positive Stop
TSI - Thermal System Insulation Misc - Miscellaneous Material Trace / < 1% - Non-asbestos by definition
Number
www.delta-eas.com
Floor
Dates Sampling Performed: 11/05/2019
Date of Report: 11/07/2019
Laboratory: AmeriSci Labs
Task Authorization No.: TA-172 / /Work Order No.:12138557
Chrysotile
Asbestos Bulk Sample Report Form
Building Code: 1902
Sample
860 Hooper Road, Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax 607.231.66450
Client: Cornell University Delta Proj. No.: 2019.003.171
Asbestos Inspector: Thomas Ferro
HA*
Number of Samples Analyzed: PLM - 5 / TEM - 0
Cornell University Plant Breeding Love Lab
Electrical Service Entrance Project
Phase 1 "Energized" Asbestos Bulk Sampling Page 1 of 1
“We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations”
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 4 of 9
AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY
Attachment B
Laboratory Analytical Result Sheets
“We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations”
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 5 of 9
AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY
Attachment C
Sample Location Drawing
“We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations”
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 6 of 9
AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY
Attachment D
Photos
“We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations”
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 7 of 9
AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY
HA 01- Electrical Room 10061 Transite Panels on Ceiling/North Wall , “Asbestos Containing”
HA 02 – Mechanical Room 10060 Sheetrock, “No Asbestos Detected”
“We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations”
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 8 of 9
AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY
HA 03 – Mechanical Room 10060 Joint Compound, “No Asbestos Detected”
Non-Suspect Vinyl Cable Wrap, Transformer
“We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations”
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 9 of 9
AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY
Attachment E
Licenses and Certifications
New York State –Department of Labor
Division of Safety and HealthLicense and Certificate UnitState Campus, Building 12
Albany,NY 12240
ASBESTOS HANDLING LICENSE
Delta Engineers, Architects & Land Surveyors, D.P.C.
860 Hooper Road
Endwell,NY 13760
FILE NUMBER: 05-0851LICENSE NUMBER: 29322LICENSE CLASS: RESTRICTEDDATE OF ISSUE: 08/28/2019
EXPIRATION DATE: 09/30/2020
Duly Authorized Representative –Stephen Prislupsky:
This license has been issued in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 30 of the Labor Law of New York State and of the New York State Codes, Rules and Regulations (12 NYCRR Part 56). It is subject to suspension or revocation for a (1)
serious violation of state, federal or local laws with regard to the conduct of an asbestos project, or (2) demonstrated lack of responsibility in the conduct of any job involving asbestos or asbestos material.
This license is valid only for the contractor named above and this license or a photocopy must be prominently displayed at the asbestos project worksite. This license verifies that all persons employed by the licensee on an asbestos project in New YorkState have been issued an Asbestos Certificate, appropriate for the type of work they perform, by the New York State Department of Labor.
Eileen M. Franko,Director
SH 432 (8/12)For the Commissioner of Labor
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 01 35 43-1 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB REQUIREMENTS January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
SECTION 01 35 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. This Section and the listed Related Sections provides minimum requirements for the protection of the environment during the project. The requirements of this Section shall apply to both Contractor and all tiers of sub-contractors involved in the project.
B. In addition to the requirements of this Section and the listed Related Sections, all laws and regulations by applicable local, state, and federal agencies shall apply to the work of this contract. In some cases the requirements of these Specifications may by intention exceed such legal requirements, but in no case shall this Specification be interpreted or understood
to reduce or eliminate such requirements.
C. Prior to bidding, review the entire Bidding Documents and report in writing to the Owner’s Representative any error, inconsistency, or omission that may have environmental impacts.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01 35 44 – Spill Control
B. Section 01 57 13 – Soil Erosion and Sediment Control
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 – Submittals:
1. Analytical laboratory sample results and material Certifications for all imported soil and granular materials (“borrow”).
2. Contractor’s Waste Material Disposal Plan.
3. Weight tickets from the Borrow Material Supplier.
4. Proposed methods for dewatering and construction water management.
5. Analytical laboratory sample results for all waste materials.
6. Copies of manifests for all waste materials disposed of off-site.
1.4 JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION
A. In accordance with Article 2 of the General Conditions, provide a competent supervisory representative with full authority to act for the Contractor at the site.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 01 35 43-2 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB REQUIREMENTS January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
B. If at any time operations under the representative’s supervision do not comply with this Section, or the representative is otherwise unsatisfactory to the Owner, replace, if requested
by the Owner, said representative with another representative satisfactory to the Owner. There shall be no change in superintendent without the Owner's approval.
C. Remove from the Work any employee of the Contractor or any Subcontractor when so directed by the Owner. The Owner may request the removal of any employee who does not comply with these specifications.
1.5 CLEARING, SITE PREPARATION AND SITE USE
A. In accordance with Section 01 14 00, only that portion of the working area that is absolutely necessary and essential for the work shall be cleared for construction. All clearing should be approved and performed to provide minimum practical exposure of soils.
B. The Contractor shall make every effort to avoid the destruction of plants, trees, shrubs and lawns outside the area of construction so as not to unduly disturb the ecological or environmental quality of the area.
C. Topsoil excavated as part of the Project, which can be reused as part of the Project, shall be stockpiled for future use and temporarily stabilized to prevent erosion.
1.6 SPOIL AND BORROW
A. Spoil
1. Dispose of excavated material which, in the opinion of the Owner’s Representative, is unfit to be used as backfill or embankment or which is in excess of the amount required under the Contract.
2. All spoil areas shall be graded and seeded to match the surrounding area.
3. Spoil areas shall be covered and protected from erosion into adjacent storm sewers, drainage ways, land areas, or water bodies.
B. Borrow Material
1. Borrow material shall be provided from a clean source. Submittals of proposed borrow material shall be reviewed by the Owner prior to delivery on-site. Submittals shall include the quantity of materials, source location and certification by the material supplier that it is free of chemicals or other foreign matter.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 01 35 43-3 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB REQUIREMENTS January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
1.7 NOISE AND VIBRATION
A. Limit and control the nature and extent of activities at all times to minimize the effects of noise and vibrations. Take adequate measures for keeping noise levels, as produced by
construction related equipment, to safe and tolerable limits as set forth by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the New York State Industrial Code Guidelines and Ordinances and all City, Town and Local ordinances. Equip all construction equipment presenting a potential noise nuisance with noise-muffling devices adequate to meet these requirements
1.8 DUST CONTROL
A. Take adequate measures for controlling dust produced by drilling, excavation, backfilling, loading, saw cutting or other means. The use of calcium chloride or petroleum-based materials for dust control is prohibited. Dust control measures are required throughout the
duration of construction.
B. If, in the opinion of the Owner’s Representative, the Contractor is not adequately controlling dust, the Owner will first notify the Contractor. If the Contractor does not take adequate
actions necessary, the Owner may, at the Contractor’s expense, employ alternative means to control dust.
C. Erect, maintain, and remove when appropriate barriers or other devices, including mechanical ventilation systems, as required by the conditions of the work for the protection of users of the project area, the protection of the work being done, or the containment of dust and debris. All such barriers or devices shall be provided in conformance with all applicable codes, laws,
and regulations including OSHA.
1.9 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
A. Construction procedures observed by the Contractor, its subcontractors and other employees shall include protection of the environment, in accordance with all pertinent Cornell standards, policies, local laws, executive orders, ordinances, and federal and state regulations. Construction procedures that are prohibited in the undertaking of work associated with this Contract include, but are not limited to:
1. Dumping of spoil material or any liquid or solid pollutant into any storm or sanitary sewer, drainage way, stream sewer, any wetlands (as defined by federal and state
regulations), any surface waters, or at unspecified locations.
2. Indiscriminate, arbitrary, or capricious operation of equipment in any stream corridors, any wetlands, or any surface waters.
3. Pumping of any silt-laden water from trenches or other excavations into any storm sewers, sanitary sewers, drainage ways, wetlands, or surface waters.
4. Damaging vegetation beyond the extent necessary for construction of the facilities.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 01 35 43-4 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB REQUIREMENTS January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
5. Disposal of trees, brush, and other debris in any location on University property, unless such areas are specifically identified on the drawing or in the specifications or
specifically approved by the Owner’s site representative.
6. Permanent or unspecified alteration of the flow line of a stream.
7. Burning trash, project debris, or waste materials.
B. Take all necessary precautions to prevent silt or waste of any kind from entering any drainage or waterways or downstream properties as a result of the Work.
C. Runoff of potable water used for concrete curing or concrete truck or chute cleaning operations shall not be allowed to reach the storm water system or open water due to the levels of residual chlorine (New York State water quality standards, 6 NYCRR Part 703.5)
and other potential contaminants. If necessary, obtain permission from the local sewer authority and collect and pump the runoff to the sanitary sewer.
D. Limit the nature and extent of any activities that could result in the release or discharge of pollutants. Report any such release or discharge immediately to the Owner’s Representative and clean up spills immediately, as detailed in Section 01 35 44 – Spill Control Procedures.
1.10 TEMPORARY RE-ROUTING OF PIPING AND DUCTWORK
A. Obtain approval from the Owner’s Representative prior to any temporary re-routing of piping
and exhaust ductwork necessary for the completion of the Work. Submit re-routing plans to the Owner’s Representative in writing.
The following shall require approval of the Owner:
1. Temporary storm, sanitary or water line connections.
2. Temporary exhaust ductwork connections where such connections may impact air emissions.
B. Instruct all personnel to observe extreme caution when working in the vicinity of mechanical equipment and piping. Personnel shall not operate or tamper with any existing valves, switches, or other devices or equipment without prior approval by the Owner’s Representative.
1.11 HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS
A. Inform officers, employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors at every tier, and any other
party which may come into contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of its performance hereunder of the nature of such materials, and any health and safety or environmental risks associated therewith.
B. Do not use hazardous or toxic materials in a manner that will violate Cornell University Policies or any state, federal, or municipal environmental health and safety regulations. In situations where the risks are unclear consult with Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S)
for guidance.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 01 35 43-5 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB REQUIREMENTS January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
C. Provide complete care and treatment for any injury sustained by any parties coming into contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of Contractor’s performance or
failure to perform hereunder.
D. At the completion of project Contractor shall remove all unused chemical products and hazardous materials from campus. Transportation of these materials shall be in accordance with all federal, state, and local regulations. Request and receive written approval from EH&S prior to disposal of any on-site disposal.
1.12 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL AND TITLE
A. Prior to start of work and first payment, Contractor shall prepare and submit “Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan” to the Owner’s Representative. The plan shall identify the waste transportation and treatment, storage or disposal (TSD) companies which will manage
all waste material and any site(s) for disposal of the waste material. Contractor must use this form to document waste disposal methods and locations.
B. The “Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan” form, together with definitions associated
with the form waste descriptions. Forms may be downloaded at: https://sp.ehs.cornell.edu/env/solid-waste/construction-demolition-waste/Pages/default.aspx
C. Contractor shall be responsible for the proper cleanup, containment, storage and disposal of any hazardous material/chemical spill occurring during its work. For Cornell University owned hazardous waste EH&S will oversee, approve or effect the proper disposal. Title, risk
of loss, and all other incidents of ownership to the Waste Material, shall vest in Contractor at the time Contractor or any transporter acting on its behalf takes physical possession of Waste Material. Complete and maintain full records of the chain of custody and control, including certificates of disposal or destruction, of all Waste Materials loaded, transported and/or disposed of. Deliver all such records to the Owner in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and any instructions from the Owner in a timely manner and in any event prior to final payment(s) under this Contract.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 35 43***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-1 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
SECTION 01 35 44 SPILL CONTROL
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SPILL PREVENTION
A. In order to minimize the potential for discharge to the environment of oil, petroleum, or hazardous substances on site, the following requirements shall apply to all projects:
1. All oil, petroleum, or hazardous materials stored or relocated temporarily on site during the construction process shall be stored in such a manner as to provide protection from vehicular damage and to provide containment of leaks or spills. Horizontal diked oil storage tanks, temporary berms or barriers, or similar methods shall be employed as appropriate at each site.
2. Any on-site filling or dispensing activities shall occur within an area in which a temporary berm, boom, or similar containment barrier has been placed to prevent the inadvertent discharge to the environment of harmful quantities of any products.
3. All oil, petroleum, or hazardous materials stored on site shall be located in such a manner as to minimize the potential of damage from construction operations or vehicles, away from drainage ways and environmentally sensitive areas, and in
accordance with all fire and safety codes.
B. Remove immediately from the site any storage, dispensing, or operating equipment that is leaking oil or hazardous substances or is in anyway unsuitable for the safe storage of such materials.
1.2 SPILL CONTROL PROCEDURES
All Contractor personnel working at the project site shall be knowledgeable of the potential health and safety concerns associated with petroleum and other hazardous substances that could potentially be released at the project site. Following are a list of activities that should be conducted by the Contractor in the event of an oil/petroleum spill or the release of any other hazardous substance. In the event of a large quantity spill that would require cleanup procedures that are beyond the means of the Contractor, an emergency spill cleanup contractor shall be hired by the Contractor. In the event the Contractor has the personnel necessary to clean up the spill, the following procedures shall be followed:
A. Personnel discovering/responding to a spill shall:
1. Identify and locate the source of the spill. If unsafe conditions exist, leave the area, inform nearby personnel, notify the site supervisor, and initiate spill reporting (Section 1. 3).
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-2 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
2. Limit the discharge of product, if safely possible, by: (1) diverting discharge to a containment area; (2) creating temporary dikes with soils or other available materials;
and (3) utilizing sorbent materials. If secondary containment is present, verify that valves and drains are closed prior to diverting the product to this area.
3. The individual discovering a spill shall initiate containment procedures to prevent material from reaching a potential migratory route, through implementation of the following actions, or any other methods necessary. Methods employed shall not compromise worker safety.
a. Stop the spill at once (if possible).
b. Extinguish sources of ignition (e.g., flames, sparks, hot surfaces, cigarettes, etc.).
c. Clear personnel from the spill location and rope off the area.
d. Utilize available spill control equipment in an effort to ensure that fires, explosions, and releases do not occur, recur, or spread.
e. Use sorbent materials to control the spill at the source.
f. Construct a temporary containment dike of sorbent materials, cinder blocks, bricks, or other suitable materials to help contain the spill.
g. Attempt to identify the character, exact source, amount, and area of the released materials. Identification of the spilled material should be made as soon as possible so that the appropriate cleanup procedure can be identified.
h. Assess possible hazards to human health or the environment as a result of the release, fire, or explosion.
i. If spill response measures involve the temporary cessation of any operations, the Contractor shall monitor the affected equipment for: (1) leaks; (2) pressure buildup; (3) gas generation; or (4) ruptures in valves, pipes, or other equipment.
B. Spill Cleanup:
1. Following containment of the spill, the following spill cleanup procedures shall be initiated.
a. Use proper waste containers.
b. Remove bulk liquid by using vacuum, pump, sorbents, or shovel and place material in properly labeled waste container. Be sure not to collect incompatible
or reactive substances in the same container.
c. Cleanup materials not reclaimed on-site shall be disposed of in accordance with all applicable state and federal regulations.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-3 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
d. Apply sorbent materials to pick up remaining liquid after bulk liquid has been removed. The Contractor shall not walk over spilled material. Absorbed material
shall be picked up with a shovel and placed in a separate waste container, and shall not be mixed with bulk liquid.
e. Clean spill control equipment and containers. Replace equipment in its proper location. Restock or reorder any sorbents used to clean up the spill.
f. Carefully wash spilled product from skin and clothing using soap. Change clothes, if necessary, to avoid further contact with product.
g. Disposal of all spilled product shall be made off-site, and shall be arranged through the Contractor.
h. A Spill Report shall be completed, including a description of the event. A sample Spill Documentation Form is provided in Appendix B.
C. Fire or Explosion:
1. In the event of a fire or explosion at the site, the Contractor shall:
a. Verify that the local fire department and the appropriate response personnel (e.g., ambulance, police) have been notified.
b. Report to the scene, if safe to do so, and evaluate the situation (e.g., spill character, source, etc.). Coordinate, as necessary, with other appropriate site and emergency personnel.
c. Ensure that people are cleared from the area.
d. Ensure that fires are safely extinguished (if possible), valves closed, and other immediate actions necessary to mitigate the emergency, if safe to do so.
e. Initiate responsible measures necessary to prevent subsequent fires, explosions, or releases from occurring or spreading to other areas of the site. These measures include stopping processes or operations, collecting and containing released oil, or removing and isolating containers.
f. Take appropriate action to monitor for: (1) leaks; (2) pressure build-ups; (3) gas generation; or (4) ruptures in pipes, valves, or other equipment.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-4 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
1.3 SPILL REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION
In the event of a spill CALL CORNELL POLICE AT 255-1111 who will notify the appropriate departments within the university and coordinate with the contractor for external reporting, if
required.
The contractor shall be responsible for the initiation of spill reporting and documentation procedures. All petroleum spills must be reported to NYSDEC Spill Hotline at 1-800- 457-7362, less than two hours following discovery. Notification must be made to Cornell Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S), 607.255.8200, within 24 hours of reporting the release. The Contractor will be expected to provide EH&S with the DEC issued spill number. Any petroleum spill must be reported to NYSDEC unless ALL of the following criteria apply:
TABLE 1 CRITERIA TO EXEMPT SPILL REPORTING
CRITERIA DESCRIPTION
Quantity The spill must be known to be less than 5 gallons.
Containment The spill must be contained on an impervious surface or within an impervious structure, such that it cannot enter the environment.
Control The spill must be under control and not reach a drain or leave the impervious surface.
Cleanup The spill must be cleaned-up within two hours of occurrence.
Environment The spill must not have already entered into the soil or groundwater or onto surface water.
A release of a “reportable quantity”1 or unknown amount of a hazardous substance must also be immediately reported to NYSDEC Spill Hotline. Spills of reportable quantities of chemicals or “harmful quantities”2 of oil to navigable waters must be reported to the federal National Response Center, 1-800-424-8802.
Spill Reporting Information: When making a telephone report, the caller should be prepared to provide the following information, if possible:
1. The date and time of the spill or release.
2. The identity or chemical name of the material released or spilled, including an indication of whether the material is defined as an extremely hazardous substance.
3. An estimate of the quantity of material released or spilled into the environment and the approximate duration of the event.
4. The exact location of the spill, including the name(s) of the waters involved or threatened, and/or other medium or media affected by the release or spill.
5. The source of the release or spill.
6. The name, address, and telephone number of the party in charge of, or responsible for, the facility or activity associated with the release or spill.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-5 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
7. The extent of the actual and potential water pollution.
8. The name and telephone number of the person in charge of operations at the spill site.
9. The steps being taken or proposed to contain and cleanup the released or spilled material and any precautions taken to minimize impacts, including evacuation.
10. The extent of injuries, if any.
11. Any known or anticipated acute or chronic health risks associated with the emergency, and information regarding necessary medical attention for exposed individuals.
12. Assistance required, if any.
If the release of a hazardous substance or oil occurs in an amount which exceeds a reportable quantity (RQ) as defined in 40 CFR Part 110, 40 CFR Part 117, 40 CFR Part 302, or 6 NYCRR Part 597, then the Contractor shall do the following:
1. Call to the National Response Center shall be made by the person in charge of the site. The applicable phone numbers are 1-800-424-8802 or 1-202-426-2675.
2. Within 14 days of the release, submit a written description of the release. The description should include: (1) a description of the release, (2) the type of material released, (3) estimated amount of the spill; (4) the date of the release, (5) an explanation of why the
release occurred; and (6) a description of the measures to be implemented to prevent and control future releases.
(1)Reportable Quantity: A Reportable Quantity is the quantity of a hazardous substance or oil that
triggers reporting requirements under the Comprehensive Emergency Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) (USEPA, September 1992). While the Contractor is legally responsible for knowing the risks of materials that are part of construction, members of the owner’s spill response team have access to information that may help identify these quantities with you.
(2)Harmful Quantity: A Harmful Quantity of oil includes discharges that violate applicable water quality standards; cause a film, sheen, or discoloration on a water surface or adjoining shoreline; or cause a sludge or emulsion to be deposited beneath the water surface or shoreline (40 CFR 110.3).
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 35 44***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 41 00 Ithaca, New York REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01 41 00-1 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
SECTION 01 41 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 PERMITS AND LICENSES
A. The Contractor shall obtain, maintain and pay for all permits and licenses necessary for the execution of the Work and for the use of such Work when completed. Such permits shall include but are not limited to building, electrical, plumbing, backflow prevention, dig safe, fill, street use and building demolition.
1. City of Ithaca building permit applications shall be presented for review at the regularly scheduled Owner’s meeting with the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).
B. For any projects which include demolition of a structure or load-bearing elements of a structure, the Contractor is required to complete a “Notification of Demolition and Renovation” and provide this notification to the United State Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in advance of the work as specified in 40 CFR 61.145. The Contractor shall
also provide a copy of this notification to the Owner’s Representative prior to any demolition.
C. All Construction / Building / Hot Work and Occupancy permits shall be issued and maintained through the City of Ithaca for Space Sciences, and through Ralph D’Amato Jr.
(607-254-6371) or (rjd15@cornell.edu) the SUNY Codes Official for Contract Colleges Facilities at Cornell for Wing Hall and Plant Breeding Love Lab.
D. Ithaca Fire Department Permitting:
1. A permit is required from the Ithaca Fire Department to install or substantially repair a fire suppression, fire detection, or fire alarm system as such as defined under the Uniform Code of New York State.
2. If the scope of work is classified under the Existing Building Code of NYS as Alteration –Level 1; Alteration – Level 2; Alteration – Level 3; or Addition; a permit from the Ithaca Fire Department is required for all work affecting the fire suppression, fire detection, or fire alarm system for that building. A building permit is also required for this type of work.
3. Work classified as a ‘Repair’ under the Existing Building Code of NYS does not require a permit from the Ithaca Fire Department.
1.2 INSPECTIONS
A. Apply for and obtain all required inspections, pay all fees and charges for same, include all
service charges, pavement cuts and repairs.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 41 00 Ithaca, New York REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01 41 00-2 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
1.3 COMPLIANCE
A. The Contractor shall give all notices, pay all fees and comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Work.
1.4 OWNER’S REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor, Subcontractors, and employees of the Contractor and Subcontractors shall comply with all regulations governing conduct, access to the premises, operation of equipment and systems, and conduct while in or near the premises and shall perform the Work in such a manner as not to unreasonably interrupt or interfere with the conduct of business of the Owner.
B. Upon completion of the project, the Contractor agrees to provide the Owner with a summary of municipal permit fees paid. This shall include the name of the permits secured, the permit fees paid by the Contractor and a copy of the permit. If no permit fees were required, the
Contractor shall so state, in writing, upon completion of the project.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 41 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, REFERENCES 01 42 00-1 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. Notes or instructions shown on any one Drawing, apply where applicable, to all other Drawings.
B. All references to codes, specifications and standards referred to in the Specification Sections and on the Drawings shall mean, and are intended to be, the latest edition, amendment and/or revision of such reference standard in effect as of the date of these Contract Documents.
C. Install All Work in Compliance with:
1. NYS Uniform Code
a. International Building Code
b. International Residential Code
c. International Existing Building Code
d. International Fire Code
e. International Plumbing Code
f. International Mechanical Code
g. International Fuel Gas Code
h. International Property Maintenance Code
i. Uniform Code Supplement
2. NYS Energy Code
a. International Energy Conservation Code
b. ASHRAE 90.1
c. Energy Code Supplement
3. National Electric Code
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, REFERENCES 01 42 00-2 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).
5. Life Safety Code NFPA 101.
6. All local ordinances
7. Plans and Specifications in excess of code requirements and not contrary to same.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. “General”: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B. “Contract Documents”: The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor, General Conditions, General Requirements, Drawings, Specifications, addenda issued before execution of the Agreement, other documents listed in the Agreement,
and modifications issued after execution of the Agreement.
C. “The Contract”: The Contract Documents form the Contract for construction and represent the entire integrated Agreement between the Owner and Contractor.
D. “The Work”: The work comprises the completed construction required by the Contract Documents and includes all labor necessary to produce such construction and all materials and equipment incorporated in such construction.
E. “Owner”: Cornell University a New York corporation.
F. “Architect/Engineer”: The Architect or Engineer is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture and/or engineering in the state of New York, identified as such in the Owner
Contractor Agreement, and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The terms Architect and/or Engineer mean the Architect and/or his authorized representative.
G. “Contractor”: The Contractor, person, firm, or corporation with whom the Construction Agreement contract is made by Owner.
H. “Subcontractor”: A person, firm, or corporation, supplying labor and/or materials for work at site of the project for and under separate contract or agreement with Contractor.
I. “As Approved” or “Approved”: Architect’s or Owner’s approval.
J. “As Directed”: Owner’s direction or instruction. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed."
K. “Indicated”: Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on
Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as “indicated.”
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, REFERENCES 01 42 00-3 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
L. “Regulations”: Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that
control performance of the Work.
M. “Furnish”: Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations.
N. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.
O. “Reinstall”. To place back into a former position.
P. “Replace”. Provide a substitute for.
Q. “Provide”: Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
R. “Concealed’: Work installed in pipe shafts, chases or recesses, behind furred walls, above ceilings, either permanent or removable.
S. “Exposed”: All capital Work not identified as concealed.
T. “Project Site”: Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land
on which Project is to be built.
U. “As-Built Documents”: Drawings and other records that are maintained by the Contractor to record all conditions which exist when the building construction is completed. This includes
both the elements of the project itself and existing elements that are encountered during the course of project construction.
V. “Record Drawings”: Shows construction changes in the project and the final location of all services, lines, outlets, and connections including underground and concealed items. The “record” drawings shall be compiled by the Architect based on the working as-built drawings and revised in accordance with the marked up drawings submitted by the Contractor.
W. “Shop Drawings”: Drawings, diagrams, illustrations, charts, brochures, and other data that are prepared by Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor, for some portion of the work.
X. “Samples”: Physical examples furnished to illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and to establish standards by which the work will be judged.
Y. “General Conditions”: The standardized contractual provisions describing the responsibilities, rights and relationships of the Owner and Contractor under the construction contract.
Z. “Contract Limit Lines”: A limit line or perimeter line established on the drawings or elsewhere in the contract documents defining the boundaries of the site available to the contractor for construction purposes.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, REFERENCES 01 42 00-4 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
AA. "to do", "provide", "furnish", "install", etc., in these Specifications or on Drawings are directions given to the Contractor;
1.4 OWNER AGREEMENTS
Space Sciences Building
A. Cornell University and the Tompkins-Cortland Counties Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division have entered into an agreement. The local unions which are members of the Tompkins-Cortland Counties Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division are as follows: Local #241 - International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers Local #267 - United Association of Plumbers and Steamfitters
Local #281 - United Brotherhood of Carpenters Local #3NY - International Union of Bricklayers and Allied Craftworkers Local #178 - International Union of Painters and Allied Trades
Local #112 - International Brotherhood of Sheetmetal Workers Local #785 - Laborers International Union of North America
The definition of craft maintenance as applied to this agreement shall be as follows: All work associated with the demolition, repair, replacement, improvement to or construction of equipment, buildings, structures, utilities, and/or system or components thereof. Craft maintenance for trades assistants shall be limited to work assigned to individuals employed as building trade laborers and which directly assists the craft work performed by other employees covered by this agreement; the Employer is free to assign such work; provided, however, such assignment does not fall within the craft performed by other employees covered by this agreement. Wing Hall and Plant Breeding Love Lab Use NYS Prevailing Wage Rates.
1.5 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent
requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated.
C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.
1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, REFERENCES 01 42 00-5 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
D. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the
recognized name of the organizations responsible for the standards and regulations in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) (800) 872-2253 Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) (202) 272-0080 Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities Available from Access Board www.access-board.gov CFR Code of Federal Regulations (866) 512-1800
Available from Government Printing Office (202) 512-1800 www.gpoaccess.gov/cfr/index.html
FS Federal Specification (215) 697-6257 Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil
Available from Defense Standardization Program www.dps.dla.mil Available from General Services Administration (202) 619-8925 www.gsa.gov Available from National Institute of Building Sciences (202) 289-7800 www.nibs.org UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (800) 872-2253 Available from Access Board (202) 272-0080 www.access-board.gov
1.6 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or
other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) (703) 358-2960 www.aluminum.org
AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers (216) 241-7333 www.aaadm.com AABC Associated Air Balance Council (202) 737-0202 www.aabchq.com
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, REFERENCES 01 42 00-6 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847) 303-5664
www.aamanet.org AASHTO American Association of State Highway and (202) 624-5800 Transportation Officials www.transportation.org AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (The) (919) 549-8141 www.aatcc.org
ABAA Air Barrier Association of America (866) 956-5888 www.airbarrier.org
ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association (202) 367-1155 www.abma-dc.org
ACI ACI International (248) 848-3700 (American Concrete Institute) www.aci-int.org ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association (972) 506-7216 www.concrete-pipe.org AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The) (205) 257-2530 www.aeic.org AF&PA American Forest & Paper Association (800) 878-8878
www.afandpa.org (202) 463-2700 AGA American Gas Association (202) 824-7000
www.aga.org AGC Associated General Contractors of America (The) (703) 548-3118
www.agc.org AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (202) 872-5955 www.aham.org AI Asphalt Institute (859) 288-4960 www.asphaltinstitute.org AIA American Institute of Architects (The) (800) 242-3837 www.aia.org (202) 626-7300 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction (800) 644-2400 www.aisc.org (312) 670-2400
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute (202) 452-7100 www.steel.org
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, REFERENCES 01 42 00-7 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
AITC American Institute of Timber Construction (303) 792-9559
www.aitc-glulam.org ALCA Associated Landscape Contractors of America (Now PLANET - Professional Landcare Network) ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated (301) 972-1700 www.alsc.org AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. (847) 394-0150 www.amca.org
ANSI American National Standards Institute (202) 293-8020 www.ansi.org
AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc. (505) 522-1437 www.aosaseed.com
APA APA - The Engineered Wood Association (253) 565-6600 www.apawood.org APA Architectural Precast Association (239) 454-6989 www.archprecast.org API American Petroleum Institute (202) 682-8000 www.api.org ARI Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute (703) 524-8800 www.ari.org ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association (202) 207-0917 www.asphaltroofing.org
ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers (800) 548-2723 www.asce.org (703) 295-6300
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and (800) 527-4723 Air-Conditioning Engineers (404) 636-8400
www.ashrae.org ASME ASME International (800) 843-2763 (The American Society of Mechanical Engineers International) (973) 882-1170 www.asme.org ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering (440) 835-3040 www.asse-plumbing.org
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, REFERENCES 01 42 00-8 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
ASTM ASTM International (610) 832-9585 (American Society for Testing and Materials International)
www.astm.org AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (800) 449-8811 www.awinet.org (703) 733-0600 AWPA American Wood-Preservers' Association (334) 874-9800 www.awpa.com AWS American Welding Society (800) 443-9353 www.aws.org (305) 443-9353
AWWA American Water Works Association (800) 926-7337 www.awwa.org (303) 794-7711
BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (212) 297-2122 www.buildershardware.com
BIA Brick Industry Association (The) (703) 620-0010 www.bia.org BICSI BICSI (800) 242-7405 www.bicsi.org (813) 979-1991 BISSC Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee (866) 342-4772 www.bissc.org CCC Carpet Cushion Council (203) 637-1312 www.carpetcushion.org CDA Copper Development Association (800) 232-3282 www.copper.org (212) 251-7200
CGA Compressed Gas Association (703) 788-2700 www.cganet.com
CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association (888) 881-2462 www.cellulose.org (937) 222-2462
CISCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association (630) 584-1919 www.cisca.org CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (423) 892-0137 www.cispi.org CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (301) 596-2583 www.chainlinkinfo.org
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, REFERENCES 01 42 00-9 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
CPA Composite Panel Association (301) 670-0604 www.pbmdf.com
CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association (800) 510-2772 www.cppa-info.org (202) 462-9607 CRI Carpet & Rug Institute (The) (800) 882-8846 www.carpet-rug.com (706) 278-3176
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (847) 517-1200 www.crsi.org CSI Cast Stone Institute (770) 972-3011 www.caststone.org CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) (800) 689-2900 www.csinet.org (703) 684-0300 CSSB Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau (604) 820-7700 www.cedarbureau.org CTI Cooling Technology Institute (281) 583-4087
www.cti.org DHI Door and Hardware Institute (703) 222-2010
www.dhi.org EIA Electronic Industries Alliance (703) 907-7500
www.eia.org EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association (800) 294-3462 www.eima.com (770) 968-7945 EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee (703) 295-5000 www.ejdc.org EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. (914) 332-0040 www.ejma.org
ESD ESD Association (315) 339-6937 www.esda.org
FMG FM Global (401) 275-3000 www.fmglobal.com
FSA Fluid Sealing Association (610) 971-4850 www.fluidsealing.com FSC Forest Stewardship Council 49 228 367 66 0 www.fsc.org
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, REFERENCES 01 42 00-10 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
GA Gypsum Association (202) 289-5440
www.gypsum.org GANA Glass Association of North America (785) 271-0208 www.glasswebsite.com GS Green Seal (202) 872-6400 www.greenseal.org GSI Geosynthetic Institute (610) 522-8440 www.geosynthetic-institute.org
HI Hydraulic Institute (888) 786-7744 www.pumps.org (973) 267-9700
HI Hydronics Institute (908) 464-8200 www.gamanet.org
HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association (703) 435-2900 www.hpva.org HPW H. P. White Laboratory, Inc. (410) 838-6550 www.hpwhite.com IBR Institute of Boiler & Radiation Manufacturers ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. (770) 830-0369 www.icea.net ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc. (847) 827-0830 www.icri.org
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 41 22 919 02 11 www.iec.ch
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The) (212) 419-7900 www.ieee.org
IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (212) 248-5000 www.iesna.org IEST Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology (847) 255-1561 www.iest.org IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council (315) 646-2234 www.igcc.org IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (613) 233-1510 www.igmaonline.org
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, REFERENCES 01 42 00-11 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc. (812) 275-4426
www.iliai.com ISO International Organization for Standardization 41 22 749 01 11
www.iso.ch Available from ANSI (202) 293-8020
www.ansi.org ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association (877) 464-7732
www.issfa.net (702) 567-8150 ITS Intertek (800) 345-3851
www.intertek.com (713) 407-3500 ITU International Telecommunication Union 41 22 730 51 11
www.itu.int/home KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association (703) 264-1690 www.kcma.org LMA Laminating Materials Association (Now part of CPA) LPI Lightning Protection Institute (800) 488-6864 www.lightning.org (804) 314-8955
MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association (216) 241-7333 www.mbma.com
MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc. (847) 480-9138 www.maplefloor.org
MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association (312) 644-6610 www.metalframingmfg.org MHIA Material Handling Industry of America (800) 345-1815 www.mhia.org (704) 676-1190 MIA Marble Institute of America (440) 250-9222 www.marble-institute.com MPI Master Painters Institute (888) 674-8937 www.paintinfo.com MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and (703) 281-6613 Fittings Industry Inc.
www.mss-hq.com
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, REFERENCES 01 42 00-12 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (312) 332-0405 www.naamm.org NACE NACE International (800) 797-6623 (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International) (281) 228-6200
www.nace.org NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association (202) 737-2926
www.nadca.com NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (703) 684-0084 www.naima.org NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc. (800) 557-2848 www.nbgqa.com NCAA National Collegiate Athletic Association (The) (317) 917-6222 www.ncaa.org NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association (703) 713-1900 www.ncma.org
NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute (262) 248-9094 www.ncpi.org
NCTA National Cable & Telecommunications Association (202) 775-3550 www.ncta.com
NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau (301) 977-3698 www.nebb.org NECA National Electrical Contractors Association (301) 657-3110 www.necanet.org NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association (207) 829-6901 www.nelma.org NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (703) 841-3200 www.nema.org
NETA International Electrical Testing Association (888) 300-6382 www.netaworld.org (303) 697-8441
NFHS National Federation of State High School Associations (317) 972-6900 www.nfhs.org
NFPA NFPA (800) 344-3555 (National Fire Protection Association) (617) 770-3000 www.nfpa.org
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, REFERENCES 01 42 00-13 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council (301) 589-1776 www.nfrc.org
NGA National Glass Association (866) 342-5642 www.glass.org (703) 442-4890 NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association (800) 933-0318 www.natlhardwood.org (901) 377-1818 NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority (604) 524-2393 www.nlga.org NOFMA NOFMA: The Wood Flooring Manufacturers Association (901) 526-5016
www.nofma.org NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association (800) 323-9545
www.nrca.net (847) 299-9070 NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (888) 846-7622
www.nrmca.org (301) 587-1400 NSF NSF International (800) 673-6275 (National Sanitation Foundation International) (734) 769-8010 www.nsf.org NSSGA National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association (800) 342-1415 www.nssga.org (703) 525-8788 NTMA National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The) (800) 323-9736 www.ntma.com (540) 751-0930 NYBFU New York Board of Fire Underwriters (212) 227-3700 www.nybfu.org
PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (312) 786-0300 www.pci.org
PDCA Painting & Decorating Contractors of America (800) 332-7322 www.pdca.com (314) 514-7322
PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute (800) 589-8956 www.pdionline.org (978) 557-0720 PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute (217) 333-3929 http://pgi-tp.ce.uiuc.edu PLANET Professional Landcare Network (800) 395-2522 www.landcarenetwork.org
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, REFERENCES 01 42 00-14 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
PTI Post-Tensioning Institute (602) 870-7540 www.post-tensioning.org RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections (800) 644-2400 www.boltcouncil.org (312) 670-2400
RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute (301) 340-8580 www.rfci.com
RIS Redwood Inspection Service (888) 225-7339 www.calredwood.org (415) 382-0662 SAE SAE International (877) 606-7323 www.sae.org (724) 776-4841
SBI Steel Boiler Institute
SDI Steel Deck Institute (847) 458-4647 www.sdi.org SDI Steel Door Institute (440) 899-0010 www.steeldoor.org SEFA Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (516) 294-5424 www.sefalabs.com SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (315) 646-2234 www.sgcc.org
SIA Security Industry Association (703) 683-2075 www.siaonline.org
SJI Steel Joist Institute (843) 626-1995 www.steeljoist.org
SMA Screen Manufacturers Association (561) 533-0991 www.smacentral.org SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' (703) 803-2980 National Association www.smacna.org SMPTE Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (914) 761-1100 www.smpte.org SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (800) 523-6154 www.sprayfoam.org
SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (The) (850) 434-2611 www.spib.org
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, REFERENCES 01 42 00-15 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
SPRI Single Ply Roofing Industry (781) 647-7026
www.spri.org SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America (800) 982-0355 www.ssina.com (202) 342-8630 SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings (877) 281-7772 www.sspc.org (412) 281-2331 STI Steel Tank Institute (847) 438-8265 www.steeltank.com
SWI Steel Window Institute (216) 241-7333 www.steelwindows.com
SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing, & Restoration Institute (816) 472-7974 www.swrionline.org
TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. (864) 646-8453 www.tileusa.com TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic (703) 907-7700 Industries Alliance www.tiaonline.org TMS The Masonry Society (303) 939-9700 www.masonrysociety.org TPI Truss Plate Institute, Inc. (703) 683-1010 www.tpinst.org TPI Turfgrass Producers International (847) 649-5555
www.turfgrasssod.org TRI Tile Roofing Institute (312) 670-4177
www.tileroofing.org UFPO Underground Facilities Protective Organization (800) 962-7962
www.ufpo.org (800) 962-7811 UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (877) 854-3577 www.ul.com (847) 272-8800 UNI Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association (972) 243-3902 www.uni-bell.org USGBC U.S. Green Building Council (202) 828-7422 www.usgbc.org
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, REFERENCES 01 42 00-16 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association (800) 424-2869 www.wastec.org (202) 244-4700
WCSC Window Covering Safety Council (800) 506-4636 www.windowcoverings.org WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association (800) 223-2301 www.wdma.com WI Woodwork Institute (916) 372-9943 www.wicnet.org WMMPA Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association (800) 550-7889 www.wmmpa.com (530) 661-9591 WSRCA Western States Roofing Contractors Association (800) 725-0333 www.wsrca.com (650) 570-5441 WWPA Western Wood Products Association (503) 224-3930 www.wwpa.org
B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (909) 472-4100 www.iapmo.org
ICC International Code Council (888) 422-7233 www.iccsafe.org (703) 931-4533 ICC-ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. (800) 423-6587 www.icc-es.org (562) 699-0543 NEC National Electric Code
C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
CE Army Corps of Engineers www.usace.army.mil
CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission (800) 638-2772 www.cpsc.gov (301) 504-7923
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, REFERENCES 01 42 00-17 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
DOC Department of Commerce (202) 482-2000 www.commerce.gov
DOD Department of Defense (215) 697-6257 http://.dodssp.daps.dla.mil DOE Department of Energy (202) 586-9220 www.energy.gov EPA Environmental Protection Agency (202) 272-0167 www.epa.gov FAA Federal Aviation Administration (866) 835-5322
www.faa.gov FCC Federal Communications Commission (888) 225-5322
www.fcc.gov FDA Food and Drug Administration (888) 463-6332
www.fda.gov GSA General Services Administration (800) 488-3111 www.gsa.gov HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development (202) 708-1112 www.hud.gov LBL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (510) 486-4000 www.lbl.gov NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program (See TRB)
NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology (301) 975-6478 www.nist.gov
OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration (800) 321-6742 www.osha.gov (202) 693-1999
PBS Public Building Service (See GSA) PHS Office of Public Health and Science (202) 690-7694 www.osophs.dhhs.gov/ophs RUS Rural Utilities Service (202) 720-9540 (See USDA) SD State Department (202) 647-4000 www.state.gov
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, REFERENCES 01 42 00-18 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
TRB Transportation Research Board (202) 334-2934
www.nas.edu/trb USDA Department of Agriculture (202) 720-2791 www.usda.gov USPS Postal Service (202) 268-2000 www.usps.com
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 42 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00 Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00-1 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
SECTION 01 45 00 QUALITY CONTROL
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain an effective Contractor Quality Control (CQC) program and perform sufficient inspections and tests of all items of work, including those of Subcontractors, to ensure compliance with Contract Documents. Include surveillance and tests specified in the technical sections of the Specifications. Furnish appropriate facilities, instruments, and testing devices required for performance of the quality control function. Controls must be adequate to cover construction operations and be keyed to the construction sequence. Construction shall not begin until the Owner has approved the CQC program.
1.2 CONTROL OF ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION
A. Include a control system for the following phases of inspection:
1. Pre-Installation Meeting. For all sections where pre-installations are defined, the Contractor shall arrange for a pre-installation meeting. When practical, pre-installation
meetings shall be scheduled to take place on the same day as regularly schedule progress meetings. The Contractor shall make available, during this meeting, all approved submittals and products.
a. Agenda to include the following:
i. Appointment
ii. Appointment of official representatives of participants in the Project.
iii. Review of existing conditions and affected work, and testing thereof as required.
iv. Review of installation procedures and requirements.
v. Review of environmental and site condition requirements.
vi. Schedule of the applicable portions of the Work.
vii. Schedule of submission of samples, color chips, and items for Owners consideration.
viii. Requirements for temporary facilities, site sign, offices, storage sheds, utilities, fences, Section 01500.
ix. Requirements for notification for reviews. Allow a minimum of 48 hour notice to Architect for review of the Work.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00 Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00-2 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
x. Requirements for inspections and tests, as applicable. Schedule and undertake inspections and tests in accordance with Section 01410.
xi. Delivery schedule of specified equipment.
xii. Special safety requirements and procedures.
b. The following minimum personnel shall be at the meeting:
i. Project Manager.
ii. Project Field Supervisor
iii. Subcontractor
iv. Architect’s Representative
v. Owner’s Representative
vi. Commissioning Agent, when applicable
vii. Testing Agency, when applicable
2. Preparatory Inspection. Perform this inspection prior to beginning work on any definable feature of work. Include a review of contract requirements with the supervisors directly responsible for the performance of the work; check to assure that materials, products, and equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved; check
to assure that provisions have been made for required control testing; examine the work area to ascertain that preliminary work has been completed; physically examine materials and equipment to assure that they conform to shop drawings and data and that
the materials and equipment are on hand.
3. Initial Inspection. Perform this inspection as soon as work commences on a representative portion of a particular feature of workmanship review control testing for compliance with contract requirements.
4. Follow-up Inspections. Perform these inspections on a regular basis to assure continuing compliance with contract requirements until completion of that particular work.
1.3 CONTROL OF OFF-SITE OPERATIONS
A. Perform factory quality control inspections for items fabricated or assembled off-site as opposed to "off-the-shelf" items. The CQC Representative at the fabricating plant shall be responsible for release of the fabricated items for shipment to the job site. The CQC Representative at the job site shall receive the item and note any damage incurred during
shipment. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting and maintaining the item in good condition throughout the period of on-site and during erection or installation. Although any item found to be faulty may be rejected before its use, final acceptance of an item by the
Owner is based on its satisfactory incorporation into the work and acceptance of the completed project.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00 Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00-3 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
1.4 TESTING
A. The Owner may engage the services of an independent testing laboratory to confirm that an installed item or element of work conforms to the Specification and workmanship
requirements.
1.5 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
A. The Owner shall designate a Representative to monitor the progress and execution of the work. The Representative shall have the authority to call for test samples, to approve or to reject work performed and to stop work in progress, if, in its opinion, the work is not in conformance with the Contract Documents. The Representative shall not be authorized to make changes or interpretations of the Contract Documents.
1. The Contractor shall maintain a project Deficiency/Issues Log in e-Builder to track non-conforming materials or sub-standard workmanship identified by Owner’s
Representative.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 45 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-1 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB AND CONTROLS January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain all temporary facilities and services of every kind, as required by the Contractor and by its subcontractors for their performance of the Work and compliance with the Contract Documents, and shall remove such facilities and complete such services upon the completion of all other work, or as Cornell University may direct.
B. The Contractor shall obtain all required permits and approvals for and shall provide, construct, or install, as well as operate, maintain, service and remove temporary facilities and
services.
1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and safety regulations.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Choice of materials, as suitable for the accomplishment of the intended purpose, is the Contractor’s option.
B. Materials may be new or used, but must not violate requirements of applicable codes, standards and specifications.
2.2 TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES
A. Provide first aid equipment and supplies, with qualified personnel continuously available to render first aid at the site.
B. Provide a sign, posted at the telephone, listing the telephone numbers for emergency medical services: Physicians, ambulance services and hospitals.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-2 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB AND CONTROLS January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
2.3 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION
A. Provide a fire protection and prevention program for employees and personnel at the site. Any fire watches as a result of construction operations are the responsibility of the Contractor.
Comply with NFPA 241. Develop, manage, and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information.
1. Impairments “Fire Code of NYS Section 901.7”. Impairment; “the removal of fire alarm devices or sprinkler system coverage in a building.” There are two different levels of impairments
a. Partial Impairment. The removal of fire alarm devices or sprinkler system coverage via control valve in the immediate area of where work is to be performed.
- Basic Impairment Notification will be sent to Local Authority Having
Jurisdiction and FM Global.
- No fire watch will be required in most cases.
b. Full System Impairment. The complete removal of a fire alarm “system” or
sprinkler “system”. Impairment of both the fire alarm system and sprinkler system at the same time is not allowed.
- Full System Impairment Notification will be sent to local Authority Having
Jurisdiction, FM Global, Ithaca Fire Department Officers, Building Manager, Maintenance Manager, and Customer Service.
- Fire Watch will be required and will need the Fire Watch Person’s name and contact information. Cornell EH&S does not perform the fire watch, it is the responsibility of the Contractor.
B. Equipment:
1. Provide and maintain fire extinguishing equipment ready for instant use at all areas of the Project and at specific areas of critical fire hazard.
2. Hand extinguishers of the types and sizes recommended by the National Board of Fire Underwriters to control fires from particular hazards.
3. Construction period use of permanent fire protection system.
4. Water hoses connected to an adequate water pressure and supply system to reach each area or level of construction upon building enclosure or heating of the building.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-3 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB AND CONTROLS January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
5. Maintain existing standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Provide additional temporary hoses where required to comply with requirements. Hang hoses with a
warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. Provide hoses of sufficient length to protect construction areas.
6. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, siamese connections, standpipes, temporary fire-protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for firefighting.
7. Where existing or temporary fire protection services are being replaced with new fire protection services, do not remove or impair existing or temporary services until new services are placed into operation and use.
8. At earliest feasible date in each area of Project, complete installation of permanent fire-protection facility and systems, including connected services, and place into operation
and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities. Protect and maintain permanent fire protection system. Repair or replace any components damaged during construction.
C. Enforce fire-safety discipline:
1. Store combustible and volatile materials in an isolated, protected location.
2. Avoid accumulations of flammable debris and waste in or about the Project.
3. Prohibit smoking in the vicinity of hazardous conditions.
4. There is NO SMOKING allowed on construction sites located in any occupied building. Smoking is prohibited in all Cornell University buildings.
5. Closely supervise welding and torch-cutting operations in the vicinity of combustible materials and volatile conditions.
6. Supervise locations and operations of portable heating units and fuel.
D. Maintain fire extinguishing equipment in working condition, with current inspection certificate attached to each extinguisher.
E. Welding or burning operations shall be conducted under a Hot Work Permit issued in accordance with Section 01 41 00. Where such work is permitted, the Contractor shall provide an approved fire extinguisher in good operating condition within easy reach of the
operating personnel. In each instance, obtain prior approval of Cornell University Environmental Health & Safety.
F. Advise Cornell University Environmental Health & Safety of any items affecting Life Safety,
e.g., road blockages, exit closing, etc.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-4 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB AND CONTROLS January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
2.4 CONSTRUCTION AIDS
A. Provide construction aids and equipment required to assure safety for personnel and to facilitate the execution of the Work; Scaffolds, staging, ladders, stairs, ramps, runways,
platforms, railings, hoists, cranes, chutes, fall protection, harness, tie-off points, and other such equipment.
B. When permanent stair framing is in place, provide temporary treads, platforms and railings, for use by construction personnel.
C. Maintain all equipment in a safe condition.
2.5 SUPPORTS
A. The Contractor shall include cost of all materials and labor necessary to provide all supports, beams, angles, hangers, rods, bases, braces, etc. to properly support the Contract Work. All supports, etc. shall meet the approval of the Architect.
B. Any and all supports that are of “custom” fabrication or installation shall be designed by the Contractor’s NYS licensed PE with stamped & signed shop drawings and calculations provided for same.
2.6 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES
A. Provide temporary enclosures to separate work areas from areas of the existing building occupied by Owner; to prevent penetration of dust or moisture into occupied areas, to prevent damage to existing equipment, and to protect Owner's employees and operations from
construction work.
1. Temporary partition and ceiling enclosures: Framing and sheet materials which comply with structural and fire rating requirements of applicable codes and standards.
a. Close joints between sheet materials, and seal edges and intersections with existing surfaces, to prevent penetration of dust or moisture.
b. In locations where fire protection is required, paint both sides of partitions and ceilings with fire-retardant paint as required by local fire regulations.
2. Do not remove existing exterior enclosure systems until new exterior enclosure systems are ready for installation. Complete removal of existing exterior enclosure systems as soon as possible. Immediately after completing removal, install new exterior enclosure systems and complete installation as soon as possible.
3. Do not remove existing HVAC systems connected to louvers at existing exterior enclosure systems until new HVAC systems and louvers at exterior enclosure systems are ready for installation. Complete removal of existing HVAC systems and louvers
as soon as possible. Immediately after completing removal, install new HVAC systems and new louvers and complete installation as soon as possible.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-5 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB AND CONTROLS January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
2.7 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL
A. The Contractor shall provide, maintain and operate pumps required to keep the Work free of water at all times.
B. Dispose of all water with due care and shall not infringe on the rights of others on the Site, of adjacent property owners and of the public. All cost in connection with the removal of such water shall be paid by the Contractor.
2.8 TREE, PLANT AND LAWN PROTECTION
A. Preserve and protect existing trees, plants and lawns at the site which are designated to remain, and those adjacent to the site.
B. Consult with Owner, and remove agreed-on roots and branches which interfere with construction.
1. Employ certified arborist to remove, and to treat cuts.
C. Provide temporary fences to a height of six feet, around each, or around each group of trees and plants. Provide temporary lawn protection to prevent soil compaction. Reference Cornell University Design Standards and Details for wood and chain fencing below.
D. Protect root zones of trees, plants and lawn areas:
1. Do not allow vehicular traffic or parking.
2. Do not store materials or products.
3. Prevent dumping of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids.
4. Prevent puddling or continuous running water.
E. Carefully supervise excavating, grading and filling, and subsequent construction operations to prevent damage.
F. Replace, or suitably repair, trees, plants and lawn areas designated to remain which are damaged or destroyed due to construction operations.
G. Roots 2 inches or larger that are damaged or cut during construction are to be sawed off close to the tree side of the excavation by certified arborist.
H. During the leafing-out period in the spring, extra care should be exercised to reduce root damage such as keeping exposed roots wet, saturating soil when backfilling around roots, and backfilling as soon as possible.
I. Consult Cornell University Grounds Department for mitigation of roof or tree damage.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-6 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB AND CONTROLS January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES,TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-6
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-7 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB AND CONTROLS January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES,TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-7
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-8 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB AND CONTROLS January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
2.9 PERSONNEL, PUBLIC AND EMPLOYEE PROTECTION
A. Provide guardrails, barricades, fences, footways, tunnels and other devices necessary to protect all personnel, employees, and the public, against hazards on, adjacent to or accessing
the construction site.
1. Provide signs, warning lights, signals, flags and illumination as necessary to alert persons to hazards and to provide safe, adequate visibility in areas of hazards.
2. Closed sidewalks need to be indicated with OSHA-approved signs, as well as, proper barricades.
3. Provide flag personnel as necessary to guide vehicles, protect personnel, public and employees.
2.10 ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS
A. Provide adequate temporary roads and walks to achieve all-weather access into the site from public thoroughfares, and within and adjacent to the site as necessary to provide uninterrupted access to field offices, work and storage areas.
B. Grade and provide drainage facilities to assure runoff of rainwater and to avoid blockage of
flow from adjacent areas.
C. During dry weather wet down temporary unpaved areas when necessary to prevent blowing dust.
2.11 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS
A. No Contractor signs to be displayed at the project site, unless authorized by the Owner.
B. Owner Construction Project Sign. The Contractor shall install Owner provided project identification signage.
2.12 SECURITY
A. The Contractor shall provide security services as required to protect the interests of the Owner.
2.13 FIELD OFFICES
A. The Owner shall designate a space within the facility to serve as a field office for the use of the Contractor and Owner.
B. Provide a designated break area within the project site limits to minimize interaction between construction personnel and the Campus community.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-9 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB AND CONTROLS January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Consult with Owner, review site conditions and factors which affect construction procedures and temporary facilities, including adjacent properties and public facilities which may be affected by execution of the work.
1. Designate the locations and extent of temporary construction, storage, and other temporary facilities and controls required for the expeditious accomplishment of the Work.
2. Allow space for use of the site by Owner and by other contractors, as required by Contract Documents.
3.2 GENERAL
A. Comply with applicable requirements specified in sections of Division 02 through 40.
B. Make work structurally, mechanically and electrically sound throughout.
C. Install work in a neat and orderly manner.
D. Maintain, clean, service and repair facilities to provide continuous usage, and to the quality specified for the original installation.
E. Relocate facilities as required by progress of construction, by storage or work requirements, and to accommodate requirements of Owner and other contractors employed at the site.
F. Keep the site, at all times during the progress of the Work, free from accumulation of waste
matter or rubbish and shall confine its apparatus, materials and operations of its workers to the limits prescribed except as the latter may be extended with the approval of the Owner’s Representative. Cleaning of the structure or structures must be performed daily and removal of waste matter or rubbish must be performed at least once a week.
G. Contractor shall at all times keep access road and public roads clean of mud and construction debris and maintain dust control to the satisfaction of the Owner.
3.3 REMOVAL
A. Completely remove temporary structures, materials, equipment and services:
1. When construction needs can be met by use of permanent construction.
2. At completion of the Project.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-10 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB AND CONTROLS January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
B. Repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. Clean after removal.
C. Restore existing or permanent facilities used for temporary purposes to specified, or to original condition.
***END OF SECTION 01 50 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES
WING HALL, SPACES SCIENCES, TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 51 00-1 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
SECTION 01 51 00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain temporary utilities required by all trades for construction. Remove on completion of Work.
B. The Contractor shall provide all labor and materials for temporary connections and distribution.
1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Comply with National Electric Code, current edition.
B. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and safety regulations and with utility company requirements.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Materials may be new or used, but must be adequate in capacity for the required usage, must not create unsafe conditions, and must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards.
2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING AND WATER
A. The Contractor shall have access to the Owner's water and electric power for constructing the Work. Temporary utility connections shall be made by the Contractor as close to its operations as possible as long as such connections do not over-load the capacity of the Owner's utilities or interfere with its customary utilization thereof. Utility access points shall be determined in cooperation with and acceptable to the Owner.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the economic use of the Owner's Water and Power. The Owner will pay for the water and power consumed in the construction of the Work as long as economical usage of these utilities is maintained. The Owner reserves the right to
meter and charge for the power and water consumed if in the opinion of the Owner the usage of these utilities is not economically conducted by the Contractor. In such an event, the Owner shall give three (3) days written notice to the Contractor of its intentions to meter and charge for temporary utilities used by the Contractor.
C. All temporary power systems including wiring shall be removed by the Contractor when no longer required.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES
WING HALL, SPACES SCIENCES, TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 51 00-2 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
D. The minimum temporary lighting to be provided is at the rate of fifty foot candles, is to be maintained in each room and changed as required when interior walls are being erected. The
required temporary lighting must be maintained for twenty-four (24) hours a day and seven (7) days a week at all stair levels and in all corridors below ground; in any and all egress; in all other spaces temporary lighting is to be maintained only during working hours. All temporary wiring and equipment shall be in conformity with the National Electric Code.
E. The minimum temporary outdoor security lighting to be provided is as follows:
1. Along the perimeter of the site fence, consisting of vandal-resistant light fixtures with HID lamps, located 150 foot center, mounted on the inside of the construction fence.
2. Lighting for temporary pedestrian paths and roadways, to provide a minimum of 0.1 foot-candle on the path of travel.
F. Three-phase temporary power circuits shall be installed as required to operate construction equipment of the various trades and to Install and test equipment such as pumps and elevators. The Contractor shall install and maintain temporary or permanent service for the permanently installed building equipment such as sump pumps, boilers, boiler controls, fans, pumps, so that such equipment may be operated when required and so ordered by the Owner's
Representative for drainage or for temporary heat.
G. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner or the Owner's Representative for approval a proposed schedule of all utility shutdowns and cutovers of all types which may be required in connection with the Work. Such schedule shall provide a minimum of four (4) weeks advance notice to the Owner prior to the time of the proposed shutdown and cutover. The Contractor shall be responsible for all charges relating to shutdowns.
H. Discontinuance, Changes and Removal
The Contractor shall:
1. Discontinue all temporary services required by the Contract when so directed by the Owner or the Owner's Representative. The discontinuance of any such temporary service prior to the completion of the Work shall not render the Owner liable for any additional cost entailed thereby.
2. Remove and relocate such temporary facilities as directed by the Owner or the Owner's
Representative, and shall restore the Site and the Work to a condition satisfactory to the Owner.
2.3 TEMPORARY USE OF ELEVATOR
A. Use of Existing Elevator
1. If the Contractor elects to use the existing elevator equipment, the Contractor shall:
a. Provide adequate protection for such equipment and shall operate such equipment within a capacity not to exceed that allowed by law, rule or regulation.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES
WING HALL, SPACES SCIENCES, TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 51 00-3 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
b. Provide for the maintenance and cleaning of the elevator equipment as approved by the Owner's Representative.
c. Prior to start of construction, accurately record the condition of the existing elevator. Promptly repair or replace items that are damaged as a result of Contractor’s use. Service calls that arise as a result of Contractor misuse will be charged to the Contractor. At Substantial Completion, restore elevators to condition existing before initial use.
d. Use only elevators designated by Owner’s Representative at dates and times designated by Owner’s Representative. Dates and times available for Contractor’s use shall be scheduled with, and at the convenience of, the Owner, and may vary during the course of the Project.
e. Owner will not provide elevator operators or other monitoring of elevator use.
f. Do not load elevators beyond their rated weight capacity.
g. Provide code compliant protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect elevator car and entrance doors and frame. If, despite such protection, elevators become damaged, engage elevator maintenance contractor
to restore damaged work so no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in field to the shop, make required repairs and refinish entire unit, or provide new units as required.
h. Procure and coordinate the elevator maintenance contractor to gain access to the elevator shaft as required to complete the work
2.4 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION
A. The Contractor shall furnish temporary heat as may be necessary for constructing the Work.
B. The Contractor will be permitted to use the building's permanent heating system for temporary heat. Permission to use the building's permanent heating system shall in no way constitute the Owner's acceptance of that portion of the Work.
C. When using the permanent building systems for space conditioning, provide a written maintenance plan for acceptance by the Owner’s Representative, prior to utilizing the equipment. Plan to address temporary filtering of air and water, sealing of open ducts, lubrication, operation outside of normal ranges, and controls/safeties. Return all equipment to its newly installed condition prior to acceptance testing.
1. If the Contractor elects to use the building’s permanent heating system for temporary heat, the Contractor shall provide filters with a minimum MERV of 8 at each return-air grille in system, maintain to keep them free of dust and debris, replace if necessary
and remove at end of construction and clean HVAC system as required in Section 01 77 00 – Project Closeout.
D. Any temporary system shall be removed when no longer required.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES
WING HALL, SPACES SCIENCES, TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 51 00-4 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
2.5 TEMPORARY CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE SERVICE
A. Site Superintendent or their Representative shall carry a cellular telephone at all times.
B. Provide phone number to Cornell project representatives for communication during Work.
2.6 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
A. The Owner shall designate sanitary facilities to be utilized by the Contractor during construction. The Contractor shall maintain neat, clean and sanitary conditions. The Contractor shall be responsible for costs associated with excessive custodial services associated with such usage.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 REMOVAL
A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required.
B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities.
C. Restore existing and permanent facilities used for temporary services to specified, or to original, condition.
***END OF SECTION 01 51 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 57 13 Ithaca, New York SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT 01 57 13-1 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB CONTROL January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
SECTION 01 57 13 SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for preparing and implementing an Erosion and Sediment Control Plan.
B. This Section describes minimum standards for the prevention and control of erosion during the construction process and may not be sufficient for all sites. The Contractor shall remain responsible for the means and methods of preventing erosion and may be required to employ additional means and methods as required to prevent violations of local, state, or federal standards.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit an Erosion and Sediment Control Plan, as specified herein.
B. Refer to Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.
1.3 PLAN AND IMPLEMENTATION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Plan shall comply with design specifications in the New York Guidelines for Urban Erosion
and Sediment Control, NYS Stormwater Management Design Manual, NYSDEC Technical and Operational Guidance Series, good engineering practices, and this Section.
B. Erosion and Sediment Control Plan shall be reviewed and approved by the Environmental
Health and Safety Office, and implemented prior to any site work.
C. Maintain Erosion and Sediment Control measures throughout the course of site construction activities until vegetative growth is established to the Owner’s satisfaction.
D. At conclusion of the Project, remove all remaining temporary erosion control structures and properly dispose of accumulated sediment on-site in areas approved by the Owner.
1.4 PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
A. At no time shall construction operations or any related disturbance of the site result in the impairment of local waterways. “Impairment” is defined by regulations as including, but not limited to, the following:
1. The release of water into receiving waters that causes a substantial visible contrast to natural conditions; or
2. The deposition of significant sediment into such waters.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 57 13 Ithaca, New York SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT 01 57 13-2 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB CONTROL January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
B. Such deficiencies shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor to prevent further impairment.
C. In addition, and without notice to the Contractor, the Owner shall also have the right, based on the Owner’s independent assessment, to stop work or engage other contractor(s) to construct or correct such work as may be necessary to prevent the impairment of waterways, and to charge all costs related to such corrective or additional actions against the Contract.
D. Acceptance of an Erosion and Sediment Control plan shall not in any way imply that the plan will be adequate in preventing impairment of waters, or that maintenance and modification will not be necessary. Rather, acceptance of the plan authorizes the Contractor to begin installation of the control measures under the assumption the appropriate maintenance and modification will be required throughout the life of the project to meet the project requirements.
E. The Contractor’s responsibilities under this Section shall end upon final completion and
payment of the Work of the entire Contract.
1.5 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN COMPONENTS
A. The Erosion and Sediment Control Plan submitted shall specifically address project measures, features, and areas critical to proper site erosion and sediment control. The Plan shall
specifically include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Site Map, to scale;
2. Measures to prevent stormwater from running onto the disturbed areas of the site;
3. Inlet protection for storm sewers and catch basins;
4. Measures to be used for dewatering; and
5. Measures to be used for soil stabilization, runoff control, and sediment control, including specific measures for the following:
a. Site entrance stabilization
b. Staging areas
c. Material and soil stock piles
d. Concrete curing operations
e. Disturbed areas of the site
In addition to the requirements included in these specifications, specific erosion control measures shown on the Contract Drawings, if any, shall also be required.
B. All features shall be designed and installed in accordance with the references included in Paragraph 1.3 – Plan and Implementation General Requirements of this Section.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 57 13 Ithaca, New York SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT 01 57 13-3 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB CONTROL January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
C. Keep access roads and public roads clear of mud and construction debris at all times. Maintain dust control measures throughout construction.
1.6 INSPECTIONS
A. At the sole discretion of the Owner, inspections may be performed by a third party or on-staff representative of the Owner.
1. The Owner may inspect the site at any time, without prior notification, for compliance with the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan and applicable local, state and federal regulations. Any instances of non-compliances or failure to meet the performance standards found must be resolved within 24 hours, with more immediate responses as required to mitigate active erosion during storm events or similar instances.
2. Modify the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan as necessary, to provide full compliance with the performance standards.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 57 13***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-1 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
SECTION 01 66 00 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Receive, pile, store and handle all materials, equipment and other items incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work, including items furnished by the Owner in a careful and prudent manner and shall protect them against loss or damage from every source.
B. Obscure from public view, in a manner acceptable to the Owner, staging and storage areas.
1.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft.
B. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction space.
C. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses.
D. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installation.
E. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct and products are undamaged.
F. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement or damage.
1.3 ON-SITE STORAGE
A. Materials stored on the Site shall be neatly piled and protected, and shall be stored in a neat and orderly manner in locations that shall not interfere with the progress of the Work or with the daily functioning of the Institution.
B. Materials subject to weather damage shall be protected against the weather by floored weatherproof temporary storage sheds.
C. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-2 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
D. Storage piles and sheds shall be located within the area designated as the Staging Area. The Contractor shall work to insure that the condition of the staging area has no negative impact
on the Campus, visually or otherwise; and that outside of that area. The Contractor has no impact at all on the Campus.
E. Materials stored within the building shall be distributed in such a manner as to avoid overloading of the structural frame, and never shall be concentrated in such a manner as to exceed the equivalent of 50 pounds per square foot uniformly distributed loading. Stored materials shall be moved if they interfere with the progress of the work.
F. Should it become necessary during the course of the Work to move stored materials or equipment, the Contractor, at the direction of the Owner or the Owner's Representative, shall move such materials or equipment.
1.4 PALM ROAD STORAGE
A. All property including construction materials and equipment stored at the Palm Road location shall be stored at the Contractor’s sole risk. The Contractor is solely responsible for repair or
replacement of property due to any cause of loss.
B. The Contractor agrees to hold Cornell harmless from any accident or injury occurring at Palm Road storage site associated with the Contractor’s storage.
C. The Contractor understands that Cornell makes “no” warranty regarding any security at the Palm Road site.
D. The Contractor agrees that it is solely responsible for any cleanup of any site contamination
caused by the Contractor’s storage or storage operations and the Contractor agrees to pay for cleanup of any contamination and restore the site back to the same condition it was found.
E. It shall be assumed that the Contractor is responsible for site contamination unless the Contractor has reported condition prior to moving storage materials and equipment onto the site. Each Contractor shall be responsible for their own general area whether defined formally or not but in cases where pollutants have traveled or are found in the public areas used by all contractors, the Contractor agrees as follows:
1. If it cannot be determined who is responsible for site contamination after an
investigation, all contractors who could be responsible based upon location of the incident agree to share the expense of cleanup equally.
F. No storage of hazardous materials or environmental contaminants is permitted at the Palm
Road site. All barrels must have labels affixed identifying contents.
G. Unoccupied storage containers not within the project fence shall be labeled in the Cornell standard. Signs customized for the project shall be ordered from Ithaca Plastics, Inc., 305
West Green Street, Ithaca, New York 14850, Phone - 607.272.8232, Fax - 607.277.2579, Email – db@ithacaplastics.com.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-3 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
1.5 PROTECTION
A. The Contractor shall provide security personnel and adopt other security measures as may be necessary to adequately protect materials and equipment stored at the site. The Contractor
shall be obligated to replace or pay for all materials and equipment including items furnished by the Owner which have been damaged or stolen prior to completion of the Work.
B. Protection of Utilities
1. If during the course of the Project, it is necessary to work adjacent to existing utilities, pipelines, structures and equipment, the Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect existing facilities from damage.
2. Locations of utilities as shown on the Contract Documents are approximate only. The Contractor shall excavate or otherwise locate to verify existing utilities in advance of
its operation.
C. Protective Covering
1. All finished surfaces shall be protected by the Contractor as follows:
a. Door and window sills and the jambs and soffits of openings used as passageways or through which material is handled, shall be cased and protected adequately against possible damage resulting from the conduct of the work of all trades.
b. All surfaces shall be clean and not marred upon delivery of the building to the Owner. The Contractor shall, without extra compensation, replace all blocks, gypsum board, plaster, paint, tile, and all other surfaces, whether or not protected, which are damaged, and shall refinish (including painting as specified) to satisfaction of Owner.
c. Tight wood sheathing shall be laid under any materials that are stored on finished concrete surfaces and planking must be laid before moving any materials over these finished areas. Wheelbarrows used over such areas shall have rubber tires
on wheels.
d. Contractor has the responsibility for protection of carpeting and all finish flooring during all phases of the work including after installation.
e. All floors exposed to view as a floor finish shall be protected by overlaying with plywood in all areas subject to construction traffic within and without the building, special care shall be taken to protect all stair finish surfaces including
but not limited to flooring, wood in-fill stairs, cabinetry, counters, equipment, etc.
1.6 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
A. Protect installed products, including Owner-provided products, and control traffic in immediate area to prevent damage from subsequent operations.
B. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, corners, and jambs, sills, and soffits of openings in and adjacent to traffic areas.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-4 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
C. Cover walls and floors of elevator cabins, and jambs of cab doors, when elevators are used by construction personnel.
D. Protect finish floors and stairs from dirt, wear, and damage:
1. Secure heavy sheet goods or similar protective materials in place, in areas subject to foot traffic.
2. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas subject to movement of heavy objects.
3. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas where storage of products will occur.
E. Protect waterproofed and roofed surfaces:
1. Restrict use of surfaces for traffic of any kind, and for storage of products.
2. When an activity is mandatory, obtain recommendations for protection of surfaces from manufacturer. Install protection and remove on completion of activity. Restrict use of adjacent unprotected areas.
F. Restrict traffic of any kind across planted lawn and landscape areas.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 66 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 71 23 Ithaca, New York FIELD ENGINEERING
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES FIELD ENGINEERING 01 71 23-1 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
SECTION 01 71 23 FIELD ENGINEERING
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering services required for the Project.
1. Survey work required in execution of the Project.
2. Verify grades, lines, levels and dimensions shown on Drawings.
3. Lay out Work from established control points and bench marks.
4. Coordinate the Work of all trades.
5. It may be necessary at times to discontinue portions of Contractor's work in order that the Owner's Representative may check measurements or surveys without interruptions or other interferences that might impair the accuracy of the results. At any time, on request of the Owner's Representative, Contractor shall discontinue its work to such extent as may be necessary for this purpose and shall cooperate in all reasonable means
to the extent of providing labor, tools, or materials to assist the Owner's Representative in making measurements and surveys.
6. Notwithstanding anything set forth above, it shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to complete the works within the tolerances of lines and grades as given on the drawings. No direct payment or claim for additional compensation will be allowed the Contractor for any work or delay occasioned by the Owner's Representative
establishing or checking lines or grades or making other measurements, and no extension of time will be allowed for such delays.
B. Owner's Representative will identify existing control points and property line corner stakes indicated on the drawings, as required.
1.2 QUALIFICATION OF SURVEYOR
A. The Surveyor shall be a registered civil engineer or registered land surveyor, licensed in the state in which the Project is located and acceptable to the Owner.
1.3 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS
A. Basic horizontal and vertical control points for the Project are those designated on drawings.
B. Locate and protect control points prior to occupation of the site, and preserve all reference points during construction.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 71 23 Ithaca, New York FIELD ENGINEERING
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES FIELD ENGINEERING 01 71 23-2 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
1. Make no changes or relocations without prior written approval of the Architect and Owner.
2. Report to Owner when any reference point is lost or destroyed, or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations.
3. Require surveyor to replace reference points which may be lost or destroyed.
a. Establish replacements based on original survey control.
C. The Contractor shall provide and shall maintain axis lines on each floor and shall establish and shall maintain grade marks 4' 0" above the finished floor on each floor level.
D. The Contractor shall furnish such stakes and other required equipment, tools and materials, and all labor as may be required in laying out any part of the Work.
1.4 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS
A. Prior to start of construction operations, review and verify figures shown on Drawings and on surveys furnished by Owner.
B. Establish lines and levels, locate and lay out, by instrumentation and similar appropriate
means for site improvements, stakes for grading, fill and topsoil replacement, utility slopes and invert elevations, batter boards for structures, foundations, column locations and floor levels, and controlling lines and levels required for the mechanical and electrical trades.
C. From time to time, verify layouts by the same methods.
1.5 RECORDS
A. Maintain a complete, accurate log of all control and survey work as it progresses.
1. Make available to Architect and Owner on request: field books, notes, logs and other
data developed in performing survey and control work.
2. Maintain a record plan at field office for the information and use of all parties, recording reference points, control points and bench marks.
B. On completion of foundations and major site improvements, prepare a certified survey showing all dimensions, locations, angles and elevations of construction and turn over to Owner. Submit copies of certified survey in accordance with Section 01 78 39 - Record Documents.
C. When all enclosing walls are complete, certify the location and plumb of the walls.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit written qualifications of surveyor to Architect and Owner prior to starting survey work.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 71 23 Ithaca, New York FIELD ENGINEERING
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES FIELD ENGINEERING 01 71 23-3 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
B. Submit name and address of Professional Engineer to the Architect.
C. Submit documentation to verify accuracy of field engineering work.
D. Submit certificate signed by registered engineer or registered surveyor certifying that elevations and improvements are in conformance, or nonconformance, with Contract Documents.
1. Indicate on record drawings all variations from Contract Drawings.
2. Indicate horizontal locations and elevations of all existing underground utilities encountered during excavation and construction.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 71 23***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-1 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB AND REPAIRING January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting and patching, including excavation and backfill, required to complete the Work or to:
1. Make its several parts fit together properly.
2. Uncover portions of the Work to provide for installation of ill-timed work.
3. Remove and replace defective work.
4. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents.
5. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing.
6. Repair or restore existing or new surfaces and finishes to match adjacent existing or new surfaces and finishes.
B. Upon written instructions of the Owner’s Representative:
1. Uncover designated portions of Work for Architect's observation of covered work.
2. Remove samples of installed materials for testing beyond that specified.
3. Remove work to provide for the alteration of previously incorrectly installed work.
4. Patch work uncovered or removed.
C. Do not damage or endanger any work by cutting or altering the Work or any part thereof.
D. Do not cut or otherwise alter the work of the Owner except with the written consent of the Owner’s Representative.
E. Where cutting and patching involves adding reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration of reinforcement with the original structure.
F. Openings and Chases
1. Build openings, including but not limited to channels, chases and flues as required to complete the Work as set forth in the Contract.
2. After installation and completion of any work for which openings have been provided, build in, over, and around and finish all such openings as required to complete the Work.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-2 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB AND REPAIRING January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
3. Furnish and install all sleeves, inserts, hangers and supports required for the execution of the Work.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit a written request to the Architect prior to executing any cutting, alteration or excavation which affects the work of the Owner, or which may affect the structural safety of any portion of the Project. Include:
1. Identification of the Project.
2. Description of the affected work.
3. The necessity for doing the cutting, alteration or excavation.
4. The effect on the work of the Owner’s property, or on the structural integrity of the Project.
5. Description of the proposed work:
a. The scope of cutting, patching, alteration, or excavation.
b. Contractor and trades who will execute the work.
c. Products proposed to be used.
d. The extent of refinishing to be done.
6. Alternatives to cutting, patching or excavation.
7. Designation of the responsibility for the cost of cutting and patching.
8. Written permission of any separate contractor whose work will be affected.
B. Should conditions of the work or the schedule indicate a change of products from the original installation, submit a request for substitution as specified in Section 01 25 00 - Substitutions and Product Options.
C. Submit a written notice to the Architect and the Owner designating the date and the time the work will be uncovered.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that would change their load-carrying capacity for load-deflection ratio.
1. Obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching structural elements, including but not limited to the following:
a. Foundation construction
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-3 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB AND REPAIRING January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
b. Bearing and retaining walls
c. Structural concrete
d. Structural steel and lintels
e. Structural decking
f. Miscellaneous structural metals
g. Exterior wall back-up supports and anchoring systems
h. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment supports
i. Equipment supports
B. Operational Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in increased maintenance or decreased operation life or safety.
1. Obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching
the following operating elements or safety related systems:
a. Primary operational systems and equipment
b. Air or smoke barriers
c. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers
d. Membranes and flashings
e. Fire protection systems
f. Control systems
g. Communication systems
h. Electrical wiring systems
i. Operating systems of special construction in MEP work
C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in the Owner’s opinion, reduce the building’s aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that would result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace construction which was cut and
patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner at no expense to the Owner.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-4 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB AND REPAIRING January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
D. Waterproofing and Water Tightness: Do not cut or alter waterproofed walls or floors or any structural members without written permission of the Owner.
1. Waterproofing and Roofing Membranes
a. Employ qualified contractors to accomplish all required cutting, patching, or repairing of existing waterproofing and roofing membranes.
b. Before beginning cutting, patching or repairing of existing waterproofing and roofing membranes, obtain approval of all materials, methods and contractor to be used from the Owner and agency, or agencies, holding bond or guarantee/warranty in force for membrane.
2. Water Tightness
a. The Contractor shall be responsible for water tightness of product, materials, and workmanship, including work specified to be watertight and inferred by general practice to be watertight.
b. All floors (slabs), walls, roof, glazing, windows, doors, sleeves through foundation walls, flashings, and similar items shall be watertight.
c. If details or materials shown or specified are felt not satisfactory to produce water
tightness, the Contractor shall inform the Owner’s Representative before installation and submit proposed substitution or alternative method for review and approval. The Contractor shall execute approved change and make watertight at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.4 WARRANTIES
A. Replace, patch, and repair material and surfaces cut or damaged by methods and with materials in such a manner as not to void any warranties required or existing.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Comply with the Contract Documents for each product involved.
B. Use materials identical to in-place or existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of in-place or existing materials, and will match visual appearance of in-place or existing materials.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-5 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB AND REPAIRING January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Inspect existing conditions of the Project, including elements subject to damage or to movement during:
1. Cutting and patching.
2. Excavation and backfilling.
B. After uncovering work, inspect the conditions affecting the installation of products, or performance of the work.
C. Report unsatisfactory or dubious conditions to the Architect in writing; do not proceed with the work until the Architect has provided further instructions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Provide shoring, bracing and other support as necessary to assure the structural safety of that portion of the Work.
B. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of the Project from damage.
C. Provide for vertical and lateral support required to protect adjacent buildings and properties.
D. Provide protection from the elements for that portion of the Project which may be exposed
by cutting and patching work, including but not limited to pumping to maintain excavations free from water.
E. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining
areas.
F. Avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit, or ductwork serving the building but scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them.
3.3 PERFORMANCE
A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay.
1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-6 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB AND REPAIRING January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods which will assure safety, will be least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction, and will provide proper surfaces to
receive new work.
1. In general, where cutting, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.
2. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces.
3. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine, such as a carbon saw or a diamond-core drill.
4. Comply with the requirements of applicable MEP work where cutting and patching of services is required.
C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances.
1. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the
installation.
2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing.
a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces.
3. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide an even finish to match adjacent finishes:
a. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection.
b. For an assembly, refinish the entire unit.
4. When patching existing plaster finished walls and partitions, the Contractor shall utilize plaster trim, lath and other metal components to match the integrity of the existing system. All plaster finishes shall match existing finishes so as to provide a uniform
visual appearance.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-7 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB AND REPAIRING January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
5. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are demolished extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an
even surface of uniform finish color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance.
a. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications.
6. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or re-hang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance.
7. Concrete Masonry Units: Patch walls by toothing-in units using salvaged or new CMU units matching in-place units for type and size. Match coursing patterns, mortar joint profiles, and other features of in-place CMU walls. Use accessory materials compatible
with in-place materials.
8. Brick and Masonry: Patch walls by toothing-in units using salvaged or new brick and masonry matching in-place brick and masonry units. Match coursing patterns, mortar
joint profiles, and other features of in-place brick and masonry walls. Use accessory materials compatible with in-place materials.
9. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weather-tight condition.
a. Existing Roofing: Comply with requirements of existing roofing manufacturer for cutting and patching existing roofing system. Provide flashing and trim, base sheets, base flashing, adhesives, insulation, blocking, substrate boards, accessories, and other required items to patch roofing at penetrations and roof-top mounted items.
D. Repairs: Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials.
5. Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls that are to remain with an approved masonry patching material applied according to manufacturer's written recommendations.
E. Execute excavating and backfilling by methods which will assure safety, will prevent settlement or damage to other work.
F. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a finished installation to comply with
specified products, functions, tolerances and finishes.
G. Restore work which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide completed work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-8 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB AND REPAIRING January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
H. The Contractor shall replace, repair and patch all surfaces of the ground and of any structure disturbed by its operations and its Work which surfaces and structures are intended to remain
even if such operations and work are outside the property lines. Such replacement, repair and patching shall be with like material and shall restore surfaces as they existed.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean area and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar items. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.
B. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective
demolition operations began.
***END OF SECTION 01 73 29***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-1 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
SECTION 01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 INSPECTIONS
A. Substantial Completion:
1. Within a minimum of five (5) days prior to substantial completion, when the Work has reached such a point of completion that the building or buildings, equipment and apparatus can be occupied and used for the purpose intended, the Contractor shall conduct a detailed inspection of the Work to ensure that all requirements of the Contract have been met and that the Work is complete and is acceptable. Contractor shall prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list),
indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete.
2. After receipt of the Contractor’s initial punch list, the Architect will make an inspection of the Work to determine that the Work is substantially complete and that requirements
of the Contract have been met and that the Work is sufficiently complete and is acceptable for use. The Architect will submit a marked-up list of items to be completed and/or corrected, inclusive of the Contractor’s punch list. The Architect shall prepare a
Certificate of Substantial Completion, on the basis of an inspection, when the Architect has determined that the work is substantially complete.
3. A copy of the report of the inspection will be furnished to the Contractor as the
inspection progresses so that the Contractor may proceed without delay with any part of the Work found to be incomplete or defective.
4. All work performed under a Fire Protection System Installation/Alteration Operating Permit shall be inspected by the Ithaca Fire Department, or if so delegated by the Ithaca Building Department.
a. A member of the Ithaca Fire Department shall witness all acceptance or reacceptance testing of work performed under a Fire Protection System Installation Operating Permit. All testing and inspections shall be in compliance with the applicable NFPA codes as referenced by Section 906.1 of the Fire Code of NYS.
b. Work classified as a ‘Repair’ under the Existing Building Code does not require
the Ithaca Fire Department to witness the testing of the affected systems. Systems that have been repaired must still be tested as required by the Fire Code of NYS and NFPA.
c. The Ithaca Fire Department Shall Witness the Acceptance or Reacceptance Testing for the Following Conditions:
- Testing of any new installation of a fire alarm, fire suppression, or fire detection system as required by the Fire Code of New York State.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-2 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
- Hydrostatic testing of sprinkler system where the modification affects more than twenty (20) sprinkler heads and the modified area can be isolated from
the rest of the system
- Installation or replacement of a fire pump or drive elements of the fire pump.
- A Fire Alarm System with added or deleted components.
- A Fire Alarm System where the wiring or control circuits have been modified.
- A Fire Alarm System where the control unit (Fire Alarm Panel) has been replaced or the control unit software has been replaced.
- A smoke control system where the master control unit, individual fan control unit, or fan drive unit has been replaced or modified
- An alternative fire suppression system that has been replaced or the actuation elements have been modified. Except: fusible link replacement.
- A modification or extension of the piping for a fire standpipe system where a hydrostatic test is required by NFPA 14.
B. Final Acceptance:
1. When the items appearing on the report of inspection have been completed or corrected, the Contractor shall so advise the Architect. After receipt of this notification and Contractor’s certified list of completed items, the Owner's Representative will inform
the Contractor of the date and time of final inspection. A copy of the report of the final inspection containing all remaining contract exceptions, omissions and incomplete work will be furnished to the Contractor.
2. After receipt of notification of completion and all remaining contract exceptions, omissions and incomplete work from the Contractor, the Architect will make an inspection to verify completion of the exception items appearing on the report of final inspection.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial punch list submittal at Substantial Completion.
1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor, listing by room or space number. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for
individual exterior face elevations, ceilings, individual walls, floors, doors, roof levels, casework, equipment, and building systems.
B. Contractor's Certified List of Completed Items: Final signed punch list submittal at Final
Completion.
C. Certificates of Release: Occupancy permits from authorities having jurisdiction.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-3 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
1.3 FINAL CLEAN UP
A. Upon completion of the work covered by the Contract the Contractor shall leave the completed Project ready for use and occupancy without the need of further cleaning of any
kind and with all Work in new condition and in perfect order. In addition, upon completion of all Work the Contractor shall remove from the vicinity of the Work all plant, buildings, rubbish, unused materials, concrete forms and other materials belonging to him or used under its direction during construction or impairing the use or appearance of the property and shall restore such areas affected by the work to their original condition, and, in the event of its failure to do so, the same shall be removed by the Owner at the expense of the Contractor, and the Contractor and/or its surety shall be liable therefore. Final clean-up shall include but not be limited to the following:
1. All finished surfaces shall be swept, dusted, washed and polished. This includes cleaning of the Work of all finishing trades where needed, whether or not cleaning by such trades is included in their respective sections of the specifications.
2. Roofs, utility tunnels, manholes and pipe trenches and spaces between the new and existing Work shall be left thoroughly cleaned.
3. Finished flooring shall be thoroughly cleaned in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
4. Where the finish of floors has been marred or damaged in any space or area, the entire floor of that space or area shall be refinished as recommended by the manufacturers of the flooring.
5. All equipment shall be in an undamaged, bright, clean, polished and new appearing condition.
6. All new glass shall be washed and polished, both sides. The Contractor shall be responsible for all breakage of glass in the area of the Work from the commencement of its activities until the building is turned over to Owner. The Contractor shall replace all broken glass and deliver the entire building with all glazing intact and clean.
7. Provide new filters for all fan convectors after final cleaning.
8. Refer to exterior clean up. Remove paint and glazing compound from surfaces.
B. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by construction operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before construction operations began.
C. Cleaning of Existing Duct Systems in Renovated Areas:
1. Cleaning work shall be performed by firm which has minimum three (3) years’ experience in mechanical cleaning of air systems. Work shall be done by skilled
mechanics, technicians and experienced supervisors.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-4 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
2. Clean dirt, dust and debris from air units, associated equipment air ducts; sanitize same. Cleaning shall include:
a. Cleaning of air unit’s supply, return and exhaust sections including coils, fans, filter racks, outdoor air intake shaft, and interior surfaces.
b. Cleaning of dampers, heating coils, humidifiers, and similar devices in ductwork.
c. Marking of duct-mounted damper settings, prior to cleaning, and returning dampers to marked positions after cleaning. This includes fire dampers, zone dampers, balancing dampers and volume dampers.
d. Cleaning of terminal supply, return and exhaust grilles, registers and diffusers.
e. Cutting of access holes in ductwork for cleaning process, as well as sealing and patching of same.
f. Removal of portions of duct system which cannot otherwise be thoroughly cleaned, and replacement thereof.
g. Sealing of lined duct systems, upon completion.
h. Removal and reinstallation of ceiling panels, tiles, ceiling support tracks, and other ceiling construction, as required to facilitate cleaning.
i. Providing access doors required to facilitate cleaning.
3. Cleaning shall meet National Air Duct Cleaners Association (NADCA) Standards, capable of verification by NADCA Vacuum Test. Cleanliness shall be subject to Architect’s visual review; provide re-cleaning as necessary to satisfy Architect
a. Cleaning methods may include vacuuming, brushing, mechanical brushing, scraping, or air washing. Use method best suited for locations involved.
b. Do NOT use methods which could damage the system or the building.
c. Remove dirt, dust, lint and other accumulations by HEPA filtered air machine capable of minimum 6000 cfm. Air machine shall operate to obtain 1250 fpm across the work space. Use brushes, mechanical agitators or air whips to dislodge contaminants to be collected by the air machine.
d. Cleaning shall begin at the furthest point of the return system and at the outdoor air intake. Cleaning shall proceed toward the air handling equipment. Cleaning shall finish at the furthest point of the supply ductwork.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-5 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
1.4 MAINTENANCE STOCK
A. Turn over to Owner's Representative the maintenance stock specified. Contractor shall obtain signed receipt from Owner's Representative for all maintenance stock.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 77 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22 Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 01 78 22-1 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
SECTION 01 78 22 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY
A. The Owner shall provide the Contractor with a list of Equipment Types to be inventoried and an Excel template.
B. The Contractor shall populate the template (see Example Equipment List to be inventoried in Section 1.2). Once populated, the Contractor shall electronically return to the list to the Owner’s Representative. The initial data to be captured on each piece of equipment shall include:
1. Name of Product
2. Equipment Classification
3. Manufacturer
4. Model Number
5. Serial Number
6. Cost
7. Location (including Building and Room Number)
8. Acquisition Date (Date of Installation)
C. The Owner shall from the Contractor provided data create a follow-up equipment Excel template that contains the MAXIMO ID for the equipment with all the name plate and specification fields for each type of equipment. This template shall then be returned to the Contractor.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initial labeling of the equipment and its’ disconnects with the MAXIMO ID using an electronic label maker. ID labels shall be in close proximity to Equipment Identification information, visually locatable from the access
point to the equipment and on the face of disconnects.
E. The Contractor shall then populate the MAXIMO Equipment Specification Template with the equipment nameplate, specification information, and warranty information. The
Contractor shall electronically submit the equipment data and any related documentation (i.e. - O&M manuals) to the Owner’s Representative.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22 Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 01 78 22-2 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
F. EXAMPLE EQUIPMENT LIST
• Building Equipment
• AC Drive/VSD
• Air Dryer
• Backflow Preventor
• Air Compressor
• Building
• Sprinkler
• Control
• Vacuum
• Pump
• Condensate
• Glycol
• CWC
• HWC
• Potable
• Sanitary Sewer
• Storm Sewer
• Sump
• Quality Water
• Fuel
• Fan
• Exhaust
• Supply
• Return
• Fume Hood
• Furnace
• Generator
• Hot Water Heater
• Heat Exchangers
• Boiler
• Tank
• Unit Heater
• Fan Coil
• VAV Box
• Transfer Switch
• Motor
• Pump
• Fan
• Lift/Levelers
• Water Softener
• Reverse Osmosis
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 78 22***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, OPERATING AND 01 78 23-1 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB MAINTENANCE DATA January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation of products furnished under the Contract.
1. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section, as referenced in other pertinent sections of Specifications and as necessary to operate the completed work.
2. Operations and maintenance data, in final format, shall be available to the Owner prior to substantial completion.
B. Instruct Owner's personnel in the maintenance of products and in the operation of equipment and systems.
1.2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS
A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's personnel.
B. Submit a CD with electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system of complete manual in final form.
1. Format:
a. Size: 8-1/2" x 11”.
b. Text: Manufacturer's, scanned .pdf and/or neatly typewritten Word file.
c. Drawings in electronic format
- Drawings are required in PDF format. Drawings shall be in AutoCAD v14 or higher format.
d. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, and major component parts of equipment.
- Provide type description of product, and major component parts of equipment.
- Provide indexed PDF bookmarks.
- Provide a series of files organized in subdirectories with a summary index
with hyperlinks to the various documents.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, OPERATING AND 01 78 23-2 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB MAINTENANCE DATA January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
e. Cover: Identify each volume with title "OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS".
List:
- Title of Project
- Identity of separate structure as applicable.
- Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual.
1.3 CONTENT OF MANUAL
A. Table of contents, typewritten, for each volume, arranged in a systematic order.
1. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number.
2. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to the content of the volume.
3. List, with each product, the name, address and telephone number of:
a. Subcontract or installer.
b. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate.
c. Identify the area of responsibility of each.
d. Local source of supply for parts and replacement.
4. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents.
B. Product Data:
1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product.
2. Annotate each sheet to:
a. Clearly identify the specific product or part installed.
b. Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation.
c. Delete reference to inapplicable information.
C. Submittal Data:
1. Include a record copy of the final, approved product submittal. Record copy shall be a clean copy (free of notes from the design professional) which has been updated to reflect the “as-installed” system.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, OPERATING AND 01 78 23-3 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB MAINTENANCE DATA January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
D. Drawings:
1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate:
a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems.
b. Control and flow diagrams.
2. Coordinate drawings with information on Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation.
3. Do not use Record Documents as maintenance drawings.
E. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation:
1. Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures.
2. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure.
F. Original copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued.
1. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel, give:
a. Proper procedures in the event of failure.
b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranties or bonds.
1.4 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES
A. Submit electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system.
B. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes:
1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products:
a. Catalog number, size, and composition.
b. Color and texture designations.
c. Information required for reordering special-manufactured products.
d. Certification as to asbestos free
2. Instructions for care and maintenance:
a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods.
b. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to the product.
c. Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, OPERATING AND 01 78 23-4 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB MAINTENANCE DATA January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
C. Content, for moisture-protection and weather-exposed products:
1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products.
a. Applicable standards
b. Chemical composition
c. Details of installation
2. Instructions for inspection, maintenance, and repair.
D. Additional requirements for maintenance data: The respective sections of Specifications.
1.5 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
A. Submit electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system.
B. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate:
1. Description of unit and component parts.
a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests.
c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of all replaceable parts.
2. Operating procedures:
a. Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions.
b. Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions.
c. Summer and winter operating instructions.
d. Special operating instructions.
3. Maintenance Procedures:
a. Routine operations.
b. Guide to "trouble-shooting".
c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly.
d. Alignment, adjusting and checking.
4. Servicing and lubrication required:
a. List of lubricants required.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, OPERATING AND 01 78 23-5 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB MAINTENANCE DATA January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer.
7. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance.
a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear.
b. Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.
8. As-installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer.
9. Each contractor's coordination drawings.
a. As-installed color coded piping diagrams.
10. Charts of valve tag numbers, with the location and function of each valve.
11. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage.
12. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications.
C. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate:
1. Description of system and component parts:
a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests.
c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts.
2. Circuit directories of panel boards:
a. Electrical service.
b. Controls.
c. Communications.
3. As-installed color coded wiring diagrams.
4. Operating procedures:
a. Routine and normal operating instructions.
b. Sequences required.
c. Special operating instructions.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, OPERATING AND 01 78 23-6 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB MAINTENANCE DATA January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
5. Maintenance procedures:
a. Routine operations.
b. Guide to "trouble-shooting".
c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly.
d. Adjustment and checking.
6. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage.
8. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications.
D. Additional requirements for operations and maintenance data: See the respective sections of Specifications and General Conditions.
1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Submit through ePM system preliminary draft of proposed formats and outlines of contents thirty (30) calendar days after approved submittals.
B. Submit completed data in final form twenty (20) calendar days prior the Acceptance Phase of the Project.
C. Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form prior to final acceptance.
1.7 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL
A. Prior to final inspections or acceptance, fully instruct Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel in the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all products, equipment and systems:
1. Instruction time shall be sufficient to fully instruct all shifts of the Owner's operating and maintenance personnel.
B. Operations and maintenance shall constitute the basis of instruction:
1. Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, OPERATING AND 01 78 23-7 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB MAINTENANCE DATA January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
C. Submit typewritten statement, signed by each of Owner's Representatives who have been instructed, describing:
1. Method of Instruction.
2. Equipment and Systems Operated.
3. Length of Instruction Period.
D. Contractor is fully responsible until final acceptance, even though operated by Owner's personnel, unless otherwise agreed in writing.
1.8 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A. List under clear plastic (1/8" thick) all operating, maintenance and starting precautions and procedures to be followed by Owner for operating all systems and equipment.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 78 23***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-1 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
SECTION 01 78 36 WARRANTIES AND BONDS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
The Contractor shall:
A. Compile specified warranties and bonds.
B. Compile specified service and maintenance contracts.
C. Co-execute submittals when so specified.
D. Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents.
E. Submit to Architect for transmittal to Owner.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies general administrative and procedural requirements for warranties and bonds required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturers standard warranties on products and special warranties.
1. Refer to the General Conditions for terms of the Contractor's special warranty of
workmanship and materials.
2. General closeout requirements are included in Section 01 77 00 - "Project Closeout."
3. Specific requirements for warranties for the Work and products and installations that are specified to be warranted, are included in the individual Sections of Divisions 2 through 40.
4. Certifications and other commitments and agreements for continuing services to Owner are specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
B. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products, nor does it relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the Contractor.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Standard Product Warranties are pre-printed written warranties published by individual manufacturers for particular products and are specifically endorsed by the manufacturer to the Owner.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-2 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
B. Special Warranties are written warranties required by or incorporated in the Contract Documents, either to extend time limits provided by standard warranties or to provide greater
rights for the Owner
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Use adequate care and diligence to review Contract Documents to identify detailed requirements relating to warranties and bonds.
B. Verify that each item required for this submittal conforms with specified requirements.
1.5 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS
A. In addition to standard and special warranties described in Divisions 2 through 40, Contractor shall warrant Work included in this project, for a minimum period of one (1) year following acceptance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion by Owner, to cover performance, materials, workmanship and compliance with Contract Documents.
B. Corrective Work: Provide service within thirty (30) calendar days when requested by Owner. Perform services during normal working hours, unless specifically directed otherwise by Owner. Coordinate with Owner’s representative to schedule performance of corrective work.
Where designated service providers cannot perform corrective work within the Owner’s required time frame, engage another qualified service provider. Submit a written statement to Owner upon completion of corrective work; document work performed and list outstanding items, if any.
1. When a completed breakdown of a piece of equipment occurs and the malfunction of a system affects the environment or program involving 50 or more persons at a time (employees and students combined), or creates a safety or security risk to the Owner, an EMERGENCY may be declared by the Owner. The Owner may declare an emergency as defined above at which time the service response must be within 4 hours and may require action during non-normal working hours.
2. When an emergency condition occurs, the Owner may take immediate corrective action to relieve the problem by making, a minimum as possible, temporary adjustments and/or repairs when necessary to decrease the problem until the designated Contractor’s representative can respond. These temporary adjustments and repairs will in no way jeopardize the existing warranty.
3. The Owner’s service staff will advise the Contractor’s Representative of all temporary adjustments and repairs done in relation to the malfunctioning equipment or facility.
4. If the Contractor fails to respond with actual service within four (4) hours, and/or the necessary repairs or adjustments are not satisfactorily complete twenty-four (24) hours, the Owner will have the authority to make the necessary repairs or adjustments and
charge the Contractor for parts and labor.
5. If all adjustments and repairs done by the Owner in relation to the above conditions are
done by authorized district personnel, there will be no negative effect of future
warranty claims.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-3 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
C. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting failed or damaged warranted Work, remove and replace other Work that has been damaged as a result of such failure or that must be
removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted Work.
D. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation.
E. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work regardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use of the Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life.
F. Owner's Recourse: Expressed warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied warranties, and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise available
under the law. Expressed warranty periods shall not be interpreted as limitations on time in which the Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies.
G. Contractor's Procurement Obligations: Do not purchase, subcontract for, or allow others to
purchase or subcontract for materials or units of Work for Project where a special project guaranty, specified product warranty, certification, or similar commitment is required until it has been determined that entities required to sign or countersign such commitments are willing to do so.
H. Specific Warranty. Where a special warranty, certification, or similar commitment is required on such Work or part of the Work, the Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept the Work until the Contractor presents evidence that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so.
1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Submit written warranties to the Architect prior to the date certified for Substantial Completion. If the Architect’s Certificate of Substantial Completion designates a commencement date for warranties other than the date of Substantial Completion for the Work, or a designated portion of the Work, submit written warranties upon request of the Architect or Owner.
1. When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by the Owner, by separate agreement with the Contractor during the construction period, submit properly executed warranties to the Architect and Owner within fifteen (15) days of completion of that designated portion of the Work.
B. When a special warranty is required to be executed by the Contractor, or the Contractor and a subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a
draft to the Owner through the Architect for acceptance prior to final execution.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-4 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
1.7 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED
A. Submit warranties, bonds, and service and maintenance contracts as specified in the respective sections of Specifications. Submit a schedule listing all required warranties.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 FORM OF SUBMITTALS
A. The Warranties and Bonds shall be in electronic pdf format. Each submission shall include the title of the Project and the name of the Contractor.
B. Provide a series of files organized in subdirectories with a summary index with hyperlinks to the various documents and or references.
C. Assemble warranties, bonds and service and maintenance contracts, executed by each of the respective manufacturers, suppliers and subcontractors.
D. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in orderly sequence. Provide complete information for each item.
1. Product or work item.
2. Item description.
3. Notation of what the equipment serves (e.g. – Provides perimeter heat)
4. Warranty Provider. Is the warranty provided by a manufacturer or installer?
5. Firm, with name of principal and responsible party, address and telephone number.
6. Scope.
7. Duration.
a. Date of beginning of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract
b. End date of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract.
8. Provide information for Owner's personnel:
a. Proper procedure in case of failure.
b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranty or bond.
9. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-5 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
3.2 TIME OF SUBMITTALS
A. Make final submittals within ten (10) days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final request for payment.
B. For items of work when acceptance is delayed materially beyond the Date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten (10) days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the start of the warranty period.
***END OF SECTION 01 78 36***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-1 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
SECTION 01 78 39 RECORD DOCUMENTS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall maintain at the site, during construction, one record copy of:
1. Drawings
2. Specifications
3. Addenda
4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract
5. Architect's Field Orders or written instructions.
6. Final Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples
7. Field Test records
8. Construction photographs
1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES
A. Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from documents used for
construction.
1. Provide files and racks for storage of documents.
2. Provide cabinet or storage space for storage of samples.
B. File documents and samples in accordance with Data Filing Format of the Uniform Construction Index.
C. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record documents for construction purposes.
D. Make documents and samples available at all times for review by the Owner’s Representative and the Architect.
1.3 RECORDING
A. Label each document "AS BUILT" in neat large printed letters.
B. Record information concurrently with construction progress.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-2 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
1. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded.
C. Survey Mapping
1. Provide an accurate topographic, planimetric, utility map of as-built conditions, and mapped locations and elevations of constructed facilities / elements including as-built and exposed underground utilities. Survey work in progress as required to accurately locate constructed facilities / elements. Survey final condition of project extents at final acceptance.
a. Site related elements including:
- Sidewalks, ramps, curbs, and gutters - indicate type and surface material.
- Streets, drive ways, parking areas, labeled with material.
- Fences, walls, steps, handrails, signs, site furniture and light fixtures labeled with material.
- Live trees which have a trunk diameter of three inches (3”) or greater and all isolated or specimen trees. Measure tree trunk 3’ above grade. Indicate approximate trunk diameter, “drip line” and common name of tree.
- Shrubs, show outlines of shrub masses.
- Streams and bodies of water.
b. Utility related elements and supporting infrastructure including:
- Manholes, catch basins, drain inlets, cleanouts, vent stacks, tanks, underdrains, foundation drains, monitoring wells, detention/retention/filtration facilities. Label type (sanitary or storm), dimensions and material of structure and cover/grate; pipe connections; sizes, materials, direction of flow and invert elevations. Locate and identify size, material, and invert elevations for culverts.
- Water, gas, central steam, chilled water or other pressure lines, valve boxes, meter boxes, hydrants, tanks, fittings, etc. Label type, size, material, elevations at building walls and all intersections, connections and vertical angle changes.
- Utility poles, above and below ground lines including but not limited to power, street lighting, traffic control communication and sensors, telephone,
television, communication, fire and police call boxes, public communication or display facilities. Label utility as direct buried, in conduit, or concrete encased duct. Identify elevations at building walls and
all intersections, connections and vertical angle changes. Label all utilities and associated duct banks or conduits with sizes and materials.
- Existing and abandoned utilities exposed during construction. Show ends of abandoned utilities left in place and assumed continued direction of utilities. Label with information as listed above.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-3 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
2. Survey mapping shall be done under the personal supervision of a Surveyor, registered in and licensed by the State of New York, who shall certify under his/her seal the
accuracy of the survey.
3. Field Survey Accuracy:
- Horizontal and Vertical mapping shall be ACSM Second Order Class II, 1 in 20,000.
4. Coordinate base:
- NAD83-86 geodetic system with grid values in the New York Central State Plane coordinate system in feet with elevations in NAVD ’88 in feet.
5. Each different feature shall be drafted on a separate named CAD level/layer in Microstation or AutoCAD format using industry standard symbology of color, line style, line weight, and cells.
6. Provide an ASCII file list of coordinates for all survey points including control, feature,
and topographic in the following comma delimited format: Point number, Northing coordinate, Easting coordinate, Elevation coordinate, Point description.
7. Topography and spot elevations:
a. Topographic contours shall be accurately plotted at one foot (1’) contour intervals.
b. Record spot grade elevations as follows:
i. Within natural ground and lawn and planted areas, spot elevations shall be
shown to one-tenth of a foot (0.1’). Within all areas of built-up improvements such as pavements, curbs, steps, walls, utility and drainage systems or other site improvements, spot elevations shall be shown to one-hundredth of a foot (0.01’).
ii. Existing grade at building corners; and thresholds and finished floor at all entrance, exit, or access points.
iii. Develop road cross sections at 50-foot intervals maximum, record spot elevations for all drive centerlines and all beginning radius of street intersections. For each cross section obtain elevations for front and back of existing sidewalk, top and bottom of curb, and centerline of the street. Obtain elevations for centerline intersection of all roads.
iv. For trees of three inches to eighteen inches (3” - 18”) in diameter, record elevation at high and low side at base of trunk. For specimen trees of eighteen inches (18”) or greater diameter, indicate four (4) spot elevations on the north, south, east, and west at base of each trunk to one-hundredth (.01) foot elevation.
v. Base, top, corners, and at cheek walls for all steps. Indicate elevations at top
and bottom of walls and curbs.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-4 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
vi. Rim elevations of all catch basins, drain inlets, manholes, valve boxes, slabs on grade. Inverts at all sewer pipes and culverts. Bottom of structure floor
and sump.
D. Drawings
As built drawings shall consist of making any changes neatly and clearly on the Contract Drawings using colored ink or pencil, shall be kept current by the contractor on a day-to-day basis in concert with the progress of the work. Where applicable, the change marked on a drawing is to carry the notation “per Change Order No. X”, or similar reference which cites the reason for the change. As an alternative approach the Contractor can submit a plan for producing the “As-Built” drawings via electronic mark-up in Bluebeam, Adobe Professional, or other similar program as an alternative to colored pencil or ink mark-ups. Such plan shall be subject to approval of the Owner.
The day-to-day construction as built drawings shall be made available to the Architect or
Owner’s Representative for review upon request. The "As built" drawings shall show all changes to the following areas of construction:
1. Architectural:
a. Modifications to components dictated by the building code
b. Wall, door, window locations
c. Built in casework locations
d. New rated door and wall schedules/ locations
e. Material and products where submittals are requested
2. Civil and Structural
a. Dimensions for load carrying elements, both horizontal and vertical
b. Materials and products where submittals are requested
c. Load carrying elements and foundation systems
d. Site related elements including:
- Building outlines, entranceways, areaways, roof overhangs, downspouts, significant architectural projections and other pertinent data.
e. All significant changes in foundations, columns, beams, openings, concrete reinforcing, lintels, concealed anchorages and "knock-out" panels made during
construction.
f. Building envelope systems including roofing systems and building shell systems
g. Geotechnical subsurface information
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-5 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
h. Items that will require future maintenance
i. Life safety critical items
3. Mechanical (HVAC, Plumbing and Fire Protection)
a. Products where submittals are requested
b. Final locations of all equipment.
c. Final sizes and materials of piping and ductwork.
d. Final locations of inaccessible piping and ductwork.
e. Final locations of all controls equipment, including all sensors and actuators.
f. Final locations of all valves and dampers, including all shutoff valves, balance dampers and fire dampers.
g. Location of access doors for all equipment in concealed locations.
h. Final location and arrangement of all mechanical equipment and concealed gas, sprinkler, domestic, sanitary and drainage systems piping and other plumbing, including, but not limited to, supply and circulating mains, principal valves, meters, clean-outs, drains, pumps and controls, vent stacks, sanitary and storm water drainage.
4. Electrical
a. Products where submittals were requested.
b. Circuit (wire and raceway) size, number, and type.
c. Main circuit pathways for Fire Alarm, Emergency Power, and Access Control/Security systems.
d. Final locations of equipment and devices, interior and exterior luminaires, and power supplies.
e. Final location of electric signal system panels, final arrangement of all circuits and any significant changes made in electrical signal system design as a result of Change Order or job conditions.
5. Environmental
a. Utility related elements and supporting infrastructure
b. Storm water maintenance/testing access points
c. Location of unusual excavation findings / contaminated soil (i.e. mercury
uncovered during excavation, also on-site spills during construction), including quantity excavated/disposed.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS
WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-6 PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB January 17, 2020 ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE REPLACEMENT
E. Specifications and Addenda
Legibly mark each section to record:
1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and Supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed.
2. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order.
1.4 SUBMITTAL
A. At Contract close-out, deliver copies of all record documents to the Owner’s Representative.
B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate, containing:
1. Date
2. Project title and number
3. Contractor's name and address
4. Title and number of each record document
5. Certification that each document is complete and accurate
6. Signature of Contractor or its authorized representative.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 78 39***
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR WING HALL, SPACE SCIENCES, PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 07 84 00
Ithaca, New York FIRESTOPPING
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
07 84 00-1
SECTION 07 84 00
FIRESTOPPING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Firestopping systems.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials;
2018a.
B. ASTM E814 - Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Penetration Firestop Systems; 2013a
(Reapproved 2017).
C. ASTM E1966 - Standard Test Method for Fire-Resistive Joint Systems; 2015.
D. ITS (DIR) - Directory of Listed Products; current edition.
E. FM (AG) - FM Approval Guide; current edition.
F. SCAQMD 1168 - Adhesive and Sealant Applications; 1989 (Amended 2017).
G. UL 1479 - Standard for Fire Tests of Penetration Firestops; Current Edition, Including All
Revisions.
H. UL 2079 - Standard for Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems; Current Edition,
Including All Revisions.
I. UL (DIR) - Online Certifications Directory; Current Edition.
J. UL (FRD) - Fire Resistance Directory; Current Edition.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance ratings, and limitations.
C. Sustainable Design Submittal: Submit VOC content documentation for all non-preformed
materials.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire Testing: Provide firestopping assemblies of designs that provide the scheduled fire ratings
when tested in accordance with methods indicated.
1. Listing in UL (FRD), FM (AG), or ITS (DIR) will be considered as constituting an
acceptable test report.
1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Comply with firestopping manufacturer's recommendations for temperature and conditions
during and after installation; maintain minimum temperature before, during, and for three days
after installation of materials.
B. Provide ventilation in areas where solvent-cured materials are being installed.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Firestopping Manufacturers:
1. 3M Fire Protection Products: www.3m.com/firestop/#sle.
2. Hilti, Inc: www.us.hilti.com/#sle.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Firestopping Materials: Any materials meeting requirements.
B. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content: Provide products having VOC content lower than
that required by SCAQMD 1168.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 07 84 00
Ithaca, New York FIRESTOPPING
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
07 84 00-2
C. Primers, Sleeves, Forms, Insulation, Packing, Stuffing, and Accessories: Provide type of
materials as required for tested firestopping assembly.
D. Fire Ratings: Refer to drawings for required systems and ratings.
2.03 FIRESTOPPING ASSEMBLY REQUIREMENTS
A. Floor-to-Floor, Wall-to-Wall, and Wall-to-Floor Joints, Except Perimeter, Where Both Are
Fire-Rated: Use system that has been tested according to ASTM E1966 or UL 2079 to have
fire resistance F Rating equal to required fire rating of the assembly in which the joint occurs.
1. Movement: Provide systems that have been tested to show movement capability as
indicated.
2. Air Leakage: Provide systems that have been tested to show L Rating as indicated.
3. Watertightness: Provide systems that have been tested to show W Rating as indicated.
4. Listing by FM (AG), ITS (DIR), UL (DIR), or UL (FRD) in their certification directories will be
considered evidence of successful testing.
B. Through Penetration Firestopping: Use system that has been tested according to ASTM E814
to have fire resistance F Rating equal to required fire rating of penetrated assembly.
1. Temperature Rise: Provide systems that have been tested to show T Rating as indicated.
2. Air Leakage: Provide systems that have been tested to show L Rating as indicated.
3. Listing by FM (AG), ITS (DIR), UL (DIR), or UL (FRD) in their certification directories will be
considered evidence of successful testing.
2.04 FIRESTOPPING PENETRATIONS THROUGH CONCRETE AND CONCRETE MASONRY
CONSTRUCTION
A. Penetrations Through Walls By:
1. Uninsulated Metallic Pipe, Conduit, and Tubing:
a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System W-J-1067; Hilti FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop
Sealant.
2.05 FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS
A. Firestopping: Any material meeting requirements.
1. Fire Ratings: Use system that is listed by FM (AG), ITS (DIR), or UL (FRD) and tested in
accordance with ASTM E814, ASTM E119, or UL 1479 with F Rating equal to fire rating of
penetrated assembly and minimum T Rating Equal to F Rating and in compliance with
other specified requirements.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify openings are ready to receive the work of this section.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other materials that could
adversely affect bond of firestopping material.
B. Remove incompatible materials that could adversely affect bond.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install materials in manner described in fire test report and in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions, completely closing openings.
B. Do not cover installed firestopping until inspected by authorities having jurisdiction.
3.04 CLEANING
A. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials.
3.05 PROTECTION
A. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 05
Ithaca, New York SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 05-1
SECTION 26 05 05
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Electrical demolition.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Materials and equipment for patching and extending work: As specified in individual sections.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements are as indicated.
B. Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities.
C. Demolition drawings are based on casual field observation and existing record documents.
D. Report discrepancies to Architect before disturbing existing installation.
E. Beginning of demolition means installer accepts existing conditions.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings to be removed.
B. Coordinate utility service outages with utility company.
C. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during
construction. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use personnel
experienced in such operations.
D. Existing Electrical Service: Maintain existing system in service until new system is complete
and ready for service. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. Minimize
outage duration.
1. Obtain permission from Owner at least 24 hours before partially or completely disabling
system.
2. Make temporary connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work area.
3.03 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK
A. Perform work for removal and disposal of equipment and materials containing toxic substances
regulated under the Federal Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) in accordance with
applicable federal, state, and local regulations. Applicable equipment and materials include, but
are not limited to:
1. PCB-containing electrical equipment, including transformers, capacitors, and switches.
2. PCB- and DEHP-containing lighting ballasts.
3. Mercury-containing lamps and tubes, including fluorescent lamps, high intensity discharge
(HID), arc lamps, ultra-violet, high pressure sodium, mercury vapor, ignitron tubes, neon,
and incandescent.
B. Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction.
C. Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply.
D. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling
finishes. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces.
E. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit
servicing them is abandoned and removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets that are
not removed.
F. Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards and distribution equipment.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 05
Ithaca, New York SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 05-2
G. Disconnect and remove electrical devices and equipment serving utilization equipment that has
been removed.
H. Disconnect and remove abandoned luminaires. Remove brackets, stems, hangers, and other
accessories.
I. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work.
J. Maintain access to existing electrical installations that remain active. Modify installation or
provide access panel as appropriate.
K. Extend existing installations using materials and methods compatible with existing electrical
installations, or as specified.
3.04 CLEANING AND REPAIR
A. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment that remain or that are to be reused.
B. Panelboards: Clean exposed surfaces and check tightness of electrical connections. Replace
damaged circuit breakers and provide closure plates for vacant positions. Provide typed circuit
directory showing revised circuiting arrangement.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 13
Ithaca, New York MEDIUM-VOLTAGE CABLES
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 13-1
SECTION 26 05 13
MEDIUM-VOLTAGE CABLES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Medium voltage cable.
B. Cable accessories.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. IEEE 48 - IEEE Standard for Test Procedures and Requirements for Alternating-Current Cable
Terminations Used on Shielded Cables Having Laminated Insulation Rated 2.5 kV through 765
kV or Extruded Insulation Rated 2.5 kV through 500 kV; 2009.
B. NEMA WC 70 - Power Cables Rated 2000 Volts or Less for the Distribution of Electrical Energy;
2009.
C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide for cable, terminations, and accessories.
C. Test Reports: Indicate results of cable test in tabular form and in plots of current versus voltage
for incremental voltage steps, and current versus time at 30 second intervals at maximum
voltage.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with NFPA 70.
B. Installer Qualifications: Authorized installer of specified manufacturer with service facilities
within 100 miles of Project.
C. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE CABLE
A. Manufacturers:
1. Prysmian..
B. Medium Voltage Cable: NEMA WC 70 rubber insulated cable.
1. Voltage: 15 kV, tape shield, with EPR insulation, 220-mil (133%), 105 degrees C.
2. Conductor: Copper, compressed round, stranded, with foil conductor shield.
3. Construction: Single conductor with tape shield insulation shielding.
4. Insulation Jacket: PVC, 80 mils minimum thickness.
2.02 CABLE ACCESSORIES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Elastimold
2. TE Connectivity; Raychem Products: www.te.com.
B. Modular Cable Terminations: IEEE 48, Class 1, molded-rubber cable termination in kit form
with stress cones, ground clamps, non-tracking rubber skirts, deadbreak elbows and air
terminals.
1. Deadbreak Elbows and 2-Point Junctions:
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 13
Ithaca, New York MEDIUM-VOLTAGE CABLES
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 13-2
a. Product: Elastimold 600 Series Elbows, Type K656 with test ports.
b. 15-kV, 600A rated.
c. 25kA symetrical, 10-cycles.
2. Air Terminals:
a. Product: Raychem TFT-151R-SG Outdoor Shielded.
b. 15-kV rated.
3. In-Line Cold Applied Joints
a. Product: Raychem CSJA-1521 Series
b. 15-kV rated.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that conduit, duct, trench, or manholes are ready to receive cable.
B. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
C. Verify routing and termination locations of cable bank prior to rough-in.
D. Cable routing is shown in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route as required to
complete wiring system.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Avoid abrasion and other damage to cables during installation.
B. Use suitable lubricants and pulling equipment.
C. Sustain cable pulling tensions and bending radii below recommended limits.
D. Ground cable shield at each termination and splice.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B. Inspect exposed cable sections for physical damage.
C. Inspect cable for proper connections as indicated.
D. Inspect shield grounding, cable supports, and terminations for proper installation.
3.04 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed cables from entrance of moisture.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 19
Ithaca, New York LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 19-1
SECTION 26 05 19
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Single conductor building wire.
B. 2-Hour Fire Rated Metal-clad cable.
C. Wiring connectors.
D. Electrical tape.
E. Heat shrink tubing.
F. Wire pulling lubricant.
G. Cable ties.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM B3 - Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire; 2013 (Reapproved 2018).
B. ASTM B8 - Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard,
Medium-Hard, or Soft; 2011 (Reapproved 2017).
C. ASTM B33 - Standard Specification for Tin-Coated Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical
Purposes; 2010 (Reapproved 2014).
D. ASTM B787/B787M - Standard Specification for 19 Wire Combination Unilay-Stranded Copper
Conductors for Subsequent Insulation; 2004 (Reapproved 2014).
E. ASTM D3005 - Standard Specification for Low-Temperature Resistant Vinyl Chloride Plastic
Pressure-Sensitive Electrical Insulating Tape; 2017.
F. ASTM D4388 - Standard Specification for Nonmetallic Semi-Conducting and Electrically
Insulating Rubber Tapes; 2013.
G. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015.
H. NEMA WC 70 - Power Cables Rated 2000 Volts or Less for the Distribution of Electrical Energy;
2009.
I. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Equipment and Systems;
2017.
J. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
K. UL 44 - Thermoset-Insulated Wires and Cables; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
L. UL 83 - Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
M. UL 486A-486B - Wire Connectors; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
N. UL 486C - Splicing Wire Connectors; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
O. UL 486D - Sealed Wire Connector Systems; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
P. UL 510 - Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene, and Rubber Insulating Tape; Current Edition,
Including All Revisions.
1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate sizes of raceways, boxes, and equipment enclosures installed under other
sections with the actual conductors to be installed, including adjustments for conductor
sizes increased for voltage drop.
2. Coordinate with electrical equipment installed under other sections to provide terminations
suitable for use with the conductors to be installed.
3. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain
direction before proceeding with work.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 19
Ithaca, New York LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 19-2
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for conductors
and cables, including detailed information on materials, construction, ratings, listings, and
available sizes, configurations, and stranding.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store conductors and cables in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not install or otherwise handle thermoplastic-insulated conductors at temperatures lower
than 14 degrees F, unless otherwise permitted by manufacturer's instructions. When installation
below this temperature is unavoidable, notify Architect and obtain direction before proceeding
with work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE APPLICATIONS
A. Do not use conductors and cables for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and
product listing.
B. Provide single conductor building wire installed in suitable raceway unless otherwise indicated,
permitted, or required.
2.02 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide products that comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
C. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required conduit, boxes, wiring,
connectors, etc. as required for a complete operating system.
D. Comply with NEMA WC 70.
E. Thermoplastic-Insulated Conductors and Cables: Listed and labeled as complying with UL 83.
F. Thermoset-Insulated Conductors and Cables: Listed and labeled as complying with UL 44.
G. Conductor Material:
1. Provide copper conductors only. Aluminum conductors are not acceptable for this project.
Conductor sizes indicated are based on copper.
2. Copper Conductors: Soft drawn annealed, 98 percent conductivity, uncoated copper
conductors complying with ASTM B3, ASTM B8, or ASTM B787/B787M unless otherwise
indicated.
3. Tinned Copper Conductors: Comply with ASTM B33.
H. Minimum Conductor Size:
1. Branch Circuits: 12 AWG.
I. Where conductor size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable
minimum size requirements specified.
J. Conductor Color Coding:
1. Color code conductors as indicated unless otherwise required by the authority having
jurisdiction. Maintain consistent color coding throughout project.
2. Color Coding Method: Integrally colored insulation.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 19
Ithaca, New York LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 19-3
3. Color Code:
a. 480Y/277 V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire System:
1) Phase A: Brown.
2) Phase B: Orange.
3) Phase C: Yellow.
4) Neutral/Grounded: Gray.
b. 208Y/120 V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire System:
1) Phase A: Black.
2) Phase B: Red.
3) Phase C: Blue.
4) Neutral/Grounded: White.
c. Equipment Ground, All Systems: Green.
2.03 SINGLE CONDUCTOR BUILDING WIRE
A. Manufacturers:
1. Copper Building Wire:
a. Cerro Wire LLC: www.cerrowire.com/#sle.
b. General Cable Technologies Corporation: www.generalcable.com/#sle.
c. Southwire Company: www.southwire.com/#sle.
B. Description: Single conductor insulated wire.
C. Conductor Stranding:
1. Feeders and Branch Circuits:
a. Size 10 AWG and Smaller: Stranded.
b. Size 8 AWG and Larger: Stranded.
D. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 V.
E. Insulation:
1. Copper Building Wire: Type THHN/THWN or THHN/THWN-2, except as indicated below.
a. Size 4 AWG and Larger: Type THHN/THWN-2 is acceptable for interior building wire
in dry locations. XHHW-2 required for wet conditions or outside/underground
locations.
2.04 2-HOUR FIRE RATED METAL-CLAD CABLE
A. Manufacturers:
1. Prysmian Group, Draka Lifeline MC.
B. Description: NFPA 70, two-hour fire resistive cables listed and labelled as complying with UL
2196 and UL 1569.
C. Electrical Circuit Integrity System (FHIT) No. 50 of the UL Fire Resistance Directory.
D. NFPA 70, 101 compliant.
E. Conductor Stranding:
1. All sizes: Stranded.
F. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 V.
G. Insulation: Ceramifiable silicone zero halogen (LSZH).
H. Inner Binder Jacket: Ceramifiable silicone zero halogen (LSZH).
I. Grounding: corrugated copper armor meeting all requirements of NEC Table 250.122.
J. Armor: Continuously welded and corrugated copper..
2.05 WIRING CONNECTORS
A. Description: Wiring connectors appropriate for the application, suitable for use with the
conductors to be connected, and listed as complying with UL 486A-486B or UL 486C as
applicable.
B. Wiring Connectors for Splices and Taps:
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 19
Ithaca, New York LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 19-4
1. Copper Conductors Size 8 AWG and Smaller: Use twist-on insulated spring connectors.
2. Copper Conductors Size 6 AWG and Larger: Use mechanical connectors, compression
connectors, or as specified in the drawings.
C. Wiring Connectors for Terminations:
1. Provide terminal lugs for connecting conductors to equipment furnished with terminations
designed for terminal lugs.
2. Provide compression adapters for connecting conductors to equipment furnished with
mechanical lugs when only compression connectors are specified.
3. Where over-sized conductors are larger than the equipment terminations can
accommodate, provide connectors suitable for reducing to appropriate size, but not less
than required for the rating of the overcurrent protective device.
4. Copper Conductors Size 8 AWG and Larger: Use mechanical connectors or compression
connectors where connectors are required.
5. Stranded Conductors Size 10 AWG and Smaller: Use crimped terminals for connections
to terminal screws.
D. Do not use insulation-piercing or insulation-displacement connectors designed for use with
conductors without stripping insulation.
E. Do not use push-in wire connectors as a substitute for twist-on insulated spring connectors.
F. Twist-on Insulated Spring Connectors: Rated 600 V, 221 degrees F for standard applications
and 302 degrees F for high temperature applications; pre-filled with sealant and listed as
complying with UL 486D for damp and wet locations.
G. Mechanical Connectors: Provide bolted type or set-screw type.
H. Compression Connectors: Provide circumferential type or hex type crimp configuration.
I. Crimped Terminals: Nylon-insulated, with insulation grip and terminal configuration suitable for
connection to be made.
2.06 ACCESSORIES
A. Electrical Tape:
1. Vinyl Color Coding Electrical Tape: Integrally colored to match color code indicated; listed
as complying with UL 510; minimum thickness of 7 mil; resistant to abrasion, corrosion,
and sunlight; suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 221 degrees F.
2. Vinyl Insulating Electrical Tape: Complying with ASTM D3005 and listed as complying with
UL 510; minimum thickness of 7 mil; resistant to abrasion, corrosion, and sunlight;
conformable for application down to 0 degrees F and suitable for continuous temperature
environment up to 221 degrees F.
3. Rubber Splicing Electrical Tape: Ethylene Propylene Rubber (EPR) tape, complying with
ASTM D4388; minimum thickness of 30 mil; suitable for continuous temperature
environment up to 194 degrees F and short-term 266 degrees F overload service.
4. Electrical Filler Tape: Rubber-based insulating moldable putty, minimum thickness of 125
mil; suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 176 degrees F.
5. Varnished Cambric Electrical Tape: Cotton cambric fabric tape, with or without adhesive,
oil-primed and coated with high-grade insulating varnish; minimum thickness of 7 mil;
suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 221 degrees F.
B. Heat Shrink Tubing: Heavy-wall, split-resistant, with factory-applied adhesive; rated 600 V;
suitable for direct burial applications; listed as complying with UL 486D.
C. Wire Pulling Lubricant: Listed; suitable for use with the conductors or cables to be installed and
suitable for use at the installation temperature.
D. Cable Ties: Material and tensile strength rating suitable for application.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 19
Ithaca, New York LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 19-5
B. Verify that work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed.
C. Verify that raceways, boxes, and equipment enclosures are installed and are properly sized to
accommodate conductors and cables in accordance with NFPA 70.
D. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
E. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Clean raceways thoroughly to remove foreign materials before installing conductors and cables.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Circuiting Requirements:
1. Unless dimensioned, circuit routing indicated is diagrammatic.
2. When circuit destination is indicated without specific routing, determine exact routing
required.
3. Arrange circuiting to minimize splices.
4. Include circuit lengths required to install connected devices within 10 ft of location
indicated.
5. Maintain separation of Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 remote-control, signaling, and
power-limited circuits in accordance with NFPA 70.
6. Maintain separation of wiring for emergency systems in accordance with NFPA 70.
7. Circuiting Adjustments: Unless otherwise indicated, when branch circuits are indicated as
separate, combining them together in a single raceway is not permitted.
8. Common Neutrals: Unless otherwise indicated, sharing of neutral/grounded conductors
among up to three single phase branch circuits of different phases installed in the same
raceway is not permitted. Provide dedicated neutral/grounded conductor for each
individual branch circuit.
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship).
D. Install 2-hour fire resistive cable in accordance with the manufacturers technical information.
1. Install continuous with no splices.
E. Installation in Raceway:
1. Tape ends of conductors and cables to prevent infiltration of moisture and other
contaminants.
2. Pull all conductors and cables together into raceway at same time.
3. Do not damage conductors and cables or exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum
pulling tension and sidewall pressure.
4. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant where necessary, except when lubricant is not
recommended by the manufacturer.
F. Paralleled Conductors: Install conductors of the same length and terminate in the same
manner.
G. Secure and support conductors and cables in accordance with NFPA 70 using suitable supports
and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction. Provide independent support from
building structure. Do not provide support from raceways, piping, ductwork, or other systems.
H. Terminate cables using suitable fittings.
1. Metal-Clad Cable (Type MC):
a. Use listed fittings.
b. Cut cable armor only using specialized tools to prevent damaging conductors or
insulation. Do not use hacksaw or wire cutters to cut armor.
I. Install conductors with a minimum of 12 inches of slack at each outlet.
J. Neatly train and bundle conductors inside boxes, wireways, panelboards and other equipment
enclosures.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 19
Ithaca, New York LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 19-6
K. Group or otherwise identify neutral/grounded conductors with associated ungrounded
conductors inside enclosures in accordance with NFPA 70.
L. Make wiring connections using specified wiring connectors.
1. Make splices and taps only in accessible boxes. Do not pull splices into raceways or make
splices in conduit bodies or wiring gutters.
2. Remove appropriate amount of conductor insulation for making connections without
cutting, nicking or damaging conductors.
3. Do not remove conductor strands to facilitate insertion into connector.
4. Clean contact surfaces on conductors and connectors to suitable remove corrosion,
oxides, and other contaminates. Do not use wire brush on plated connector surfaces.
5. Mechanical Connectors: Secure connections according to manufacturer's recommended
torque settings.
6. Compression Connectors: Secure connections using manufacturer's recommended tools
and dies.
M. Insulate splices and taps that are made with uninsulated connectors using methods suitable for
the application, with insulation and mechanical strength at least equivalent to unspliced
conductors.
1. Dry Locations: Use insulating covers specifically designed for the connectors, electrical
tape, or heat shrink tubing.
a. For taped connections, first apply adequate amount of rubber splicing electrical tape
or electrical filler tape, followed by outer covering of vinyl insulating electrical tape.
b. For taped connections likely to require re-entering, including motor leads, first apply
varnished cambric electrical tape, followed by adequate amount of rubber splicing
electrical tape, followed by outer covering of vinyl insulating electrical tape.
2. Damp Locations: Use products listed for wet locations.
3. Wet Locations: Use heat shrink tubing.
N. Insulate ends of spare conductors using vinyl insulating electrical tape.
O. Identify conductors and cables in accordance with Section 26 05 53.
P. Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using
materials and methods specified in Section 07 84 00.
Q. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide final connections to all equipment and
devices, including those furnished by others, as required for a complete operating system.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4.
C. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.3.2. The insulation resistance test
is required for all conductors. The resistance test for parallel conductors listed as optional is not
required.
D. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective conductors and cables.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 26
Ithaca, New York GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 26-1
SECTION 26 05 26
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Grounding and bonding requirements.
B. Conductors for grounding and bonding.
C. Connectors for grounding and bonding.
D. Ground rod electrodes.
E. Ground access wells.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 05 19 - Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables: Additional
requirements for conductors for grounding and bonding, including conductor color coding.
B. Section 26 05 36 - Cable Trays for Electrical Systems: Additional grounding and bonding
requirements for cable tray systems.
C. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and
requirements.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. IEEE 81 - IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface
Potentials of a Grounding System; 2012.
B. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015.
C. NEMA GR 1 - Grounding Rod Electrodes and Grounding Rod Electrode Couplings; 2007.
D. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Equipment and Systems;
2017.
E. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
F. UL 467 - Grounding and Bonding Equipment; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Verify exact locations of underground metal water service pipe entrances to building.
2. Coordinate the work with other trades to provide steel reinforcement complying with
specified requirements for concrete-encased electrode.
3. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain
direction before proceeding with work.
B. Sequencing:
1. Do not install ground rod electrodes until final backfill and compaction is complete.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittals procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for grounding
and bonding system components.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 26
Ithaca, New York GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 26-2
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GROUNDING AND BONDING REQUIREMENTS
A. Existing Work: Where existing grounding and bonding system components are indicated to be
reused, they may be reused only where they are free from corrosion, integrity and continuity are
verified, and where acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.
B. Do not use products for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing.
C. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required components, conductors,
connectors, conduit, boxes, fittings, supports, accessories, etc. as necessary for a complete
grounding and bonding system.
D. Where conductor size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable
minimum size requirements specified.
E. Grounding System Resistance:
1. Achieve specified grounding system resistance under normally dry conditions unless
otherwise approved by Architect. Precipitation within the previous 48 hours does not
constitute normally dry conditions.
2. Grounding Electrode System: Not greater than 5 ohms to ground, when tested according
to IEEE 81 using "fall-of-potential" method.
3. Between Grounding Electrode System and Major Electrical Equipment Frames, System
Neutral, and Derived Neutral Points: Not greater than 0.5 ohms, when tested using
"point-to-point" methods.
F. Grounding Electrode System:
1. Provide connection to required and supplemental grounding electrodes indicated to form
grounding electrode system.
a. Provide continuous grounding electrode conductors without splice or joint.
b. Install grounding electrode conductors in raceway where exposed to physical
damage. Bond grounding electrode conductor to metallic raceways at each end with
bonding jumper.
2. Metal Underground Water Pipe(s):
a. Provide connection to underground metal domestic and fire protection (where
present) water service pipe(s) that are in direct contact with earth for at least 10 feet
at an accessible location not more than 5 feet from the point of entrance to the
building.
b. Provide bonding jumper(s) around insulating joints/pipes as required to make pipe
electrically continuous.
c. Provide bonding jumper around water meter of sufficient length to permit removal of
meter without disconnecting jumper.
3. Concrete-Encased Electrode:
a. Provide connection to concrete-encased electrode consisting of not less than 20 feet
of either steel reinforcing bars or bare copper conductor not smaller than 4 AWG
embedded within concrete foundation or footing that is in direct contact with earth in
accordance with NFPA 70.
4. Provide additional ground electrode(s) as required to achieve specified grounding
electrode system resistance.
G. Service-Supplied System Grounding:
1. For each service disconnect, provide grounding electrode conductor to connect neutral
(grounded) service conductor to grounding electrode system. Unless otherwise indicated,
make connection at neutral (grounded) bus in service disconnect enclosure.
2. For each service disconnect, provide main bonding jumper to connect neutral (grounded)
bus to equipment ground bus where not factory-installed. Do not make any other
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 26
Ithaca, New York GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 26-3
connections between neutral (grounded) conductors and ground on load side of service
disconnect.
H. Separately Derived System Grounding:
1. Separately derived systems include, but are not limited to:
a. Transformers (except autotransformers such as buck-boost transformers).
b. Generators, when neutral is switched in the transfer switch.
2. Provide grounding electrode conductor to connect derived system grounded conductor to
nearest effectively grounded metal building frame. Unless otherwise indicated, make
connection at neutral (grounded) bus in source enclosure.
3. Provide bonding jumper to connect derived system grounded conductor to nearest metal
building frame and nearest metal water piping in the area served by the derived system,
where not already used as a grounding electrode for the derived system. Make connection
at same location as grounding electrode conductor connection.
4. Where common grounding electrode conductor ground riser is used for tap connections to
multiple separately derived systems, provide bonding jumper to connect the metal building
frame and metal water piping in the area served by the derived system to the common
grounding electrode conductor.
5. Provide system bonding jumper to connect system grounded conductor to equipment
ground bus. Make connection at same location as grounding electrode conductor
connection. Do not make any other connections between neutral (grounded) conductors
and ground on load side of separately derived system disconnect.
6. Where the source and first disconnecting means are in separate enclosures, provide
supply-side bonding jumper between source and first disconnecting means.
I. Bonding and Equipment Grounding:
1. Provide bonding for equipment grounding conductors, equipment ground busses, metallic
equipment enclosures, metallic raceways and boxes, device grounding terminals, and
other normally non-current-carrying conductive materials enclosing electrical
conductors/equipment or likely to become energized as indicated and in accordance with
NFPA 70.
2. Provide insulated equipment grounding conductor in each feeder and branch circuit
raceway. Do not use raceways as sole equipment grounding conductor.
3. Where circuit conductor sizes are increased for voltage drop, increase size of equipment
grounding conductor proportionally in accordance with NFPA 70.
4. Unless otherwise indicated, connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit
equipment grounding conductor and to outlet box with bonding jumper.
5. Terminate branch circuit equipment grounding conductors on solidly bonded equipment
ground bus only. Do not terminate on neutral (grounded) or isolated/insulated ground bus.
6. Provide bonding jumper across expansion or expansion/deflection fittings provided to
accommodate conduit movement.
7. Provide bonding for interior metal piping systems in accordance with NFPA 70. This
includes, but is not limited to:
a. Metal water piping where not already effectively bonded to metal underground water
pipe used as grounding electrode.
b. Metal gas piping.
c. Metal process piping.
8. Provide bonding for interior metal air ducts.
9. Provide bonding for metal building frame.
J. Cable Tray Systems: Also comply with Section 26 05 36.
2.02 GROUNDING AND BONDING COMPONENTS
A. General Requirements:
1. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
2. Provide products listed and labeled as complying with UL 467 where applicable.
B. Conductors for Grounding and Bonding, in Addition to Requirements of Section 26 05 26:
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 26
Ithaca, New York GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 26-4
1. Use insulated copper conductors unless otherwise indicated.
a. Exceptions:
1) Use bare copper conductors where installed underground in direct contact with
earth.
2) Use bare copper conductors where directly encased in concrete (not in
raceway).
C. Connectors for Grounding and Bonding:
1. Description: Connectors appropriate for the application and suitable for the conductors
and items to be connected; listed and labeled as complying with UL 467.
2. Unless otherwise indicated, use exothermic welded connections for underground,
concealed and other inaccessible connections.
3. Unless otherwise indicated, use compression connectors for accessible connections.
4. Manufacturers - Mechanical and Compression Connectors:
a. Advanced Lightning Technology (ALT): www.altfab.com/#sle.
b. Burndy LLC: www.burndy.com/#sle.
c. Harger Lightning & Grounding: www.harger.com/#sle.
D. Ground Rod Electrodes:
1. Comply with NEMA GR 1.
2. Material: Copper-bonded (copper-clad) steel.
3. Size: 3/4 inch diameter by 10 feet length, unless otherwise indicated.
4. Manufacturers:
a. Advanced Lightning Technology (ALT): www.altfab.com/#sle.
b. Erico International Corporation: www.erico.com/#sle.
c. Harger Lightning & Grounding: www.harger.com/#sle.
E. Ground Access Wells:
1. Description: Open bottom round or rectangular well with access cover for testing and
inspection; suitable for the expected load at the installed location.
2. Size: As required to provide adequate access for testing and inspection, but not less than
minimum size requirements specified.
3. Depth: As required to extend below frost line to prevent frost upheaval, but not less than
10 inches.
4. Cover: Factory-identified by permanent means with word "GROUND".
5. Manufacturers:
a. Erico International Corporation: www.erico.com/#sle.
b. Harger Lightning & Grounding: www.harger.com/#sle.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that work likely to damage grounding and bonding system components has been
completed.
B. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship).
C. Ground Rod Electrodes: Unless otherwise indicated, install ground rod electrodes vertically.
Where encountered rock prohibits vertical installation, install at 45 degree angle or bury
horizontally in trench at least 30 inches (750 mm) deep in accordance with NFPA 70 or provide
ground plates.
1. Outdoor Installations: Unless otherwise indicated, install with top of rod 6 inches below
finished grade.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 26
Ithaca, New York GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 26-5
2. Indoor Installations: Unless otherwise indicated, install with 4 inches of top of rod
exposed.
D. Make grounding and bonding connections using specified connectors.
1. Remove appropriate amount of conductor insulation for making connections without
cutting, nicking or damaging conductors. Do not remove conductor strands to facilitate
insertion into connector.
2. Remove nonconductive paint, enamel, or similar coating at threads, contact points, and
contact surfaces.
3. Exothermic Welds: Make connections using molds and weld material suitable for the
items to be connected in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
4. Mechanical Connectors: Secure connections according to manufacturer's recommended
torque settings.
5. Compression Connectors: Secure connections using manufacturer's recommended tools
and dies.
E. Identify grounding and bonding system components in accordance with Section 26 05 53.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS except Section 4.
C. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.13.
D. Perform ground electrode resistance tests under normally dry conditions. Precipitation within the
previous 48 hours does not constitute normally dry conditions.
E. Investigate and correct deficiencies where measured ground resistances do not comply with
specified requirements.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 29
Ithaca, New York HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 29-1
SECTION 26 05 29
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Support and attachment requirements and components for equipment, conduit, cable, boxes,
and other electrical work.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 05 33.13 - Conduit for Electrical Systems: Additional support and attachment
requirements for conduits.
B. Section 26 05 36 - Cable Trays for Electrical Systems: Additional support and attachment
requirements for cable tray.
C. Section 26 05 33.16 - Boxes for Electrical Systems: Additional support and attachment
requirements for boxes.
D. Section 26 51 00 - Interior Lighting: Additional support and attachment requirements for interior
luminaires.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and
Steel Products; 2017.
B. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel
Hardware; 2016a.
C. ASTM B633 - Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel;
2015.
D. MFMA-4 - Metal Framing Standards Publication; 2004.
E. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015.
F. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
G. UL 5B - Strut-Type Channel Raceways and Fittings; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate sizes and arrangement of supports and bases with the actual equipment and
components to be installed.
2. Coordinate the work with other trades to provide additional framing and materials required
for installation.
3. Coordinate compatibility of support and attachment components with mounting surfaces at
the installed locations.
4. Coordinate the arrangement of supports with ductwork, piping, equipment and other
potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others.
5. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain
direction before proceeding with work.
B. Sequencing:
1. Do not install products on or provide attachment to concrete surfaces until concrete has
fully cured in accordance with Section 03 30 00.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for channel
(strut) framing systems, non-penetrating rooftop supports, and post-installed concrete and
masonry anchors.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 29
Ithaca, New York HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 29-2
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with NFPA 70.
B. Comply with applicable building code.
C. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SUPPORT AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS
A. General Requirements:
1. Provide all required hangers, supports, anchors, fasteners, fittings, accessories, and
hardware as necessary for the complete installation of electrical work.
2. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended, where
applicable.
3. Where support and attachment component types and sizes are not indicated, select in
accordance with manufacturer's application criteria as required for the load to be
supported. Include consideration for vibration, equipment operation, and shock loads
where applicable.
4. Do not use products for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product
listing.
5. Do not use wire, chain, perforated pipe strap, or wood for permanent supports unless
specifically indicated or permitted.
6. Steel Components: Use corrosion resistant materials suitable for the environment where
installed.
a. Indoor Dry Locations: Use zinc-plated steel or approved equivalent unless otherwise
indicated.
b. Outdoor and Damp or Wet Indoor Locations: Use galvanized steel, stainless steel, or
approved equivalent unless otherwise indicated.
c. Zinc-Plated Steel: Electroplated in accordance with ASTM B633.
d. Galvanized Steel: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM
A123/A123M or ASTM A153/A153M.
B. Conduit and Cable Supports: Straps, clamps, etc. suitable for the conduit or cable to be
supported.
1. Conduit Straps: One-hole or two-hole type; steel or malleable iron.
2. Conduit Clamps: Bolted type unless otherwise indicated.
C. Outlet Box Supports: Hangers, brackets, etc. suitable for the boxes to be supported.
D. Metal Channel (Strut) Framing Systems: Factory-fabricated continuous-slot metal channel
(strut) and associated fittings, accessories, and hardware required for field-assembly of
supports.
1. Comply with MFMA-4.
2. Channel (Strut) Used as Raceway (only where specifically indicated): Listed and labeled
as complying with UL 5B.
3. Channel Material:
a. Indoor Dry Locations: Use painted steel, zinc-plated steel, or galvanized steel.
b. Outdoor and Damp or Wet Indoor Locations: Use galvanized steel.
4. Minimum Channel Thickness: Steel sheet, 12 gage, 0.1046 inch.
5. Minimum Channel Dimensions: 1-5/8 inch width by 13/16 inch height.
E. Hanger Rods: Threaded zinc-plated steel unless otherwise indicated.
1. Minimum Size, Unless Otherwise Indicated or Required:
a. Equipment Supports: 1/2 inch diameter.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 29
Ithaca, New York HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 29-3
b. Busway Supports: 1/2 inch diameter.
c. Single Conduit up to 1 inch (27 mm) trade size: 1/4 inch diameter.
d. Single Conduit larger than 1 inch (27 mm) trade size: 3/8 inch diameter.
e. Trapeze Support for Multiple Conduits: 3/8 inch diameter.
f. Outlet Boxes: 1/4 inch diameter.
g. Luminaires: 1/4 inch diameter.
F. Anchors and Fasteners:
1. Unless otherwise indicated and where not otherwise restricted, use the anchor and
fastener types indicated for the specified applications.
2. Concrete: Use preset concrete inserts, expansion anchors, or screw anchors.
3. Solid or Grout-Filled Masonry: Use expansion anchors or screw anchors.
4. Hollow Masonry: Use toggle bolts.
5. Hollow Stud Walls: Use toggle bolts.
6. Steel: Use beam clamps, machine bolts, or welded threaded studs.
7. Sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws.
8. Wood: Use wood screws.
9. Plastic and lead anchors are not permitted.
10. Powder-actuated fasteners are not permitted.
11. Hammer-driven anchors and fasteners are not permitted.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
B. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive support and attachment components.
C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship).
C. Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from piping,
ductwork, or other systems.
D. Unless specifically indicated or approved by Architect, do not provide support from suspended
ceiling support system or ceiling grid.
E. Unless specifically indicated or approved by Architect, do not provide support from roof deck.
F. Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members without approval of Structural
Engineer.
G. Equipment Support and Attachment:
1. Use metal fabricated supports or supports assembled from metal channel (strut) to
support equipment as required.
2. Use metal channel (strut) secured to studs to support equipment surface-mounted on
hollow stud walls when wall strength is not sufficient to resist pull-out.
3. Use metal channel (strut) to support surface-mounted equipment in wet or damp locations
to provide space between equipment and mounting surface.
4. Securely fasten floor-mounted equipment. Do not install equipment such that it relies on its
own weight for support.
H. Conduit Support and Attachment: Also comply with Section 26 05 33.13.
I. Cable Tray Support and Attachment: Also comply with Section 26 05 36.
J. Box Support and Attachment: Also comply with Section 26 05 33.16.
K. Interior Luminaire Support and Attachment: Also comply with Section 26 51 00.
L. Secure fasteners according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 29
Ithaca, New York HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 29-4
M. Remove temporary supports.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B. Inspect support and attachment components for damage and defects.
C. Repair cuts and abrasions in galvanized finishes using zinc-rich paint recommended by
manufacturer. Replace components that exhibit signs of corrosion.
D. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective support and attachment components.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 33.13
Ithaca, New York CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 33.13-1
SECTION 26 05 33.13
CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC).
B. Flexible metal conduit (FMC).
C. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit (LFMC).
D. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT).
E. Conduit fittings.
F. Accessories.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping.
B. Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems.
1. Includes additional requirements for fittings for grounding and bonding.
C. Section 26 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems.
D. Section 26 05 33.16 - Boxes for Electrical Systems.
E. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and
requirements.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ANSI C80.1 - American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit (ERSC); 2015.
B. ANSI C80.3 - American National Standard for Electrical Metallic Tubing -- Steel (EMT-S); 2015.
C. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015.
D. NECA 101 - Standard for Installing Steel Conduits (Rigid, IMC, EMT); 2013.
E. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic
Tubing, and Cable; 2014.
F. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
G. UL 1 - Flexible Metal Conduit; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
H. UL 6 - Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit-Steel; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
I. UL 360 - Liquid-Tight Flexible Steel Conduit; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
J. UL 514B - Conduit, Tubing, and Cable Fittings; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
K. UL 797 - Electrical Metallic Tubing-Steel; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate minimum sizes of conduits with the actual conductors to be installed, including
adjustments for conductor sizes increased for voltage drop.
2. Coordinate the arrangement of conduits with structural members, ductwork, piping,
equipment and other potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others.
3. Verify exact conduit termination locations required for boxes, enclosures, and equipment
installed under other sections or by others.
4. Coordinate the work with other trades to provide roof penetrations that preserve the
integrity of the roofing system and do not void the roof warranty.
5. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain
direction before proceeding with work.
B. Sequencing:
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 33.13
Ithaca, New York CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 33.13-2
1. Do not begin installation of conductors and cables until installation of conduit is complete
between outlet, junction and splicing points.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittals procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for conduits and
fittings.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store conduit and fittings in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CONDUIT APPLICATIONS
A. Do not use conduit and associated fittings for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70
and product listing.
B. Unless otherwise indicated and where not otherwise restricted, use the conduit types indicated
for the specified applications. Where more than one listed application applies, comply with the
most restrictive requirements. Where conduit type for a particular application is not specified,
use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit.
C. Interior, Damp or Wet Locations: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit.
D. Exposed, Interior, Not Subject to Physical Damage: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit or
electrical metallic tubing (EMT).
E. Exposed, Interior, Subject to Physical Damage: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit.
F. Exposed, Exterior: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit.
G. Concealed, Exterior, Not Embedded in Concrete or in Contact With Earth: Use galvanized steel
rigid metal conduit.
H. Connections to Luminaires Above Accessible Ceilings: Use flexible metal conduit.
1. Maximum Length: 6 feet.
I. Connections to Vibrating Equipment:
1. Dry Locations: Use flexible metal conduit.
2. Damp, Wet, or Corrosive Locations: Use liquidtight flexible metal conduit.
3. Maximum Length: 6 feet unless otherwise indicated.
4. Vibrating equipment includes, but is not limited to:
a. Transformers.
b. Motors.
2.02 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS
A. Existing Work: Where existing conduits are indicated to be reused, they may be reused only
where they comply with specified requirements, are free from corrosion, and integrity is verified
by pulling a mandrel through them.
B. Fittings for Grounding and Bonding: Also comply with Section 26 05 26.
C. Provide all conduit, fittings, supports, and accessories required for a complete raceway system.
D. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
E. Minimum Conduit Size, Unless Otherwise Indicated:
1. Branch Circuits: 3/4 inch (21 mm) trade size.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 33.13
Ithaca, New York CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 33.13-3
2. Branch Circuit Homeruns: 3/4 inch (21 mm) trade size.
3. Control Circuits: 3/4 inch trade size.
4. Flexible Connections to Luminaires: 3/8 inch (12 mm) trade size.
5. Underground, Exterior: 1 inch (27 mm) trade size.
F. Where conduit size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable
minimum size requirements specified.
2.03 GALVANIZED STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC)
A. Description: NFPA 70, Type RMC galvanized steel rigid metal conduit complying with ANSI
C80.1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 6.
B. Fittings:
1. Non-Hazardous Locations: Use fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled
as complying with UL 514B.
2. Material: Use steel or malleable iron.
3. Connectors and Couplings: Use threaded type fittings only. Threadless set screw and
compression (gland) type fittings are not permitted.
2.04 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (FMC)
A. Description: NFPA 70, Type FMC standard wall steel flexible metal conduit listed and labeled
as complying with UL 1, and listed for use in classified firestop systems to be used.
B. Fittings:
1. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with
UL 514B.
2. Material: Use steel or malleable iron.
2.05 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (LFMC)
A. Description: NFPA 70, Type LFMC polyvinyl chloride (PVC) jacketed steel flexible metal conduit
listed and labeled as complying with UL 360.
B. Fittings:
1. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with
UL 514B.
2. Material: Use steel or malleable iron.
2.06 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT)
A. Description: NFPA 70, Type EMT steel electrical metallic tubing complying with ANSI C80.3
and listed and labeled as complying with UL 797.
B. Fittings:
1. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with
UL 514B.
2. Material: Use steel or malleable iron.
3. Connectors and Couplings: Use compression (gland) or set-screw type.
a. Do not use indenter type connectors and couplings.
2.07 ACCESSORIES
A. Conduit Joint Compound: Corrosion-resistant, electrically conductive; suitable for use with the
conduit to be installed.
B. Pull Strings: Use nylon cord with average breaking strength of not less than 200 pound-force.
C. Modular Seals for Conduit Penetrations: Rated for minimum of 40 psig; Suitable for the
conduits to be installed.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
B. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive conduits.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 33.13
Ithaca, New York CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 33.13-4
C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship).
C. Install galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC) in accordance with NECA 101.
D. Conduit Routing:
1. Unless dimensioned, conduit routing indicated is diagrammatic.
2. When conduit destination is indicated without specific routing, determine exact routing
required.
3. Conceal all conduits unless specifically indicated to be exposed.
4. Conduits in the following areas may be exposed, unless otherwise indicated:
a. Electrical rooms.
b. Mechanical equipment rooms.
5. Unless otherwise approved, do not route conduits exposed:
a. Across floors.
b. Across roofs.
c. Across top of parapet walls.
d. Across building exterior surfaces.
6. Arrange conduit to maintain adequate headroom, clearances, and access.
7. Arrange conduit to provide no more than the equivalent of four 90 degree bends between
pull points.
8. Arrange conduit to provide no more than 150 feet between pull points.
9. Route conduits above water and drain piping where possible.
10. Arrange conduit to prevent moisture traps. Provide drain fittings at low points and at
sealing fittings where moisture may collect.
11. Maintain minimum clearance of 6 inches between conduits and piping for other systems.
12. Maintain minimum clearance of 12 inches between conduits and hot surfaces. This
includes, but is not limited to:
a. Heaters.
b. Hot water piping.
c. Flues.
13. Group parallel conduits in the same area together on a common rack.
E. Conduit Support:
1. Secure and support conduits in accordance with NFPA 70 and Section 26 05 29 using
suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction.
2. Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from piping,
ductwork, or other systems.
3. Use conduit strap to support single surface-mounted conduit.
a. Use clamp back spacer with conduit strap for damp and wet locations to provide
space between conduit and mounting surface.
4. Use metal channel (strut) with accessory conduit clamps to support multiple parallel
surface-mounted conduits.
5. Use conduit clamp to support single conduit from beam clamp or threaded rod.
6. Use trapeze hangers assembled from threaded rods and metal channel (strut) with
accessory conduit clamps to support multiple parallel suspended conduits.
7. Use of spring steel conduit clips for support of conduits is not permitted.
8. Use of wire for support of conduits is not permitted.
9. Where conduit support intervals specified in NFPA 70 and NECA standards differ, comply
with the most stringent requirements.
F. Connections and Terminations:
1. Use approved zinc-rich paint or conduit joint compound on field-cut threads of galvanized
steel conduits prior to making connections.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 33.13
Ithaca, New York CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 33.13-5
2. Where two threaded conduits must be joined and neither can be rotated, use three-piece
couplings or split couplings. Do not use running threads.
3. Use suitable adapters where required to transition from one type of conduit to another.
4. Provide drip loops for liquidtight flexible conduit connections to prevent drainage of liquid
into connectors.
5. Terminate threaded conduits in boxes and enclosures using threaded hubs or double lock
nuts for dry locations and raintight hubs for wet locations.
6. Provide insulating bushings or insulated throats at all conduit terminations to protect
conductors.
7. Secure joints and connections to provide maximum mechanical strength and electrical
continuity.
G. Penetrations:
1. Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members, including footings and
grade beams, without approval of Structural Engineer.
2. Make penetrations perpendicular to surfaces unless otherwise indicated.
3. Provide sleeves for penetrations as indicated or as required to facilitate installation. Set
sleeves flush with exposed surfaces unless otherwise indicated or required.
4. Conceal bends for conduit risers emerging above ground.
5. Seal interior of conduits entering the building from underground at first accessible point to
prevent entry of moisture and gases.
6. Where conduits penetrate waterproof membrane, seal as required to maintain integrity of
membrane.
7. Make penetrations for roof-mounted equipment within associated equipment openings and
curbs where possible to minimize roofing system penetrations. Where penetrations are
necessary, seal as indicated or as required to preserve integrity of roofing system and
maintain roof warranty. Include proposed locations of penetrations and methods for sealing
with submittals.
8. Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using
materials and methods specified in Section 07 84 00.
H. Conduit Movement Provisions: Where conduits are subject to movement, provide expansion
and expansion/deflection fittings to prevent damage to enclosed conductors or connected
equipment. This includes, but is not limited to:
1. Where conduits cross structural joints intended for expansion, contraction, or deflection.
2. Where conduits are subject to earth movement by settlement or frost.
I. Condensation Prevention: Where conduits cross barriers between areas of potential substantial
temperature differential, provide sealing fitting or approved sealing compound at an accessible
point near the penetration to prevent condensation. This includes, but is not limited to:
1. Where conduits pass from outdoors into conditioned interior spaces.
2. Where conduits pass from unconditioned interior spaces into conditioned interior spaces.
J. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 05 26.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B. Repair cuts and abrasions in galvanized finishes using zinc-rich paint recommended by
manufacturer. Replace components that exhibit signs of corrosion.
C. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective conduits.
3.04 CLEANING
A. Clean interior of conduits to remove moisture and foreign matter.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 33.13
Ithaca, New York CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 33.13-6
3.05 PROTECTION
A. Immediately after installation of conduit, use suitable manufactured plugs to provide protection
from entry of moisture and foreign material and do not remove until ready for installation of
conductors.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 33.16
Ithaca, New York BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 33.16-1
SECTION 26 05 33.16
BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Outlet and device boxes up to 100 cubic inches, including those used as junction and pull
boxes.
B. Cabinets and enclosures, including junction and pull boxes larger than 100 cubic inches.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 08 31 00 - Access Doors and Panels: Panels for maintaining access to concealed
boxes.
B. Section 26 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems.
C. Section 26 05 33.13 - Conduit for Electrical Systems:
1. Conduit bodies and other fittings.
2. Additional requirements for locating boxes to limit conduit length and/or number of bends
between pulling points.
D. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and
requirements.
E. Section 26 27 26 - Wiring Devices:
1. Wall plates.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015.
B. NECA 130 - Standard for Installing and Maintaining Wiring Devices; 2010.
C. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic
Tubing, and Cable; 2014.
D. NEMA OS 1 - Sheet-Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports; 2013.
E. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); 2014.
F. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
G. UL 50 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non-Environmental Considerations; Current
Edition, Including All Revisions.
H. UL 50E - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Environmental Considerations; Current Edition,
Including All Revisions.
I. UL 508A - Industrial Control Panels; 2013.
J. UL 514A - Metallic Outlet Boxes; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate the work with other trades to avoid placement of ductwork, piping, equipment,
or other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces and working
clearances for electrical equipment required by NFPA 70.
2. Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance
requirements of the actual equipment to be installed.
3. Coordinate minimum sizes of boxes with the actual installed arrangement of conductors,
clamps, support fittings, and devices, calculated according to NFPA 70.
4. Coordinate minimum sizes of pull boxes with the actual installed arrangement of
connected conduits, calculated according to NFPA 70.
5. Coordinate the placement of boxes with millwork, furniture, devices, equipment, etc.
installed under other sections or by others.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 33.16
Ithaca, New York BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 33.16-2
6. Coordinate the work with other trades to preserve insulation integrity.
7. Coordinate the work with other trades to provide walls suitable for installation of
flush-mounted boxes where indicated.
8. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain
direction before proceeding with work.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for cabinets and
enclosures, boxes for hazardous (classified) locations, floor boxes, and underground
boxes/enclosures.
C. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project.
1. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions.
2. Keys for Lockable Enclosures: Two of each different key.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 BOXES
A. General Requirements:
1. Do not use boxes and associated accessories for applications other than as permitted by
NFPA 70 and product listing.
2. Provide all boxes, fittings, supports, and accessories required for a complete raceway
system and to accommodate devices and equipment to be installed.
3. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
4. Where box size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable
minimum size requirements specified.
5. Provide grounding terminals within boxes where equipment grounding conductors
terminate.
B. Outlet and Device Boxes Up to 100 cubic inches, Including Those Used as Junction and Pull
Boxes:
1. Use sheet-steel boxes for dry locations unless otherwise indicated or required.
2. Use cast iron boxes or cast aluminum boxes for damp or wet locations unless otherwise
indicated or required; furnish with compatible weatherproof gasketed covers.
3. Use cast iron boxes or cast aluminum boxes where exposed galvanized steel rigid metal
conduit or exposed intermediate metal conduit (IMC) is used.
4. Use suitable concrete type boxes where flush-mounted in concrete.
5. Use suitable masonry type boxes where flush-mounted in masonry walls.
6. Use raised covers suitable for the type of wall construction and device configuration where
required.
7. Use shallow boxes where required by the type of wall construction.
8. Do not use "through-wall" boxes designed for access from both sides of wall.
9. Sheet-Steel Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1, and list and label as complying with UL
514A.
10. Cast Metal Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1, and list and label as complying with UL
514A; furnish with threaded hubs.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 33.16
Ithaca, New York BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 33.16-3
11. Boxes for Supporting Luminaires and Ceiling Fans: Listed as suitable for the type and
weight of load to be supported; furnished with fixture stud to accommodate mounting of
luminaire where required.
12. Boxes for Ganged Devices: Use multigang boxes of single-piece construction. Do not use
field-connected gangable boxes unless specifically indicated or permitted.
13. Minimum Box Size, Unless Otherwise Indicated:
a. Wiring Devices (Other Than Communications Systems Outlets): 4 inch square by
1-1/2 inch deep (100 by 38 mm) trade size.
14. Wall Plates: Comply with Section 26 27 26.
C. Cabinets and Enclosures, Including Junction and Pull Boxes Larger Than 100 cubic inches:
1. Comply with NEMA 250, and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E, or UL
508A.
2. NEMA 250 Environment Type, Unless Otherwise Indicated:
a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Type 1, painted steel.
b. Outdoor Locations: Type 3R, painted steel.
3. Junction and Pull Boxes Larger Than 100 cubic inches:
a. Provide screw-cover or hinged-cover enclosures unless otherwise indicated.
b. Boxes 6 square feet and Larger: Provide sectionalized screw-cover or hinged-cover
enclosures.
4. Cabinets and Hinged-Cover Enclosures, Other Than Junction and Pull Boxes:
a. Provide lockable hinged covers, all locks keyed alike unless otherwise indicated.
b. Back Panels: Painted steel, removable.
5. Finish for Painted Steel Enclosures: Manufacturer's standard grey unless otherwise
indicated.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
B. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive boxes.
C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install boxes in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship) and, where applicable, NECA
130, including mounting heights specified in those standards where mounting heights are not
indicated.
C. Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions and NFPA 70.
D. Provide separate boxes for emergency power and normal power systems.
E. Unless otherwise indicated, provide separate boxes for line voltage and low voltage systems.
F. Unless otherwise indicated, boxes may be surface-mounted where exposed conduits are
indicated or permitted.
G. Box Locations:
1. Locate boxes to be accessible. Provide access panels in accordance with Section 08 31
00 as required where approved by the Architect.
2. Unless dimensioned, box locations indicated are approximate.
3. Locate boxes as required for devices installed under other sections or by others.
4. Locate boxes so that wall plates do not span different building finishes.
5. Locate boxes so that wall plates do not cross masonry joints.
6. Unless otherwise indicated, where multiple outlet boxes are installed at the same location
at different mounting heights, install along a common vertical center line.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 33.16
Ithaca, New York BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 33.16-4
7. Fire Resistance Rated Walls: Install flush-mounted boxes such that the required fire
resistance will not be reduced.
8. Locate junction and pull boxes as indicated, as required to facilitate installation of
conductors, and to limit conduit length and/or number of bends between pulling points in
accordance with Section 26 05 33.13.
9. Locate junction and pull boxes in the following areas, unless otherwise indicated or
approved by the Architect:
a. Electrical rooms.
b. Mechanical equipment rooms.
H. Box Supports:
1. Secure and support boxes in accordance with NFPA 70 and Section 26 05 29 using
suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction.
2. Provide independent support from building structure except for cast metal boxes (other
than boxes used for fixture support) supported by threaded conduit connections in
accordance with NFPA 70. Do not provide support from piping, ductwork, or other
systems.
I. Install boxes plumb and level.
J. Flush-Mounted Boxes:
1. Install boxes in noncombustible materials such as concrete, tile, gypsum, plaster, etc. so
that front edge of box or associated raised cover is not set back from finished surface
more than 1/4 inch or does not project beyond finished surface.
2. Install boxes in combustible materials such as wood so that front edge of box or
associated raised cover is flush with finished surface.
3. Repair rough openings around boxes in noncombustible materials such as concrete, tile,
gypsum, plaster, etc. so that there are no gaps or open spaces greater than 1/8 inch at the
edge of the box.
K. Install boxes as required to preserve insulation integrity.
L. Install permanent barrier between ganged wiring devices when voltage between adjacent
devices exceeds 300 V.
M. Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using
materials and methods specified in Section 07 84 00.
N. Close unused box openings.
O. Install blank wall plates on junction boxes and on outlet boxes with no devices or equipment
installed or designated for future use.
P. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 05 26.
Q. Identify boxes in accordance with Section 26 05 53.
3.03 CLEANING
A. Clean interior of boxes to remove dirt, debris, plaster and other foreign material.
3.04 PROTECTION
A. Immediately after installation, protect boxes from entry of moisture and foreign material until
ready for installation of conductors.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 36
Ithaca, New York CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 36-1
SECTION 26 05 36
CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Metal cable tray systems:
1. Metal ladder cable tray.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping.
B. Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems.
C. Section 26 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems.
D. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and
requirements.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or
Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2017.
B. ASTM A780/A780M - Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-Dip
Galvanized Coatings; 2009 (Reapproved 2015).
C. ASTM B633 - Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel;
2015.
D. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015.
E. NECA/BICSI 568 - Standard for Installing Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling;
2006.
F. NEMA FG 1 - Fiberglass Cable Tray Systems; 1993 (Revised 1994).
G. NEMA VE 1 - Metal Cable Tray Systems; 2017.
H. NEMA VE 2 - Cable Tray Installation Guidelines; 2013, with Errata (2016).
I. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate the arrangement of cable tray with structural members, ductwork, piping,
equipment and other potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others.
Coordinate the work with other trades to avoid installation of obstructions within cable tray
required clearances.
2. Coordinate arrangement of cable tray with the dimensions and clearance requirements of
the actual products to be installed.
3. Coordinate the work with placement of supports, anchors, etc. required for mounting.
4. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain
direction before proceeding with work.
B. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene one week prior to commencing work of this section; require
attendance of all affected installers. Review proposed routing, sequence of installation, and
protection requirements for installed cable tray.
C. Sequencing:
1. Do not begin installation of cables until installation of associated cable tray run is complete.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 36
Ithaca, New York CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 36-2
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for cable tray
system components and accessories. Include dimensions, materials, fabrication details,
finishes, and span/load ratings.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and
NEMA VE 2, except do not store cable tray outdoors without cover as permitted in NEMA VE 2.
B. Handle products carefully to avoid damage to finish.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CABLE TRAY SYSTEM - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide new cable tray system consisting of all required components, fittings, supports,
accessories, etc. as necessary for a complete system.
B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
C. Do not use cable tray for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product
listing/classification.
D. Provide cable tray system and associated components suitable for use at indicated span/load
ratings under the service conditions at the installed location.
E. Unless otherwise indicated, specified span/load ratings are according to NEMA VE 1 (metal
cable tray systems) or NEMA FG 1 (fiberglass cable tray systems) with safety factor of 1.5 and
working load only (no additional concentrated static load).
F. Unless otherwise indicated, specified load/fill depths and inside widths are nominal values
according to NEMA VE 1 (metal cable tray systems) or NEMA FG 1 (fiberglass cable tray
systems) with applicable allowable tolerances.
2.02 METAL CABLE TRAY SYSTEMS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Metal Cable Tray System:
a. Cablofil, a brand of Legrand North America, Inc: www.legrand.us/#sle.
b. Cope, a brand of Atkore International Inc: www.copecabletray.com/#sle.
c. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle.
B. Comply with NEMA VE 1.
C. Finishes:
1. Zinc Electroplated Steel: Comply with ASTM B633.
2. Mill-Galvanized Before Fabrication (Pre-Galvanized) Steel: Comply with ASTM
A653/A653M, G90 coating.
D. Metal Ladder Cable Tray:
1. Material: Mill-galvanized before fabrication (pre-galvanized) steel.
2. Load/Fill Depth: As indicated on drawings.
3. Span/Load Rating: As indicated on drawings.
4. Rung Spacing: 9 inches on center for straight lengths.
5. Inside Width: As indicated on drawings.
6. Inside Radius of Fittings: 12 inches.
2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 36
Ithaca, New York CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 36-3
B. Metal Cable Tray: Perform factory design tests in accordance with NEMA VE 1, including
electrical continuity and load testing.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that work likely to damage cable tray system has been completed.
B. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
C. Verify that the dimensions and span/load ratings of cable tray system components are
consistent with the indicated requirements.
D. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive cable tray and associated supports.
E. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.02 PREPARATION
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install cable tray in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship), and NEMA VE 2.
C. Unless otherwise indicated, arrange cable tray to be parallel or perpendicular to building lines.
D. Arrange cable tray to provide required clearances and maintain cable access.
1. Minimum Clearance Above and Adjacent to Cable Tray: 12 inches.
2. Cable Tray for Telecommunications Cables: Maintain recommended separation from
sources of EMI greater than 5 kVA in accordance with NECA/BICSI 568.
E. Install cable tray plumb and level, with sections aligned and with horizontal runs at the proper
elevation.
F. Metal Wire Mesh/Basket Cable Tray: Field fabricate fittings in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions, using only manufacturer-approved connectors classified for bonding.
1. Inside Radius of Fittings: 12 inches.
G. Hot-Dip Galvanized After Fabrication (H.D.G.A.F.) Steel Cable Tray: After cutting, drilling, or
deburring, use approved zinc-rich paint to repair finish in accordance with ASTM A780/A780M.
H. Cable Tray Movement Provisions:
1. Provide suitable expansion fittings where cable tray is subject to movement, including but
not limited to:
a. Where cable tray crosses structural joints intended for expansion.
b. Long straight cable tray runs in accordance with NEMA VE 2.
2. Use expansion guides in lieu of hold-down clamps where prescribed in NEMA VE 2.
3. Set gaps for expansion fittings in accordance with NEMA VE 2.
I. Cable Provisions:
1. Use suitable fixed barrier strips to maintain separation of cables as indicated and as
required by NFPA 70.
2. Use suitable drop-out fittings or bushings where cables exit cable tray as required to
maintain minimum cable bending radius.
3. Use suitable cable support fittings for long vertical cable tray runs with heavy cables.
J. Provide end closures at unconnected ends of cable tray runs.
K. Cable Tray Support:
1. Use manufacturer's recommended hangers and supports, located in accordance with
NEMA VE 2 and manufacturer's requirements, but not exceeding specified span unless
otherwise approved by Engineer. Provide required support and attachment in accordance
with Section 26 05 29, where not furnished by cable tray manufacturer.
2. Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from piping,
ductwork, or other systems.
L. Grounding and Bonding Requirements, in Addition to Requirements of Section 26 05 26:
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 36
Ithaca, New York CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 36-4
1. Comply with grounding and bonding requirements of NEMA VE 2.
2. Metal Cable Tray Systems: Use suitable bonding jumpers or classified connectors to
provide electrical continuity.
3. Provide suitable equipment grounding conductor in each cable tray, except where cable
tray contains only multiconductor cables with integral equipment grounding conductors. Do
not use metal cable tray system as sole equipment grounding conductor.
a. Equipment Grounding Conductor for Steel Cable Tray: Use bare or insulated copper
conductor.
b. Minimum Equipment Grounding Conductor Size: 6 AWG copper.
c. Bond equipment grounding conductor to each cable tray section using suitable listed
ground clamps. Separate bonding jumpers are not required where properly bonded
equipment grounding conductor provides equivalent continuity.
M. Conduit Termination:
1. Use listed cable tray conduit clamps (evaluated for bonding connection) to terminate
conduits at cable tray.
2. Provide insulating bushing at conduit termination to protect cables.
3. Provide independent support for conduit.
N. Cable Installation:
1. Comply with cable installation requirements of NEMA VE 2.
2. Use appropriate cable pulling tools, applied to prevent excessive force on cable tray
system and maintain minimum cable bending radius.
3. Use cable clamps or cable ties to fasten conductors/cables to vertical and horizontal runs
of cable tray.
a. Distance Between Fastening Points for Vertical Runs: 18 inches.
b. Distance Between Fastening Points for Horizontal Runs: As required to maintain
spacing and confine conductor/cable within the cable fill area.
O. Penetrations: Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of building elements, using
materials and methods specified in Section 07 84 00.
P. Identification Requirements, in Addition to Those Specified in Section 26 05 53.
1. Use warning labels to identify cable tray containing service-entrance conductors with the
word message "SERVICE-ENTRANCE CONDUCTORS" at maximum intervals of 10 feet.
2. Use warning labels to identify electrical hazards for cable tray containing conductors
operating at over 600 V nominal with the word message "DANGER; HIGH VOLTAGE;
KEEP AWAY" at maximum intervals of 10 feet.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B. Inspect cable tray system for damage and defects.
C. Repair cuts and abrasions in galvanized finishes using zinc-rich paint recommended by
manufacturer. Replace components that exhibit signs of corrosion.
D. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective cable tray system components.
3.05 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust tightness of mechanical connections to manufacturer's recommended torque settings.
3.06 CLEANING
A. Remove dirt and debris from cable tray.
B. Clean exposed surfaces to remove dirt, paint, or other foreign material and restore to match
original factory finish.
3.07 PROTECTION
A. Protect cable tray system from subsequent construction operations.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 53
Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 53-1
SECTION 26 05 53
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Electrical identification requirements.
B. Identification nameplates and labels.
C. Wire and cable markers.
D. Voltage markers.
E. Underground warning tape.
F. Warning signs and labels.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 05 19 - Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables: Color coding for
power conductors and cables 600 V and less; vinyl color coding electrical tape.
B. Section 26 05 36 - Cable Trays for Electrical Systems: Additional identification requirements for
cable tray systems.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ANSI Z535.2 - American National Standard for Environmental and Facility Safety Signs; 2011.
B. ANSI Z535.4 - American National Standard for Product Safety Signs and Labels; 2011.
C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
D. UL 969 - Marking and Labeling Systems; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Verify final designations for equipment, systems, and components to be identified prior to
fabrication of identification products.
B. Sequencing:
1. Do not conceal items to be identified, in locations such as above suspended ceilings, until
identification products have been installed.
2. Do not install identification products until final surface finishes and painting are complete.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittals procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for each
product.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not install adhesive products when ambient temperature is lower than recommended by
manufacturer.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 IDENTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Existing Work: Unless specifically excluded, identify existing elements to remain that are not
already identified in accordance with specified requirements.
B. Identification for Equipment:
1. Use identification nameplate to identify each piece of electrical distribution and control
equipment and associated sections, compartments, and components.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 53
Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 53-2
a. Switchboards:
1) Identify ampere rating.
2) Identify voltage and phase.
3) Identify power source and circuit number. Include location when not within sight
of equipment.
4) Use identification nameplate to identify main overcurrent protective device.
5) Use identification nameplate to identify load(s) served for each branch device.
Do not identify spares and spaces.
b. Panelboards:
1) Identify ampere rating.
2) Identify voltage and phase.
3) Identify power source and circuit number. Include location when not within sight
of equipment.
4) Use typewritten circuit directory to identify load(s) served for panelboards with a
door. Identify spares and spaces using pencil.
5) For power panelboards without a door, use identification nameplate to identify
load(s) served for each branch device. Do not identify spares and spaces.
c. Transformers:
1) Identify kVA rating.
2) Identify voltage and phase for primary and secondary.
3) Identify power source and circuit number. Include location when not within sight
of equipment.
d. Transfer Switches:
1) Identify voltage and phase.
2) Identify power source and circuit number for both normal power source and
standby power source. Include location when not within sight of equipment.
3) Identify load(s) served. Include location when not within sight of equipment.
4) Identify short circuit current rating based on the specific overcurrent protective
device type and settings protecting the transfer switch.
e. Electricity Meters:
1) Identify load(s) metered.
2. Service Equipment:
a. Use identification nameplate to identify each service disconnecting means.
b. For buildings or structures supplied by more than one service, or any combination of
branch circuits, feeders, and services, use identification nameplate or means of
identification acceptable to authority having jurisdiction at each service disconnecting
means to identify all other services, feeders, and branch circuits supplying that
building or structure. Verify format and descriptions with authority having jurisdiction.
3. Emergency System Equipment:
a. Use identification nameplate or voltage marker to identify emergency system
equipment in accordance with NFPA 70.
b. Use identification nameplate at each piece of service equipment to identify type and
location of on-site emergency power sources.
4. Use identification label or handwritten text using indelible marker on inside of door at each
fused switch to identify required NEMA fuse class and size.
5. Use warning signs to identify electrical hazards for entrances to all rooms and other
guarded locations that contain exposed live parts operating at 600 V nominal or less with
the word message "DANGER; Electrical hazard; Authorized personnel only" or approved
equivalent.
6. Use warning signs to identify electrical hazards for entrances to all buildings, vaults,
rooms, or enclosures containing exposed live parts or exposed conductors operating at
over 600 V nominal with the word message "DANGER; HIGH VOLTAGE; KEEP OUT".
7. Use warning labels, identification nameplates, or identification labels to identify electrical
hazards for equipment where multiple power sources are present with the word message
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 53
Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 53-3
"DANGER; Hazardous voltage; Multiple power sources may be present; Disconnect all
electric power including remote disconnects before servicing" or approved equivalent.
C. Identification for Conductors and Cables:
1. Color Coding for Power Conductors 600 V and Less: Comply with Section 26 05 19.
2. Use identification nameplate or identification label to identify color code for ungrounded
and grounded power conductors inside door or enclosure at each piece of feeder or
branch-circuit distribution equipment when premises has feeders or branch circuits served
by more than one nominal voltage system.
3. Use wire and cable markers to identify circuit number or other designation indicated for
power, control, and instrumentation conductors, cables and conduits containing circuits at
the following locations:
a. At each source and load connection.
b. Within boxes when more than one circuit is present.
c. Within equipment enclosures when conductors and cables enter or leave the
enclosure.
d. In cable tray, at maximum intervals of 20 feet.
e. Label conduits with enclosed circuit source panel and number at intervals not
exceeding 20 feet.
4. Use wire and cable markers to identify connected grounding electrode system components
for grounding electrode conductors.
5. Use underground warning tape to identify direct buried cables.
D. Identification for Cable Tray: Comply with Section 26 05 36.
E. Identification for Boxes:
1. Use voltage markers to identify highest voltage present.
2. Use voltage markers or color coded boxes to identify systems other than normal power
system.
a. Color-Coded Boxes: Field-painted in accordance with Section 09 91 23 and 09 91 13
per the same color code used for raceways.
b. For exposed boxes in public areas, do not color code.
3. Use identification labels or handwritten text using indelible marker to identify circuits
enclosed.
a. For exposed boxes in public areas, use only identification labels.
4. Use warning labels to identify electrical hazards for boxes containing exposed live parts or
exposed conductors operating at over 600 V nominal with the word message "DANGER;
HIGH VOLTAGE; KEEP OUT".
2.02 IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES AND LABELS
A. Identification Nameplates:
1. Materials:
a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Use plastic nameplates.
b. Outdoor Locations: Use plastic, stainless steel, or aluminum nameplates suitable for
exterior use.
2. Plastic Nameplates: Two-layer or three-layer laminated acrylic or electrically
non-conductive phenolic with beveled edges; minimum thickness of 1/16 inch; engraved
text.
a. Exception: Provide minimum thickness of 1/8 inch when any dimension is greater
than 4 inches.
3. Mounting Holes for Mechanical Fasteners: Two, centered on sides for sizes up to 1 inch
high; Four, located at corners for larger sizes.
B. Identification Labels:
1. Materials: Use self-adhesive laminated plastic labels; UV, chemical, water, heat, and
abrasion resistant.
a. Use only for indoor locations.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 53
Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 53-4
2. Text: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printed text. Do not use handwritten text unless
otherwise indicated.
C. Format for Equipment Identification:
1. Minimum Size: 1 inch by 2.5 inches.
2. Legend:
a. System designation where applicable:
1) Emergency Power System: Identify with text "EMERGENCY".
b. Equipment designation or other approved description.
3. Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated.
4. Minimum Text Height:
a. System Designation: 1 inch.
b. Equipment Designation: 1/2 inch.
c. Other Information: 1/4 inch.
d. Exception: Provide minimum text height of 1 inch for equipment located more than 10
feet above floor or working platform.
5. Color:
a. Normal Power System: White text on black background.
b. Emergency Power System: White text on red background.
D. Format for General Information and Operating Instructions:
1. Minimum Size: 1 inch by 2.5 inches.
2. Legend: Include information or instructions indicated or as required for proper and safe
operation and maintenance.
3. Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated.
4. Minimum Text Height: 1/4 inch.
5. Color: Black text on white background unless otherwise indicated.
E. Format for Caution and Warning Messages:
1. Minimum Size: 2 inches by 4 inches.
2. Legend: Include information or instructions indicated or as required for proper and safe
operation and maintenance.
3. Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated.
4. Minimum Text Height: 1/2 inch.
5. Color: Black text on yellow background unless otherwise indicated.
2.03 WIRE AND CABLE MARKERS
A. Markers for Conductors, Cables and conduits containing circuits: Use wrap-around
self-adhesive vinyl cloth, wrap-around self-adhesive vinyl self-laminating, heat-shrink sleeve,
plastic sleeve, plastic clip-on, or vinyl split sleeve type markers suitable for the conductor or
cable to be identified.
B. Markers for Conductor and Cable Bundles: Use plastic marker tags secured by nylon cable
ties.
C. Legend: Power source and circuit number or other designation indicated.
D. Text: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printed text, all capitalized unless otherwise indicated.
1. Do not use handwritten text.
E. Minimum Text Height: 1/8 inch.
F. Color: Black text on white background unless otherwise indicated.
2.04 VOLTAGE MARKERS
A. Markers for Boxes and Equipment Enclosures: Use factory pre-printed self-adhesive vinyl or
self-adhesive vinyl cloth type markers.
B. Minimum Size:
1. Markers for Equipment: 1 1/8 by 4 1/2 inches.
2. Markers for Pull Boxes: 1 1/8 by 4 1/2 inches.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 53
Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 53-5
3. Markers for Junction Boxes: 1/2 by 2 1/4 inches.
C. Legend:
1. Markers for Voltage Identification: Highest voltage present.
2. Markers for System Identification:
a. Emergency Power System: Text "EMERGENCY".
D. Color: Black text on orange background unless otherwise indicated.
2.05 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE
A. Materials: Use non-detectable type polyethylene tape suitable for direct burial, unless otherwise
indicated.
B. Non-detectable Type Tape: 6 inches wide, with minimum thickness of 4 mil.
C. Legend: Type of service, continuously repeated over full length of tape.
D. Color:
2.06 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS
A. Comply with ANSI Z535.2 or ANSI Z535.4 as applicable.
B. Warning Signs:
1. Materials:
a. Indoor Dry, Clean Locations: Use factory pre-printed rigid plastic or self-adhesive
vinyl signs.
2. Rigid Signs: Provide four mounting holes at corners for mechanical fasteners.
3. Minimum Size: 7 by 10 inches unless otherwise indicated.
C. Warning Labels:
1. Materials: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printed self-adhesive polyester or
self-adhesive vinyl labels; UV, chemical, water, heat, and abrasion resistant; produced
using materials recognized to UL 969.
2. Machine-Printed Labels: Use thermal transfer process printing machines and accessories
recommended by label manufacturer.
3. Minimum Size: 2 by 4 inches unless otherwise indicated.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Clean surfaces to receive adhesive products according to manufacturer's instructions.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install identification products to be plainly visible for examination, adjustment, servicing, and
maintenance. Unless otherwise indicated, locate products as follows:
1. Surface-Mounted Equipment: Enclosure front.
2. Flush-Mounted Equipment: Inside of equipment door.
3. Free-Standing Equipment: Enclosure front; also enclosure rear for equipment with rear
access.
4. Elevated Equipment: Legible from the floor or working platform.
5. Branch Devices: Adjacent to device.
6. Interior Components: Legible from the point of access.
7. Boxes: Outside face of cover.
8. Conductors, cables,conduits and wireways: Legible from the point of access.
C. Install identification products centered, level, and parallel with lines of item being identified.
D. Secure nameplates to exterior surfaces of enclosures using stainless steel screws and to
interior surfaces using self-adhesive backing or epoxy cement.
E. Install self-adhesive labels and markers to achieve maximum adhesion, with no bubbles or
wrinkles and edges properly sealed.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 05 53
Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 05 53-6
F. Install underground warning tape above buried lines with one tape per trench at 3 inches below
finished grade.
G. Secure rigid signs using stainless steel screws.
H. Mark all handwritten text, where permitted, to be neat and legible.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B. Replace self-adhesive labels and markers that exhibit bubbles, wrinkles, curling or other signs
of improper adhesion.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 12 00
Ithaca, New York MEDIUM-VOLTAGE DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 12 00-1
SECTION 26 12 00
MEDIUM-VOLTAGE DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. This specification covers the electrical and mechanical characteristics of a 150 kVA (Facility
1902 - Plant Breeding Love Lab), a 500 kVA & 300 kVA (Facility 2084 - Space
Sciences)Three-Phase Step-Down Dry type Distribution Transformers.
1.02 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Dry-type pad-mounted distribution transformers.
1.03 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. IEEE C57.12.01 - IEEE Standard for General Requirements for Dry-Type Distribution and
Power Transformers; 2015.
B. IEEE C57.12.91 - IEEE Standard Test Code for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers;
2011.
C. IEEE C57.94 - IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation, Application, Operation, and
Maintenance of Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers; 2015.
D. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Equipment and Systems;
2017.
E. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate electrical characteristics and connection requirements, outline
dimensions, connection and support points, weight, specified ratings and materials.
C. Product Data: Provide electrical characteristics and connection requirements, standard model
design tests, and options.
D. Test Reports: Indicate procedures and results for specified factory and field testing and
inspection.
E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions.
F. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.
G. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project.
1. Tools: One each of every special tool required to operate and maintain transformer.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Company member of International Electrical Testing Association
and specializing in testing products specified in this section with minimum three years
documented experience.
C. Products: Listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect dry-type transformers from moisture by using appropriate heaters as instructed by the
manufacturer.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 12 00
Ithaca, New York MEDIUM-VOLTAGE DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 12 00-2
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Olsun Electrics
B. ABB/GE:
C. Schneider Electric; Square D Products:
D. MGM Transformer Company..
E. Federal Pacific Transformer Company
F. Eaton
G. Hammond Power Solutions
2.02 DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS
A. Dry-Type Transformers: IEEE C57.12.01; three phase, pad-mounted, self-cooled transformer
unit vacuum pressure impregnated (VPI).
B. Cooling and Temperature Rise: IEEE C57.12.01; Class AA. 220 degree C insulation class with
80 degree C rise over 40 degree C ambient.
2.03 SERVICE CONDITIONS
A. Meet requirements for usual service conditions described in IEEE C57.12.01 and for the
specified unusual service conditions.
2.04 RATINGS
A. Capacity: 150 kVA 208/120 at Love Lab; 500 kVA 208/120 volts and 300 kVA 480/277 volts for
Space Sciences.
B. Primary Voltage: 13.2 kV delta connected, 95 kV BIL.
C. Taps: Standard primary taps.
D. Secondary Voltage: 208/120 volts, wye connected, 10 kV BIL for 150 kVA and 500 kVA;
480/277 volts, wye connected for 300 kVA.
E. Impedance: 5.75 percent.
F. Basic Impulse Level: 95 kV.
G. Transformer size not exceeding dimensions shown to scale or otherwise indicated on drawings.
H. Enclosure Style: Cube (Square D “Style D” or equivalent),
2.05 ACCESSORIES
A. Accessories: IEEE C57.12.00 standard accessories and IEEE C57.12.01 standard
accessories.
B. Primary Connections: Air terminal compartment with removable cover and pre-drilled copper
bus bars.
C. 18 kV, 15.3 kV MCOV, distribution class surge arresters within the transformer enclosure.
2.06 FABRICATION
A. Comply with the requirements of IEEE C57.12.28.
2.07 FACTORY FINISHING
A. Clean surfaces before applying paint.
B. Apply corrosion-resisting primer to all surfaces.
C. Apply finish coat of baked enamel paint to 2 mils thick.
D. Finish Color: Manufacturer's standard dark gray finish.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 12 00
Ithaca, New York MEDIUM-VOLTAGE DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 12 00-3
2.08 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Provide factory tests to IEEE C57.12.90 and IEEE C57.12.00. Include the routine tests as
defined in the standards and the following other tests:
1. Impedance voltage and load loss.
2. Dielectric tests.
3. Audible sound level.
4. Short circuit capability.
5. Zero-phase-sequence impedance voltage.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with IEEE C57.94.
B. Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 26 05 29.
C. Install plumb and level.
D. Install safety labels to NEMA 260.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4.
C. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.2. Tests listed as optional are not
required, except for the following:
1. Dry-Type Transformers:
a. Measure the resistance of each winding at each tap connection.
b. Perform an applied voltage test on all high- and low-voltage windings-to-ground.
3.04 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust primary taps so that secondary voltage is above and within 2 percent of rated voltage.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 12 19
Ithaca, New York PAD-MOUNTED, LIQUID-FILLED, MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 12 19-1
SECTION 26 12 19
PAD-MOUNTED, LIQUID-FILLED, MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A. This specification covers the electrical and mechanical characteristics of a 300 KVA (Wing Hall
Facility 1042A) Three-Phase Step-Down FM Approved, Envirotemp FR3 Dielectric fluid-filled
Pad-Mounted Distribution Transformer.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. The following data shall be submitted with the proposal:
1. Percent Impedance
2. Typical record drawings (with quote)
3. Approval drawings (furnished at time of order)
4. Proposed expulsion and current limiting fusing
5. Final record drawings (furnished at time of shipment)
1.3 RELATED STANDARDS
A. All characteristics, definitions, and terminology, except as specifically covered in this specification,
shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the following ANSI and NEMA standards.
1. C57.12.00 -IEEE Standard General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution,
Power, and Regulating Transformers.
2. C57.12.26 - IEEE Standard for Pad-Mounted, Compartmental-Type, Self-Cooled, Three-
Phase Distribution Transformers for Use with Separable Insulated High-Voltage
Connectors (34500GrdY/19920 Volts and Below; 2500 kVA and Smaller).
3. C57.12.28 - Pad-Mounted Equipment - Enclosure Integrity.
4. C57.12.34 - IEEE Standard Requirements for Pad-Mounted, Compartmental-Type, Self-
Cooled, Three-Phase Distribution Transformers (2500 kVA and Smaller) - High Voltage:
34500GrdY/19920 Volts and Below; Low-Voltage: 480 Volt 2500 kVA and Smaller. (issued
in March 2005 - combines C57.12.22 and C57.12.26)
5. C57.12.90 - IEEE Standard Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and
Regulating Transformers and IEEE Guide for Short-Circuit Testing of Distribution and
Power Transformers.
6. C57.91 - Guide for Loading Mineral-Oil-Immersed Transformers.
7. This specification covers only the general requirements of the transformer.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer shall have specialized in the design, manufacture and assembly of liquid filled
pad-mounted tamper-resistant transformers for a minimum of 10 years.
B. The manufacturer shall have a well-documented quality assurance program, which includes
procedures for all activities in order entry, design, material procurement, manufacturing
processes, testing, shipping and post shipment product follow.
C. The manufacturer’s test floor shall have a documented calibration program. All equipment shall
receive regular calibrations. Calibration standards shall be traceable to National Bureau of
Standards.
D. The transformers shall be manufactured by a company which is certified to ISO 9001:2000. A
copy of the certificate of Compliance to this requirement is available upon request.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Handle and store equipment in accordance with manufacturer’s Installation and Maintenance
Manuals. One (1) copy of this document to be provided with the equipment at time of shipment.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 12 19
Ithaca, New York PAD-MOUNTED, LIQUID-FILLED, MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 12 19-2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. The pad-mounted distribution transformer approved manufacturers shall be:
a. HOWARD INDUSTRIES
b. COOPER POWER SYSTEMS
c. No other “or equal” manufacturers will be allowed
2.2 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Electrical Characteristics
1. The transformer shall be designed in accordance with this specification.
2. Frequency: 60 Hertz
3. Primary Voltage:
a. The primary voltage, configuration, and the basic lightning impulse insulation level
(BIL) shall be:
1.) 13200V Delta, 95 kV BIL
b. The secondary voltage, configuration, and the basic lightning impulse insulation
level (BIL) shall be:
1.) 208Y/120, 30 kV BIL
c. For complete connector rating, see ANSI/IEEE 386.
d. Transformers are suitable for connectors with phase-to-ground or phase-to-
ground/phase-to-phase high-voltage ratings for 13200kV.
4. Taps
a. The transformer shall be furnished with full capacity high-voltage taps. The taps
shall be (4) 2½% taps, 2 above and 2 below nominal voltage
b. The tap changer switch shall be an externally operated switch with a hotstick-
operable handle. The tap changer shall be clearly labeled to reflect that the
transformer must be de-energized before operating the tap changer as required in
Section 3.3 of ANSI C57.12.26.
5. Winding Temperature
a. The average winding temperature rise above ambient temperature, when tested at
the transformer rating, shall not exceed 55 deg C at the base transformer rating, and
when tested at 112% of the base rating, shall not exceed 65 deg C.
6. Impedance
a. The percent impedance voltage, as measured on the rated voltage connection, shall
be as follows:
a.) 5.75% Impedance
b. For target impedances, the tolerance on the impedance shall be +/- 7.5% of nominal
value for impedance values greater than 2.5%.
7. Efficiency: DOE 2016.
8. Enclosure not to exceed the following dimensions without engineer’s approval: 73.4” H x
72” W x 58.9” D.
B. High Voltage Bushings
1. Bushing Style:
a. 15/25KV 600A Deadbreak Primary One-Piece Bushing externally removable, 3ø
rated, integral design.
2. Bushing Configuration -
a. 15/25 KV Loop Feed Deadfront: The transformer shall be provided with six (6) high
voltage bushings in accordance Figure 2 minimum dimensions (Figure 5a specific
dimensions also available) of ANSI C57.12.34 for loop feed configurations. The
bushing heights shall be in accordance with Figure 3 minimum dimensions (Figure
6 specific dimensions also available) of ANSI C57.12.34.
b. Provide three (3) parking stands with stand-off insulators for radial feeder cables.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 12 19
Ithaca, New York PAD-MOUNTED, LIQUID-FILLED, MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 12 19-3
C. Secondary Voltage Bushings
1. Style:
The transformer shall be provided with tin-plated spade-type bushings. The spacing
of the connection holes shall be 1.75” on center, per ANSI C57.12.34 figure 13. The
quantity of connection holes shall be 4 holes.
2. Configuration:
a. The transformer shall be provided with bushings in a staggered arrangement in
accordance with Figure 11a minimum dimensions (Figure 12a specific dimensions
also available) of ANSI C57.12.34.
D. Transformer Protection and Switching
1. Overcurrent Protection:
a. Bayonet with current limiting fuses: The high-voltage overcurrent protection scheme
provided with the transformer shall be an externally removable loadbreak expulsion
Bay-O-Net fuse assembly with a flapper valve to minimize oil spillage. The bayonet
fuses shall be in series with ELSP under-oil partial-range current-limiting back-up
fuses with an interrupting rating of 50,000 A. Bay-O-Net fuses shall be as follows:
300 KVA: Cooper 15A current sensing Bay-O-Net. Provide one spare set of 3 fuses
for each transformer.
E. Switching:
1. The primary switching scheme provided with the transformer shall be three (3) three-phase
two-position 600A (make-and-latch rating of 20KA RMS symmetrical) gang-operated load
break switches, oil-immersed in transformer tank with hook-stick operating handle in
primary compartment. There shall be one two position switch for each feed (Feed A and
Feed B) and one for the transformer. High-voltage switches to be located on line-side of
bayonet fuse. Switches shall switch downstream of the two loop feed bushings.
2.3 GENERAL DESIGN
A. Core and coil
1. The core and coil shall be vacuum processed to ensure maximum penetration of insulating
fluid into the coil insulation system. While under vacuum, the windings will be energized to
heat the coils and drive out moisture, and the transformer will be filled with preheated
filtered degassed insulating fluid. The core shall be manufactured from burr-free, grain-
oriented silicon steel and shall be precisely stacked to eliminate gaps in the corner joints.
The coil shall be insulated with B-stage, epoxy coated, diamond pattern, insulating paper,
which shall be thermally cured under pressure to ensure proper bonding of conductor and
paper.
B. Dielectric fluid
1. The dielectric coolant shall be
a. listed less-flammable fluid meeting the requirements of National Electrical Code®
Section 450-23 and the requirements of the National Electrical Safety Code (IEEE
C2-1997), Section 15. The dielectric coolant shall be readily and completely
biodegradable per EPA OPPTS 835.3100. The base fluid shall be 100% derived
from edible seed oils with performance enhancing additives. The fluid shall result in
zero mortality when tested on trout fry per OECD G.L. 203 and be non-
bioaccumulating. The fluid shall be published under US EPA Environmental
Technology Verification (ETV) requirements, and tested for compatibility with
transformer components. The fluid shall be Factory Mutual Approved, UL®
Classified Dielectric Medium (UL-EOUV) and UL Classified Transformer Fluid (UL-
EOVK), Envirotemp® FR3® fluid.
C. Tank and Cabinet Enclosure
1. The tank and Cabinet enclosure shall meet the following requirements.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 12 19
Ithaca, New York PAD-MOUNTED, LIQUID-FILLED, MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 12 19-4
a. The high-voltage and low-voltage compartments, separated by a metal barrier, shall
be located side-by-side on one side of the transformer tank. When viewed from the
front, the low-voltage compartment shall be on the right. Each compartment shall
have a door that is constructed so as to provide access to the high-voltage
compartment only after the door to the low-voltage compartment has been opened.
There shall be one or more additional fastening devices that must be removed
before the high-voltage door can be opened. Where the low-voltage compartment
door is of a flat panel design, the compartment door shall have three-point latching
with a handle provided for a locking device. Hinge pins and associated barrels shall
be constructed of corrosion-resistant material, passivated AISI Type 304 or the
equivalent.
b. A recessed, captive, penta-head bolt that meets the dimensions per ANSI C57.12.28
shall secure all access doors.
c. The enclosure integrity of the tank and cabinet shall meet the requirements for
tamper resistance set forth in ANSI C57.12.28 including but not limited to the pry
test, pull test, and wire probe test.
d. The compartment depth shall be in accordance with C57.12.34, unless additional
depth is specified.
e. The tank base must be designed to allow skidding or rolling in any direction. Lifting
provisions shall consist of four lifting lugs welded to the tank.
f. The tank shall be constructed to withstand 7 psi without permanent deformation, and
15 psi without rupture. The tank shall include a 15 psig pressure relief valve with a
minimum flow rate of 35 SCFM.
g. The tank and cabinet coating shall meet all the requirements of ANSI C57.12.28
including:
1.) Salt Spray Test
2.) Crosshatch Adhesion Test
3.) Humidity Test
4.) Impact Test
5.) Oil Resistance Test
6.) Ultraviolet Accelerated Weathering Test
7.) Abrasion Resistance - Taber Abraser
h. The exterior of the unit shall be painted Munsell 7GY3.29/1.5 green color. The
cabinet interior and tank face shall be painted gray for ease of viewing the inside the
compartment.
i. The tank shall be complete with an anodized aluminum laser engraved “FM
Approved” nameplate. This nameplate shall meet Nameplate B per ANSI C57.12.00.
2.4 FEATURES
A. The following features shall be provided:
1. Bolted main tank cover
2. 1.0” upper fill plug
3. 1.0” drain plug in LV compartment
4. Automatic pressure relief valve
5. Metal drip shield (when bayonets specified)
6. 20” deep cabinet
7. Ground provisions per C57.12.34 section 9.11.
8. Meet NEMA TR-1 sound levels
2.5 ACCESSORIES
A. The following accessories shall be provided
1. Liquid level gauge
2. Dial-type thermometer gauge
3. Pressure vacuum gauge
4. 1.0” drain valve w/ sampling device in (LV) compartment
5. Upper fill valve
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 12 19
Ithaca, New York PAD-MOUNTED, LIQUID-FILLED, MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 12 19-5
6. Spare bayonet fusing (one spare set of (3) 15A current sensing Bay-O-Net)
7. One-hole ground pads (quantity 3)
8. Mounting provision for Current transformers
9. Factory Mutual (FM) Approved transformer (for NEC Code-listed installations on, near, or
inside of buildings)
10. NEMA TP-1 Efficiency design
11. Touch-up paint
12. Non-PCB decal
13. Danger high-voltage warning signs
14. Pressure vacuum bleeder
15. (3) spare fully insulated plugs/caps to insulate any unused bushings.
2.6 SHIPPING
A. Units shall be palletized.
2.7 TESTING & TOLERANCES
A. All units shall be tested for the following:
1. No-Load 20 deg C losses at rated current
2. Total (85 deg C) losses at rated current
3. Percent Impedance (85 deg C) at rated current
4. Excitation current (100% voltage) test
5. Winding resistance measurement tests
6. Ratio tests using all tap settings
7. Polarity and phase relation tests
8. Induced potential tests
9. Full wave and reduced wave impulse test
B. Certification
1. The manufacturer shall provide certification upon request for all design and other tests
listed in C57.12.00, including verification that the design has passed short circuit criteria
per ANSI C57.12.00 and C57.12.90.
2. FM Approved Nameplate (Outdoor Install)
C. Field-testing will be conducted by the contractor (not the manufacturer) for final acceptance.
2.8 WARRANTY
A. Equipment manufacturer warrants that all goods supplied are free of non-conformities in
workmanship and materials for one year from date of initial operation, but not more than eighteen
months from date of shipment.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 24 13
Ithaca, New York SWITCHBOARDS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 24 13-1
SECTION 26 24 13
SWITCHBOARDS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Low-voltage (600 V and less) switchboards and associated accessories for service and
distribution applications.
B. Overcurrent protective devices for switchboards.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems.
B. Section 26 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. FS W-C-375 - Circuit Breakers, Molded Case; Branch Circuit and Service; 2013e (Amended
2017).
B. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015.
C. NECA 400 - Standard for Installing and Maintaining Switchboards; 2007.
D. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); 2014.
E. NEMA PB 2 - Deadfront Distribution Switchboards; 2011.
F. NEMA PB 2.1 - General Instructions for Proper Handling, Installation, Operation, and
Maintenance of Deadfront Distribution Switchboards Rated 600 Volts or Less; 2013.
G. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Equipment and Systems;
2017.
H. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
I. UL 489 - Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches and Circuit Breaker
Enclosures; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
J. UL 869A - Reference Standard for Service Equipment; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
K. UL 891 - Switchboards; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate the work with other trades to avoid placement of ductwork, piping, equipment,
or other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces and working
clearances required by NFPA 70.
2. Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance
requirements of the actual equipment to be installed.
3. Verify with manufacturer that conductor terminations are suitable for use with the
conductors to be installed.
4. Coordinate with manufacturer to provide shipping splits suitable for the dimensional
constraints of the installation.
5. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain
direction before proceeding with work.
B. Service Entrance Switchboards:
1. Coordinate with Utility Company to provide switchboards with suitable provisions for
electrical service and utility metering, where applicable.
2. Coordinate with Owner to arrange for Utility Company required access to equipment for
installation and maintenance.
3. Obtain Utility Company approval of switchboard prior to fabrication.
4. Arrange for inspections necessary to obtain Utility Company approval of installation.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 24 13
Ithaca, New York SWITCHBOARDS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 24 13-2
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for
switchboards, enclosures, overcurrent protective devices, and other installed components and
accessories.
C. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, voltage, bus ampacities, overcurrent protective device
arrangement and sizes, short circuit current ratings, conduit entry locations, conductor terminal
information, and installed features and accessories.
1. Include dimensioned plan and elevation views of switchboards and adjacent equipment
with all required clearances indicated.
2. Include wiring diagrams showing all factory and field connections.
3. Clearly indicate whether proposed short circuit current ratings are fully rated or, where
acceptable, series rated systems.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store switchboards in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions, NECA 400, and NEMA PB 2.1.
B. Store in a clean, dry space having a uniform temperature to prevent condensation (including
outdoor switchboards, which are not weatherproof until completely and properly installed).
Where necessary, provide temporary enclosure space heaters or temporary power for
permanent factory-installed space heaters.
C. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to
protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic.
D. Handle carefully to avoid damage to switchboard internal components, enclosure, and finish.
1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain field conditions within required service conditions during and after installation.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Switchboards:
1. ABB/GE: www.geindustrial.com/#sle.
2. Eaton Corporation: www.eaton.com/#sle.
3. Schneider Electric; Square D Products: www.schneider-electric.us/#sle.
B. Products other than basis of design are subject to compliance with specified requirements and
prior approval of Engineer. By using products other than basis of design, Contractor accepts
responsibility for costs associated with any necessary modifications to related work, including
any design fees.
C. Source Limitations: Furnish switchboards and associated components produced by the same
manufacturer as the other electrical distribution equipment used for this project and obtained
from a single supplier.
2.02 SWITCHBOARDS
A. Provide switchboards consisting of all required components, control power transformers,
instrumentation and control wiring, accessories, etc. as necessary for a complete operating
system.
B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 24 13
Ithaca, New York SWITCHBOARDS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 24 13-3
C. Description: Dead-front switchboard assemblies complying with NEMA PB 2, and listed and
labeled as complying with UL 891; ratings, configurations and features as indicated on the
drawings.
D. Front-Connected Switchboards:
1. Main Device(s): Individually-mounted.
2. Feeder Devices: Panel/group-mounted.
3. Arrangement: Front accessible only (not rear accessible), rear aligned.
4. Gutter Access: Bolted covers.
E. Service Entrance Switchboards:
1. Listed and labeled as suitable for use as service equipment according to UL 869A.
2. For solidly-grounded wye systems, provide factory-installed main bonding jumper between
neutral and ground busses, and removable neutral disconnecting link for testing purposes.
3. Comply with Utility Company requirements for electrical service.
F. Service Conditions:
1. Provide switchboards and associated components suitable for operation under the
following service conditions without derating:
a. Altitude: Less than 6,600 feet.
b. Ambient Temperature:
1) Switchboards Containing Molded Case or Insulated Case Circuit Breakers:
Between 23 degrees F and 104 degrees F.
2. Provide switchboards and associated components suitable for operation at indicated
ratings under the service conditions at the installed location.
G. Short Circuit Current Rating:
1. Provide switchboards with listed short circuit current rating not less than the available fault
current at the installed location as indicated on the drawings.
2. Minimum Rating: 65,000 rms symmetrical amperes.
H. Main Devices: Configure for top or bottom incoming feed as indicated or as required for the
installation. Provide separate pull section and/or top-mounted pullbox as indicated or as
required to facilitate installation of incoming feed.
I. Bussing: Sized in accordance with UL 891 temperature rise requirements.
1. Through bus (horizontal cross bus) to be fully rated through full length of switchboard
(non-tapered). Tapered bus is not permitted.
2. Provide fully rated neutral bus unless otherwise indicated, with a suitable lug for each
feeder or branch circuit requiring a neutral connection.
3. Provide solidly bonded equipment ground bus through full length of switchboard, with a
suitable lug for each feeder and branch circuit equipment grounding conductor.
4. Phase and Neutral Bus Material: Copper.
5. Ground Bus Material: Copper.
J. Conductor Terminations: Suitable for use with the conductors to be installed.
1. Line Conductor Terminations:
a. Main and Neutral Lug Material: Copper, suitable for terminating copper conductors
only.
b. Main and Neutral Lug Type: Mechanical.
2. Load Conductor Terminations:
a. Lug Material: Copper, suitable for terminating copper conductors only.
b. Lug Type:
1) Provide mechanical lugs unless otherwise indicated.
K. Enclosures:
1. Environment Type per NEMA 250: Unless otherwise indicated, as specified for the
following installation locations:
a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Type 1 or Type 2 (drip-proof).
2. Finish: Manufacturer's standard unless otherwise indicated.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 24 13
Ithaca, New York SWITCHBOARDS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 24 13-4
L. Future Provisions:
1. Prepare designated spaces for future installation of devices including bussing, connectors,
mounting hardware and all other required provisions.
2. Equip distribution sections with full height vertical bussing to accommodate maximum
utilization of space for devices.
2.03 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
A. Circuit Breakers:
1. Interrupting Capacity:
a. Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity as required to provide the short
circuit current rating indicated, but not less than specified minimum requirements.
b. Fully Rated Systems: Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity not less than
the short circuit current rating indicated.
2. Molded Case Circuit Breakers:
a. Description: Quick-make, quick-break, over center toggle, trip-free, trip-indicating
circuit breakers; listed and labeled as complying with UL 489, and complying with FS
W-C-375 where applicable; ratings, configurations, and features as indicated on the
drawings.
1) Provide thermal magnetic circuit breakers unless otherwise indicated on
drawings.
2) Provide Fully independantly adjustable LSI pickup, time delay, and i2t settings
Adjustable instantaneous circuit breakers for 225A and 250A frame.
3) Provide electronic trip circuit breakers for circuit breaker frame sizes 275
amperes and above, unless otherwise indicated on drawings.
4) Provide circuit breakers per circuit breaker models and features indicated on
circuit breaker trip unit settings table provided in construction drawings.
b. Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers: For each pole, furnish thermal inverse time
tripping element for overload protection and magnetic instantaneous tripping element
for short circuit protection.
c. Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers: Furnish solid state, microprocessor-based, true rms
sensing trip units.
1) Provide the following field-adjustable trip response settings:
(a) Long time pickup, adjustable by replacing interchangeable trip unit or by
setting dial.
(b) Long time delay.
(c) Short time pickup and delay. Include i2t in and out settings.
(d) Instantaneous pickup.
(e) For electronic trip units that are rated for or can be adjusted to 1,200
amperes or higher, provide arc energy reduction capability with an
energy-reducing maintenance switch with local status indicator.
2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B. Factory test switchboards according to NEMA PB 2, including the following production (routine)
tests on each switchboard assembly or component:
1. Dielectric tests.
2. Mechanical operation tests.
3. Grounding of instrument transformer cases test.
4. Electrical operation and control wiring tests, including polarity and sequence tests.
5. Ground-fault sensing equipment test.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 24 13
Ithaca, New York SWITCHBOARDS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 24 13-5
B. Verify that the ratings and configurations of the switchboards and associated components are
consistent with the indicated requirements.
C. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive switchboards.
D. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install switchboards in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship), NECA 400, and NEMA
PB 2.1.
C. Arrange equipment to provide required clearances and maintenance access, including
accommodations for any drawout devices.
D. Where switchboard is indicated to be mounted with inaccessible side against wall, provide
minimum clearance of 1/2 inch between switchboard and wall.
E. Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 26 05 29.
F. Install switchboards plumb and level.
G. Unless otherwise indicated, mount switchboards on properly sized 4 inch high concrete pad
constructed in accordance with Section 03 30 00.
H. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 05 26.
I. Install all field-installed devices, components, and accessories.
J. Where accessories are not self-powered, provide control power source as indicated or as
required to complete installation.
K. Provide filler plates to cover unused spaces in switchboards.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B. Before energizing switchboard, perform insulation resistance testing in accordance with NECA
400 and NEMA PB 2.1.
C. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4.
D. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.1.
E. Molded Case and Insulated Case Circuit Breakers: Perform inspections and tests listed in
NETA ATS, Section 7.6.1.1. Tests listed as optional are not required.
F. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective switchboards or associated
components.
3.04 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust tightness of mechanical and electrical connections to manufacturer's recommended
torque settings.
B. Manufacturer shall adjust circuit breaker trip unit settings in the field prior to energization per
settings table provided in construction drawings.
C. Adjust alignment of switchboard covers and doors.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Clean dirt and debris from switchboard enclosures and components according to
manufacturer's instructions.
B. Repair scratched or marred surfaces to match original factory finish.
3.06 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed switchboards from subsequent construction operations.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 24 16
Ithaca, New York PANELBOARDS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 24 16-1
SECTION 26 24 16
PANELBOARDS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Power distribution panelboards.
B. Lighting and appliance panelboards.
C. Overcurrent protective devices for panelboards.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems.
B. Section 26 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems.
C. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and
requirements.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015.
B. NECA 407 - Standard for Installing and Maintaining Panelboards; 2015.
C. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); 2014.
D. NEMA PB 1 - Panelboards; 2011.
E. NEMA PB 1.1 - General Instructions for Proper Installation, Operation and Maintenance of
Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less; 2013.
F. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Equipment and Systems;
2017.
G. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
H. UL 50 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non-Environmental Considerations; Current
Edition, Including All Revisions.
I. UL 50E - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Environmental Considerations; Current Edition,
Including All Revisions.
J. UL 67 - Panelboards; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
K. UL 489 - Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches and Circuit Breaker
Enclosures; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate the work with other trades to avoid placement of ductwork, piping, equipment,
or other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces and working
clearances for electrical equipment required by NFPA 70.
2. Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance
requirements of the actual equipment to be installed.
3. Coordinate the work with other trades to provide walls suitable for installation of
flush-mounted panelboards where indicated.
4. Verify with manufacturer that conductor terminations are suitable for use with the
conductors to be installed.
5. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain
direction before proceeding with work.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 24 16
Ithaca, New York PANELBOARDS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 24 16-2
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for
panelboards, enclosures, overcurrent protective devices, and other installed components and
accessories.
C. Shop Drawings: Indicate outline and support point dimensions, voltage, main bus ampacity,
overcurrent protective device arrangement and sizes, short circuit current ratings, conduit entry
locations, conductor terminal information, and installed features and accessories.
1. Include dimensioned plan and elevation views of panelboards and adjacent equipment with
all required clearances indicated.
2. Include wiring diagrams showing all factory and field connections.
3. Clearly indicate whether proposed short circuit current ratings are fully rated or, where
acceptable, series rated systems.
D. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project.
1. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions.
2. Panelboard Keys: Two of each different key.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store panelboards in accordance with manufacturer's instructions
and NECA 407.
B. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or
heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic.
C. Handle carefully in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions to avoid damage to
panelboard internal components, enclosure, and finish.
1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain ambient temperature within the following limits during and after installation of
panelboards:
1. Panelboards Containing Circuit Breakers: Between 23 degrees F and 104 degrees F.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. ABB/GE: www.geindustrial.com/#sle.
B. Eaton Corporation: www.eaton.com/#sle.
C. Schneider Electric; Square D Products: www.schneider-electric.us/#sle.
D. Source Limitations: Furnish panelboards and associated components produced by the same
manufacturer as the other electrical distribution equipment used for this project and obtained
from a single supplier.
2.02 PANELBOARDS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
B. Unless otherwise indicated, provide products suitable for continuous operation under the
following service conditions:
1. Altitude: Less than 6,600 feet.
2. Ambient Temperature:
a. Panelboards Containing Circuit Breakers: Between 23 degrees F and 104 degrees F.
C. Short Circuit Current Rating:
1. Provide panelboards with listed short circuit current rating not less than the available fault
current at the installed location as indicated on the drawings.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 24 16
Ithaca, New York PANELBOARDS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 24 16-3
D. Mains: Configure for top or bottom incoming feed as indicated or as required for the installation.
E. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Replaceable without disturbing adjacent devices.
F. Bussing: Sized in accordance with UL 67 temperature rise requirements.
1. Provide fully rated neutral bus unless otherwise indicated, with a suitable lug for each
feeder or branch circuit requiring a neutral connection.
2. Provide solidly bonded equipment ground bus in each panelboard, with a suitable lug for
each feeder and branch circuit equipment grounding conductor.
G. Conductor Terminations: Suitable for use with the conductors to be installed.
H. Enclosures: Comply with NEMA 250, and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E.
1. Environment Type per NEMA 250: Unless otherwise indicated, as specified for the
following installation locations:
a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Type 1.
2. Boxes: Galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated.
a. Provide wiring gutters sized to accommodate the conductors to be installed.
b. Increase gutter space as required where sub-feed lugs, feed-through lugs, gutter
taps, or oversized lugs are provided.
c. Provide removable end walls for NEMA Type 1 enclosures.
d. Provide painted steel boxes for surface-mounted panelboards where indicated, finish
to match fronts.
3. Fronts:
a. Fronts for Surface-Mounted Enclosures: Same dimensions as boxes.
b. Fronts for Flush-Mounted Enclosures: Overlap boxes on all sides to conceal rough
opening.
c. Finish for Painted Steel Fronts: Manufacturer's standard grey unless otherwise
indicated.
4. Lockable Doors: All locks keyed alike unless otherwise indicated.
I. Future Provisions: Prepare all unused spaces for future installation of devices including
bussing, connectors, mounting hardware and all other required provisions.
J. Load centers are not acceptable.
2.03 POWER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS
A. Description: Panelboards complying with NEMA PB 1, power and feeder distribution type,
circuit breaker type, and listed and labeled as complying with UL 67; ratings, configurations and
features as indicated on the drawings.
B. Conductor Terminations:
1. Main and Neutral Lug Material: Copper, suitable for terminating copper conductors only.
2. Main and Neutral Lug Type: Mechanical.
C. Bussing:
1. Phase and Neutral Bus Material: Copper.
2. Ground Bus Material: Copper.
D. Circuit Breakers:
1. Provide bolt-on type.
2. Provide thermal magnetic circuit breakers unless otherwise indicated.
3. Provide electronic trip circuit breakers where indicated.
E. Enclosures:
1. Provide surface-mounted enclosures unless otherwise indicated.
2. Fronts: Provide door-in-door trim with hinged cover for access to load terminals and wiring
gutters, and separate lockable hinged door with concealed hinges for access to
overcurrent protective device handles without exposing live parts.
3. Provide clear plastic circuit directory holder mounted on inside of door.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 24 16
Ithaca, New York PANELBOARDS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 24 16-4
2.04 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARDS
A. Description: Panelboards complying with NEMA PB 1, lighting and appliance branch circuit
type, circuit breaker type, and listed and labeled as complying with UL 67; ratings,
configurations and features as indicated on the drawings.
B. Conductor Terminations:
1. Main and Neutral Lug Material: Copper, suitable for terminating copper conductors only.
2. Main and Neutral Lug Type: Mechanical.
C. Bussing:
1. Phase Bus Connections: Arranged for sequential phasing of overcurrent protective
devices.
2. Phase and Neutral Bus Material: Copper.
3. Ground Bus Material: Copper.
D. Circuit Breakers: Thermal magnetic bolt-on type unless otherwise indicated.
E. Enclosures:
1. Provide surface-mounted or flush-mounted enclosures as indicated.
2. Fronts: Provide door-in-door trim with hinged cover for access to load terminals and wiring
gutters, and separate lockable hinged door with concealed hinges for access to
overcurrent protective device handles without exposing live parts.
3. Provide clear plastic circuit directory holder mounted on inside of door.
2.05 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
A. Molded Case Circuit Breakers:
1. Description: Quick-make, quick-break, over center toggle, trip-free, trip-indicating circuit
breakers listed and labeled as complying with UL 489, and complying with FS W-C-375
where applicable; ratings, configurations, and features as indicated on the drawings.
2. Interrupting Capacity:
a. Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity as required to provide the short
circuit current rating indicated, but not less than:
1) 10,000 rms symmetrical amperes at 240 VAC or 208 VAC.
2) 14,000 rms symmetrical amperes at 480 VAC.
b. Fully Rated Systems: Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity not less than
the short circuit current rating indicated in drawings.
3. Conductor Terminations:
a. Provide mechanical lugs unless otherwise indicated.
b. Lug Material: Copper, suitable for terminating copper conductors only.
4. Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers: For each pole, furnish thermal inverse time tripping
element for overload protection and magnetic instantaneous tripping element for short
circuit protection.
a. Provide field-adjustable magnetic instantaneous trip setting for circuit breaker frame
sizes 225 amperes and larger.
b. Provide interchangeable trip units where indicated.
5. Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers: Furnish solid state, microprocessor-based, true rms
sensing trip units.
a. Provide the following field-adjustable trip response settings:
1) Long time pickup, adjustable by replacing interchangeable trip unit or by setting
dial.
2) Long time delay.
3) Short time pickup and delay. Include i2t in and out settings.
4) Instantaneous pickup.
5) Ground fault pickup and delay where ground fault protection is indicated on
drawings.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 24 16
Ithaca, New York PANELBOARDS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 24 16-5
6) For electronic trip units that are rated for or can be adjusted to 1,200 amperes or
higher, provide arc energy reduction capability with an energy-reducing
maintenance switch with local status indicator.
6. Multi-Pole Circuit Breakers: Furnish with common trip for all poles.
7. Do not use tandem circuit breakers.
8. Do not use handle ties in lieu of multi-pole circuit breakers.
9. Provide multi-pole circuit breakers for multi-wire branch circuits as required by NFPA 70.
10. Provide circuit breakers per circuit breaker models and features indicated on circuit
breaker trip unit settings table provided in construction drawings.
2.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Factory test panelboards according to NEMA PB 1.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
B. Verify that the ratings and configurations of the panelboards and associated components are
consistent with the indicated requirements.
C. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive panelboards.
D. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship).
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. Install panelboards in accordance with NECA 407 and NEMA PB 1.1.
D. Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions and NFPA 70.
E. Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 26 05 29.
F. Install panelboards plumb.
G. Install flush-mounted panelboards so that trims fit completely flush to wall with no gaps and
rough opening completely covered.
H. Mount panelboards such that the highest position of any operating handle for circuit breakers or
switches does not exceed 79 inches above the floor or working platform.
I. Provide minimum of six spare 1 inch trade size conduits out of each flush-mounted panelboard
stubbed into accessible space above ceiling and below floor.
J. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 05 26.
K. Install all field-installed branch devices, components, and accessories.
L. Multi-Wire Branch Circuits: Group grounded and ungrounded conductors together in the
panelboard as required by NFPA 70.
M. Set field-adjustable circuit breaker tripping function settings as indicated.
N. Provide filler plates to cover unused spaces in panelboards.
O. Provide circuit breaker lock-on devices to prevent unauthorized personnel from de-energizing
essential loads where indicated. Also provide for the following:
1. Emergency and night lighting circuits.
2. Fire detection and alarm circuits.
P. Identify panelboards in accordance with Section 26 05 53.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 24 16
Ithaca, New York PANELBOARDS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 24 16-6
C. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section
7.6.1.1 for all main circuit breakers and circuit breakers larger than 275 amperes. Tests listed as
optional are not required.
D. Ground Fault Protection Systems: Test in accordance with manufacturer's instructions as
required by NFPA 70.
E. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective panelboards or associated components.
3.04 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust tightness of mechanical and electrical connections to manufacturer's recommended
torque settings.
B. Adjust alignment of panelboard fronts.
C. Manufacturer shall field adjust circuit breaker trip unit settings prior to energization per settings
table provided in construction drawings.
D. Load Balancing: For each panelboard, rearrange circuits such that the difference between each
measured steady state phase load does not exceed 20 percent and adjust circuit directories
accordingly. Maintain proper phasing for multi-wire branch circuits.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Clean dirt and debris from panelboard enclosures and components according to manufacturer's
instructions.
B. Repair scratched or marred exterior surfaces to match original factory finish.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 27 13
Ithaca, New York ELECTRICITY METERING
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 27 13-1
SECTION 26 27 13
ELECTRICITY METERING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Equipment for Owner electricity metering:
1. Single circuit electricity meters.
2. Digital Meters.
3. Current transformers.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems.
B. Section 26 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems.
C. Section 26 05 33.16 - Boxes for Electrical Systems: Cabinets and enclosures for metering
system components.
D. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and
requirements.
E. Section 26 28 13 - Fuses.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ANSI C12.20 - American National Standard for Electricity Meters - 0.2 and 0.5 Accuracy
Classes; 2015.
B. IEC 62053-22 - Electricity Metering Equipment (A.C.) - Particular Requirements - Part 22: Static
Meters for Active Energy (Classes 0,2 S and 0,5 S); 2016.
C. IEC 62053-23 - Electricity Metering Equipment (A.C.) - Particular Requirements - Part 23: Static
Meters for Reactive Energy (Classes 2 and 3); 2016.
D. IEEE 1459 - Standard Definitions for the Measurement of Electrical Power Quantities Under
Sinusoidal, Nonsinusoidal, Balanced, or Unbalanced Conditions; 2010.
E. IEEE C57.13 - IEEE Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers; 2016.
F. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015.
G. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); 2014.
H. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Equipment and Systems;
2017.
I. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate work to provide equipment suitable for interface with electricity metering
systems to be provided.
2. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain
direction before proceeding with work.
B. Preinstallation Meeting: Conduct meeting with facility representative and other related
equipment manufacturers to discuss electricity metering system interface requirements.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for electricity
metering systems and associated components and accessories. Include ratings, configurations,
standard wiring diagrams, dimensions, service condition requirements, and installed features.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 27 13
Ithaca, New York ELECTRICITY METERING
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 27 13-2
C. Shop Drawings: Include system interconnection schematic diagrams showing all factory and
field connections. Include requirements for interface with other systems.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging, keep dry and protect from damage until
ready for installation.
1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain field conditions within required service conditions during and after installation.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Electricity Meters - Basis of Design: General Electric and Dent Instruments..
B. Products other than basis of design are subject to compliance with specified requirements and
prior approval of Engineer. By using products other than basis of design, Contractor accepts
responsibility for costs associated with any necessary modifications to related work, including
any design fees.
2.02 EQUIPMENT FOR OWNER ELECTRICITY METERING
A. Provide microprocessor-based digital electricity metering systems including all instrument
transformers, wiring, and connections necessary for measurements specified.
B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
C. Provide electricity metering systems and associated components compatible with the equipment
and associated circuits to be metered.
D. Service Conditions: Provide electricity meters suitable for operation under the service
conditions at the installed location.
E. Enclosures:
1. Where not furnished by manufacturer, provide required cabinets and enclosures in
accordance with Section 26 05 33.16.
2. Environment Type per NEMA 250: Unless otherwise indicated, as specified for the
following installation locations:
a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Type 1.
3. Finish: Manufacturer's standard unless otherwise indicated.
F. Instrument Transformers:
1. Comply with IEEE C57.13, where applicable.
2. Select suitable ratio, burden, and accuracy as required for connected devices.
3. Current Transformers: Compatible with connected meters; replace meters damaged by
connection of incompatible current transformers. Provide shorting terminal blocks for
connection of secondaries where applicable.
4. Potential Transformers: Include primary and secondary fuses with disconnecting means.
2.03 SINGLE CIRCUIT ELECTRICITY METERS
A. Single Circuit Revenue Meter - Basis of Design: General Electric kV2c Commercial & Industrial
Meter; utilizes voltage mode CTs that do not require terminal shorting blocks; compatible with
solid-core, split-core, and rope CTs.
1. Accuracy:
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 27 13
Ithaca, New York ELECTRICITY METERING
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 27 13-3
a. Real/Active Power/Energy: Revenue grade; plus/minus 0.2 percent, complying with
ANSI C12.20 accuracy and IEC 62053-22, Class 0.2S.
b. Reactive Power/Energy: Plus/minus 2.0 percent, complying with IEC 62053-23, Class
2.
2. Measured Parameters:
a. Real/active energy (kWh); per phase and total of all phases.
b. Reactive energy (kVARh) and apparent energy (kVAh); total of all phases.
c. Net present demand over a user-specified interval (block or sliding window);
real/active power (kW), reactive power (kVAR), and apparent power (kVA).
d. Maximum (peak) demand intervals; real/active power (kW), reactive power (kVAR),
and apparent power (kVA).
e. Real/active power (kW), reactive power (kVAR), and apparent power (kVA); per
phase and total of all phases.
f. Models Available with Bi-directional Energy Measurements:
1) Real/active energy (kWh) and apparent energy (kVAh); imported (from the grid),
exported (to the grid), and signed net total.
2) Reactive energy (kVARh); imported (from the grid) and exported (to the grid), per
quadrant as defined by IEEE 1459.
3) Maximum demand; real/active power (kW), reactive power (kVAR), and
apparent power (kVA); imported (from the grid) and exported (to the grid).
g. Current; per phase and average of all phases.
h. Voltage; line-to-line and line-to-neutral; per phase and average of all phases.
i. Power factor; per phase and average of all phases.
j. Frequency.
3. Alarm capability, with configurable setpoints.
a. Low power factor.
b. Current over range.
c. Voltage over range.
d. Frequency out of range.
e. Pulse output overrun.
4. Models Available with one Pulse output.
5. Communications: Compatible with connected systems. Provide all accessories necessary
for proper interface.
a. Models available with Serial Communications:
1) RS-485, 2-wire; support for Modbus RTU protocol.
2) RS-485, 2-wire; support for BACnet MS/TP protocol.
B. Digital Meter - Basis of Design: Dent Instruments - PowerScout 3037.
C. Current Transformers:
1. Basis of Design: Flex-Core Revenue Grade Split-Core Current Transformers.
2.04 MULTI-CIRCUIT ELECTRICITY METERS
A. Current Transformers
1. Manufacturer: Flex-Core.
2. Round, flexible, split-core current transformer.
3. Current ratio as noted on drawings.
4. 3% accuracy.
5. Secondary lead lengths as required.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
B. Verify that the ratings and configurations of metering systems and associated components are
consistent with the indicated requirements.
C. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive meters.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 27 13
Ithaca, New York ELECTRICITY METERING
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 27 13-4
D. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship).
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. Provide required support and attachment components in accordance with Section 26 05 29.
D. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 05 26.
E. Provide fuses complying with Section 26 28 13 as required.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4.
C. Meters: Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.11.2.
D. Instrument Transformers: Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.10. The
dielectric withstand tests on primary windings with secondary windings connected to ground
listed as optional are not required.
E. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective metering system components.
3.04 ADJUSTING
A. Program system parameters according to requirements of Owner.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Clean exposed surfaces to remove dirt, paint, or other foreign material and restore to match
original factory finish.
3.06 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed system components from subsequent construction operations.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 28 13
Ithaca, New York FUSES
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 28 13-1
SECTION 26 28 13
FUSES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Fuses.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 28 16.16 - Enclosed Switches: Fusible switches.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NEMA FU 1 - Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses; 2012.
B. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
C. UL 248-1 - Low-Voltage Fuses - Part 1: General Requirements; Current Edition, Including All
Revisions.
D. UL 248-10 - Low-Voltage Fuses - Part 10: Class L Fuses; Current Edition, Including All
Revisions.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate fuse clips furnished in equipment provided under other sections for
compatibility with indicated fuses.
a. Fusible Enclosed Switches: See Section 26 28 16.16.
2. Coordinate fuse requirements according to manufacturer's recommendations and
nameplate data for actual equipment to be installed.
3. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain
direction before proceeding with work.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard data sheets including voltage and current
ratings, interrupting ratings, time-current curves, and current limitation curves.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Bussmann, a division of Eaton Corporation: www.cooperindustries.com/#sle.
B. Littelfuse, Inc: www.littelfuse.com/#sle.
2.02 APPLICATIONS
A. Feeders:
1. Fusible Switches Larger Than 600 Amperes: Class L, time-delay.
2.03 FUSES
A. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
B. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide fuses for all fusible equipment as required
for a complete operating system.
C. Provide fuses of the same type, rating, and manufacturer within the same switch.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 28 13
Ithaca, New York FUSES
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 28 13-2
D. Comply with UL 248-1.
E. Unless otherwise indicated, provide cartridge type fuses complying with NEMA FU 1, Class and
ratings as indicated.
F. Voltage Rating: Suitable for circuit voltage.
G. Class L Fuses: Comply with UL 248-10.
1. Class L, Time-Delay Fuses.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that fuse ratings are consistent with circuit voltage and manufacturer's recommendations
and nameplate data for equipment.
B. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Do not install fuses until circuits are ready to be energized.
B. Install fuses with label oriented such that manufacturer, type, and size are easily read.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 28 16.13
Ithaca, New York ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 28 16.13-1
SECTION 26 28 16.13
ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Enclosed circuit breakers.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems.
B. Section 26 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems.
C. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and
requirements.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015.
B. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); 2014.
C. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Equipment and Systems;
2017.
D. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
E. UL 50 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non-Environmental Considerations; Current
Edition, Including All Revisions.
F. UL 50E - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Environmental Considerations; Current Edition,
Including All Revisions.
G. UL 869A - Reference Standard for Service Equipment; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate work with other trades. Avoid placement of ductwork, piping, equipment, or
other potential obstructions within dedicated equipment spaces and within working
clearances for electrical equipment required by NFPA 70.
2. Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance
requirements of the actual equipment to be installed.
3. Verify with manufacturer that conductor terminations are suitable for use with the
conductors to be installed.
4. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain
direction before proceeding with work.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for circuit
breakers, enclosures, and other installed components and accessories.
C. Field Quality Control Test Reports.
D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use
stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection,
examination, preparation, installation, and starting of product.
E. Project Record Documents: Record actual installed locations of enclosed circuit breakers.
F. Maintenance Data: Include information on replacement parts and recommended maintenance
procedures and intervals.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 28 16.13
Ithaca, New York ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 28 16.13-2
B. Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes execution
requirements.
C. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in
this section with minimum three years documented experience.
D. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or
heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic.
B. Handle carefully in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions to avoid damage to
enclosed circuit breaker internal components, enclosure, and finish.
1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain ambient temperature between 23 degrees F and 104 degrees F during and after
installation of enclosed circuit breakers.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. ABB/GE: www.geindustrial.com/#sle.
B. Eaton Corporation: www.eaton.com/#sle.
C. Schneider Electric; Square D Products: www.schneider-electric.us/#sle.
D. Source Limitations: Furnish enclosed circuit breakers and associated components produced by
the same manufacturer as the other electrical distribution equipment used for this project and
obtained from a single supplier.
2.02 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. Description: Units consisting of molded case circuit breakers individually mounted in
enclosures.
B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
C. Unless otherwise indicated, provide products suitable for continuous operation under the
following service conditions:
1. Altitude: Less than 6,600 feet.
2. Ambient Temperature: Between 23 degrees F and 104 degrees F.
D. Short Circuit Current Rating:
1. Provide enclosed circuit breakers with listed short circuit current rating not less than the
available fault current at the installed location indicated on the drawings.
E. Enclosed Circuit Breakers Used for Service Entrance: Listed and labeled as suitable for use as
service equipment according to UL 869A.
F. Conductor Terminations: Suitable for use with the conductors to be installed.
G. Provide thermal magnetic circuit breakers unless otherwise indicated.
H. Provide electronic trip circuit breakers where indicated.
I. Provide insulated, groundable fully rated solid neutral assembly where a neutral connection is
required, with a suitable lug for terminating each neutral conductor.
J. Provide solidly bonded equipment ground bus in each enclosed circuit breaker, with a suitable
lug for terminating each equipment grounding conductor.
K. Enclosures: Comply with NEMA 250, and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E.
1. Environment Type per NEMA 250: Unless otherwise indicated, as specified for the
following installation locations:
a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Type 1.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 28 16.13
Ithaca, New York ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 28 16.13-3
2. Finish for Painted Steel Enclosures: Manufacturer's standard, factory applied grey unless
otherwise indicated.
3. Provide surface-mounted enclosures unless otherwise indicated.
L. Provide externally operable handle with means for locking in the OFF position.
2.03 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. Interrupting Capacity:
1. Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity as required to provide the short circuit
current rating indicated.
2. Fully Rated Systems: Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity not less than the
short circuit current rating indicated.
B. Conductor Terminations:
1. Provide mechanical lugs unless otherwise indicated.
2. Lug Material: Copper, suitable for terminating copper conductors only.
C. Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers: For each pole, furnish thermal inverse time tripping
element for overload protection and magnetic instantaneous tripping element for short circuit
protection.
D. Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers: Furnish solid state, microprocessor-based, true rms sensing
trip units.
1. Provide the following field-adjustable trip response settings:
a. Long time pickup, adjustable by setting dial.
b. Long time delay.
c. Short time pickup and delay. Include i2t in and out settings.
d. Instantaneous pickup.
e. Ground fault pickup and delay where ground fault protection is indicated.
f. Provide circuit breakers per circuit breaker models and features indicated on circuit
breaker trip unit settings table provided in construction drawings.
g. For electronic trip units that are rated for or can be adjusted to 1,200 amperes or
higher, provide arc energy reduction capability with an energy-reducing maintenance
switch with local status indicator.
E. Multi-Pole Circuit Breakers: Furnish with common trip for all poles.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
B. Verify that the ratings of the enclosed circuit breakers are consistent with the indicated
requirements.
C. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive enclosed circuit breakers.
D. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship).
C. Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions and NFPA 70.
D. Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 26 05 29.
E. Install enclosed circuit breakers plumb.
F. Except where indicated to be mounted adjacent to the equipment they supply, mount enclosed
circuit breakers such that the highest position of the operating handle does not exceed 79
inches above the floor or working platform.
G. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 05 26.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 28 16.13
Ithaca, New York ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 28 16.13-4
H. Set field-adjustable circuit breaker tripping function settings as indicated.
I. Identify enclosed circuit breakers in accordance with Section 26 05 53.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B. Inspect and test in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NETA ATS, except Section
4.
C. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.6.1.1 for circuit breakers used for
service entrance. Tests listed as optional are not required.
D. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective enclosed circuit breakers.
3.04 ADJUSTING
A. Manufacturer shall field adjust circuit breaker trip unit settings prior to energization per settings
table provided in construction drawings.
B. Adjust tightness of mechanical and electrical connections to manufacturer's recommended
torque settings.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Clean dirt and debris from circuit breaker enclosures and components according to
manufacturer's instructions.
B. Repair scratched or marred exterior surfaces to match original factory finish.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 28 16.16
Ithaca, New York ENCLOSED SWITCHES
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 28 16.16-1
SECTION 26 28 16.16
ENCLOSED SWITCHES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Enclosed safety switches.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems.
B. Section 26 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems.
C. Section 26 28 13 - Fuses.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015.
B. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); 2014.
C. NEMA KS 1 - Heavy Duty Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches (600 Volts Maximum); 2013.
D. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Equipment and Systems;
2017.
E. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
F. UL 50 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non-Environmental Considerations; Current
Edition, Including All Revisions.
G. UL 50E - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Environmental Considerations; Current Edition,
Including All Revisions.
H. UL 98 - Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate the work with other trades. Avoid placement of ductwork, piping, equipment, or
other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces and within working
clearances for electrical equipment required by NFPA 70.
2. Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance
requirements of the actual equipment to be installed.
3. Verify with manufacturer that conductor terminations are suitable for use with the
conductors to be installed.
4. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain
direction before proceeding with work.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for enclosed
switches and other installed components and accessories.
C. Shop Drawings: Indicate outline and support point dimensions, voltage and current ratings,
short circuit current ratings, conduit entry locations, conductor terminal information, and installed
features and accessories.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 28 16.16
Ithaca, New York ENCLOSED SWITCHES
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 28 16.16-2
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or
heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic.
B. Handle carefully in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions to avoid damage to
enclosed switch internal components, enclosure, and finish.
1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain ambient temperature between -22 degrees F and 104 degrees F during and after
installation of enclosed switches.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. ABB/GE: www.geindustrial.com/#sle.
B. Eaton Corporation: www.eaton.com/#sle.
C. Schneider Electric; Square D Products: www.schneider-electric.us/#sle.
D. Source Limitations: Furnish enclosed switches and associated components produced by the
same manufacturer as the other electrical distribution equipment used for this project and
obtained from a single supplier.
2.02 ENCLOSED SAFETY SWITCHES
A. Description: Quick-make, quick-break enclosed safety switches listed and labeled as complying
with UL 98; heavy duty; ratings, configurations, and features as indicated on the drawings.
B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
C. Unless otherwise indicated, provide products suitable for continuous operation under the
following service conditions:
1. Altitude: Less than 6,600 feet.
2. Ambient Temperature: Between -22 degrees F and 104 degrees F.
D. Horsepower Rating: Suitable for connected load.
E. Voltage Rating: Suitable for circuit voltage.
F. Short Circuit Current Rating:
1. Provide enclosed safety switches, when protected by the fuses or supply side overcurrent
protective devices to be installed, with listed short circuit current rating not less than the
available fault current at the installed location as indicated on the drawings.
2. Minimum Ratings:
a. Switches Protected by Class H Fuses: 10,000 rms symmetrical amperes.
b. Heavy Duty Single Throw Switches Protected by Class R, Class J, Class L, or Class T
Fuses: 200,000 rms symmetrical amperes.
G. Provide with switch blade contact position that is visible when the cover is open.
H. Fuse Clips for Fusible Switches: As required to accept fuses indicated.
1. Where NEMA Class R fuses are installed, provide rejection feature to prevent installation
of fuses other than Class R.
I. Conductor Terminations: Suitable for use with the conductors to be installed.
J. Provide solidly bonded equipment ground bus in each enclosed safety switch, with a suitable lug
for terminating each equipment grounding conductor.
K. Enclosures: Comply with NEMA 250, and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E.
1. Environment Type per NEMA 250: Unless otherwise indicated, as specified for the
following installation locations:
a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Type 1.
2. Finish for Painted Steel Enclosures: Manufacturer's standard, factory applied grey unless
otherwise indicated.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 28 16.16
Ithaca, New York ENCLOSED SWITCHES
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 28 16.16-3
L. Provide safety interlock to prevent opening the cover with the switch in the ON position with
capability of overriding interlock for testing purposes.
M. Heavy Duty Switches:
1. Comply with NEMA KS 1.
2. Conductor Terminations:
a. Provide mechanical lugs unless otherwise indicated.
b. Lug Material: Copper, suitable for terminating copper conductors only.
3. Provide externally operable handle with means for locking in the OFF position, capable of
accepting three padlocks.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
B. Verify that the ratings of the enclosed switches are consistent with the indicated requirements.
C. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive enclosed safety switches.
D. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship).
C. Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions and NFPA 70.
D. Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 26 05 29.
E. Install enclosed switches plumb.
F. Except where indicated to be mounted adjacent to the equipment they supply, mount enclosed
switches such that the highest position of the operating handle does not exceed 79 inches
above the floor or working platform.
G. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 05 26.
H. Provide fuses complying with Section 26 28 13 for fusible switches as indicated or as required
by equipment manufacturer's recommendations.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4.
C. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.5.1.1.
D. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective enclosed safety switches or associated
components.
3.04 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust tightness of mechanical and electrical connections to manufacturer's recommended
torque settings.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Clean dirt and debris from switch enclosures and components according to manufacturer's
instructions.
B. Repair scratched or marred exterior surfaces to match original factory finish.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 36 00
Ithaca, New York TRANSFER SWITCHES
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 36 00-1
SECTION 26 36 00
TRANSFER SWITCHES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Transfer switches for low-voltage (600 V and less) applications and associated accessories:
1. Automatic transfer switches.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems.
B. Section 26 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems.
C. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and
requirements.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015.
B. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); 2014.
C. NEMA ICS 10 Part 1 - Industrial Control and Systems Part 1: Electromechanical AC Transfer
Switch Equipment; 2005, with Errata (2006).
D. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Equipment and Systems;
2017.
E. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
F. NFPA 110 - Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems; 2016.
G. UL 1008 - Transfer Switch Equipment; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate compatibility of transfer switches to be installed with work provided under other
sections or by others.
2. Coordinate the work with other trades to avoid placement of ductwork, piping, equipment,
or other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces and working
clearances required by NFPA 70.
3. Coordinate arrangement of equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of
the actual equipment to be installed.
4. Coordinate the work with placement of supports, anchors, etc. required for mounting.
5. Closed Transition Transfer Switches:
a. Where applicable, coordinate the work to provide engine generators with isochronous
governors suitable for closed transition transfer.
b. Coordinate the work to provide shunt trip breakers necessary for protection from
source interconnection for longer than specified maximum interconnection time.
6. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain
direction before proceeding with work.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for each
product, including ratings, configurations, dimensions, finishes, weights, service condition
requirements, and installed features.
C. Shop Drawings: Include dimensioned plan views and sections indicating locations of system
components, required clearances, and field connection locations. Include system
interconnection schematic diagrams showing all factory and field connections.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 36 00
Ithaca, New York TRANSFER SWITCHES
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 36 00-2
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with the following:
1. NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code).
2. NFPA 110 (Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems); meet requirements for
Level 1 system.
B. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store transfer switches in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
B. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or
heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic.
C. Handle carefully in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to avoid damage to transfer
switch components, enclosure, and finish.
1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain field conditions within manufacturer's required service conditions during and after
installation.
1.09 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
B. Provide minimum one year manufacturer warranty covering repair or replacement due to
defective materials or workmanship.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Transfer Switches:
1. ASCO Power Technologies: www.ascopower.com.
2. Russelectric.
2.02 TRANSFER SWITCHES
A. Provide complete power transfer system consisting of all required equipment, conduit, boxes,
wiring, supports, accessories, system programming, etc. as necessary for a complete operating
system that provides the functional intent indicated.
B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
C. Applications:
1. Utilize closed transition transfer unless otherwise indicated or required.
2. Neutral Switching (Single Phase, Three Wire and Three Phase, Four Wire Systems):
a. Unless otherwise indicated or required, provide neutral switching:
1) Where the alternate/emergency source is a separately derived system.
3. Provide signal before transfer contacts for transfer switches serving elevators.
D. Construction Type: Either "contactor type" (open contact) or "breaker type" (enclosed contact)
transfer switches complying with specified requirements are acceptable.
E. Automatic Transfer Switch:
1. Transfer Switch Type: Automatic transfer switch.
2. Transition Configuration: Closed-transition.
3. Voltage: As indicated on the drawings.
4. Ampere Rating: As indicated on the drawings.
5. Neutral Configuration: Switched neutral.
6. Load Served: As indicated on the drawings.
7. Primary Source: As indicated on the drawings.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 36 00
Ithaca, New York TRANSFER SWITCHES
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 36 00-3
8. Alternate Source: As indicated on the drawings.
F. Comply with NEMA ICS 10 Part 1, and list and label as complying with UL 1008 for the
classification of the intended application (e.g. emergency, optional standby).
G. Do not use double throw safety switches or other equipment not specifically designed for power
transfer applications and listed as transfer switch equipment.
H. Load Classification: Classified for total system load (any combination of motor, electric
discharge lamp, resistive, and tungsten lamp loads with tungsten lamp loads not exceeding 30
percent of the continuous current rating) unless otherwise indicated or required.
I. Switching Methods:
1. Closed Transition:
a. When both sources are available and synchronized, provide make-before-break
transfer without interruption of power to the load and with momentary interconnection
of both sources for not more than 100 ms, unless otherwise approved by Utility
Company.
b. Provide synchronization/in-phase monitor to initiate transfer when voltage and phase
angle difference between sources are within predetermined requirements for
synchronization.
c. Source Synchronization Requirements: Phase angle differential within five degrees;
voltage differential within five volts.
d. When sources fail to synchronize within a predetermined time period, operate
shunt-trip circuit breaker feeding utility power and operate on generator power..
e. When sources remain interconnected for longer than specified maximum
interconnection time, provide contact closure signal to shunt trip designated circuit
breaker and initiate an alarm.
f. When only one source is available, automatically utilizes open transition
(break-before-make) transfer.
2. Neutral Switching: Either simultaneously switched neutral (break-before-make) or
overlapping neutral (make-before-break) methods are acceptable.
3. Obtain control power for transfer operation from line side of source to which the load is to
be transferred.
J. Service Conditions: Provide transfer switches suitable for continuous operation at indicated
ratings under the service conditions at the installed location.
K. Enclosures:
1. Environment Type per NEMA 250: Unless otherwise indicated, as specified for the
following installation locations:
a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Type 1 or Type 12.
2. Finish: Manufacturer's standard unless otherwise indicated.
L. Short Circuit Current Rating:
1. Withstand and Closing Rating: Provide transfer switches, when protected by the supply
side overcurrent protective devices to be installed, with listed withstand and closing rating
not less than the available fault current at the installed location as indicated on the
drawings.
M. Automatic Transfer Switches:
1. Description: Transfer switches with automatically initiated transfer between sources;
electrically operated and mechanically held.
2. Control Functions:
a. Automatic mode.
b. Test Mode: Simulates failure of primary/normal source.
c. Voltage and Frequency Sensing:
1) Undervoltage sensing for each phase of primary/normal source; adjustable
dropout/pickup settings.
2) Undervoltage sensing for alternate/emergency source; adjustable dropout/pickup
settings.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 36 00
Ithaca, New York TRANSFER SWITCHES
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 36 00-4
3) Underfrequency sensing for alternate/emergency source; adjustable
dropout/pickup settings.
d. Outputs:
1) Contacts for engine start/shutdown (except where direct generator
communication interface is provided).
2) Auxiliary contacts; one set(s) for each switch position.
e. Adjustable Time Delays:
1) Engine generator start time delay; delays engine start signal to override
momentary primary/normal source failures.
2) Transfer to alternate/emergency source time delay.
3) Retransfer to primary/normal source time delay.
4) Engine generator cooldown time delay; delays engine shutdown following
retransfer to primary/normal source to permit generator to run unloaded for
cooldown period.
f. Synchronization/In-Phase Monitor (Closed Transition Transfer Switches): Monitors
voltage and phase angle difference between sources for initiating synchronized
transfer.
3. Status Indications:
a. Connected to alternate/emergency source.
b. Connected to primary/normal source.
c. Alternate/emergency source available.
4. Alarm Indications for Closed Transition Transfer Switches:
a. Failure to synchronize.
b. Extended source interconnection/transfer switch locked out.
5. Other Features:
a. Event log.
6. Automatic Sequence of Operations:
a. Upon failure of primary/normal source for a programmable time period (engine
generator start time delay), initiate starting of engine generator where applicable.
b. When alternate/emergency source is available, transfer load to alternate/emergency
source after programmable time delay.
c. When primary/normal source has been restored, retransfer to primary/normal source
after a programmable time delay. Bypass time delay if alternate/emergency source
fails and primary/normal source is available.
d. Where applicable, initiate shutdown of engine generator after programmable engine
cooldown time delay.
2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B. Perform production tests on transfer switches at factory to verify operation and performance
characteristics prior to shipment. Include certified test report with submittals.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
B. Verify that the ratings and configurations of transfer switches are consistent with the indicated
requirements.
C. Verify that rough-ins for field connections are in the proper locations.
D. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive transfer switches.
E. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship).
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 36 00
Ithaca, New York TRANSFER SWITCHES
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 36 00-5
C. Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances and required maintenance access.
D. Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 26 05 29.
E. Install transfer switches plumb and level.
F. Unless otherwise indicated, mount floor-mounted transfer switches on properly sized 3 inch high
concrete pad constructed in accordance with Section 03 30 00.
G. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 05 26.
H. Identify transfer switches and associated system wiring in accordance with Section 26 05 53.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B. Provide services of a manufacturer's authorized representative to observe installation and assist
in inspection and testing. Include manufacturer's detailed testing procedures and field reports
with submittals.
C. Prepare and start system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
D. Automatic Transfer Switches:
1. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4.
2. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.22.3. The
insulation-resistance tests listed as optional are not required.
E. Provide additional inspection and testing as required for completion of associated engine
generator testing as specified in Section 26 32 13.
F. Correct defective work, adjust for proper operation, and retest until entire system complies with
Contract Documents.
3.04 CLEANING
A. Clean exposed surfaces to remove dirt, paint, or other foreign material and restore to match
original factory finish.
3.05 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
A. Demonstration: Demonstrate proper operation of transfer switches to Owner, and correct
deficiencies or make adjustments as directed.
B. Training: Train Owner's personnel on operation, adjustment, and maintenance of transfer
switches.
1. Use operation and maintenance manual as training reference, supplemented with
additional training materials as required.
2. Provide minimum of 2 hours of training.
3. Instructor: Manufacturer's authorized representative.
4. Location: At project site.
3.06 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed transfer switches from subsequent construction operations.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 43 00
Ithaca, New York SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 43 00-1
SECTION 26 43 00
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Surge protective devices for service entrance locations.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015.
B. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); 2014.
C. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Equipment and Systems;
2017.
D. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
E. UL 1449 - Standard for Surge Protective Devices; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination: Coordinate size and location of overcurrent device compatible with the actual
surge protective device and location to be installed. Notify Architect of any conflicts or deviations
from Contract Documents to obtain direction prior to ordering equipment.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Include detailed component information, voltage, surge current ratings, repetitive
surge current capacity, voltage protection rating (VPR) for all protection modes, maximum
continuous operating voltage (MCOV), nominal discharge current (I-n), short circuit current
rating (SCCR), connection means including any required external overcurrent protection,
enclosure ratings, outline and support point dimensions, weight, service condition requirements,
and installed features.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
A. Store in a clean, dry space in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.
1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain field conditions within manufacturer's required service conditions during and after
installation.
1.09 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
B. Manufacturer's Warranty: Provide minimum five year warranty covering repair or replacement
of surge protective devices showing evidence of failure due to defective materials or
workmanship.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Field-installed, Externally Mounted Surge Protective Devices:
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 43 00
Ithaca, New York SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 43 00-2
1. ABB/GE: www.geindustrial.com/#sle.
2. Advanced Protection Technologies, Inc (APT): www.aptsurge.com/#sle.
3. Eaton
4. Schneider Electric; Square D Brand Surgelogic Products: www.surgelogic.com/#sle.
B. Factory-installed, Internally Mounted Surge Protective Devices:
1. Same as manufacturer of equipment containing surge protective device, to provide a
complete listed assembly including SPD.
C. Source Limitations: Furnish surge protective devices produced by a single manufacturer and
obtained from a single supplier.
2.02 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Description: Factory-assembled surge protective devices (SPDs) for 60 Hz service; listed,
classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended; system voltage as indicated on the
drawings.
B. Unless otherwise indicated, provide field-installed, externally-mounted or factory-installed,
internally-mouonted SPDs.
C. List and label as complying with UL 1449, Type 1 when connected on line side of service
disconnect overcurrent device and Type 1 or 2 when connected on load side of service
disconnect overcurrent device.
D. Protected Modes:
1. Wye Systems: L-N, L-G, N-G, L-L.
E. UL 1449 Voltage Protection Ratings (VPRs):
1. 208Y/120V System Voltage: Not more than 1,000 V for L-N, L-G, and N-G modes and
1,200 V for L-L mode.
F. UL 1449 Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage (MCOV): Not less than 115% of nominal
system voltage.
G. Enclosure Environment Type per NEMA 250: Unless otherwise indicated, as specified for the
following installation locations:
1. Indoor clean, dry locations: Type 1.
H. Mounting for Field-installed, Externally Mounted SPDs: Unless otherwise indicated, as specified
for the following locations:
1. Provide surface-mounted SPD where mounted in non-public areas or adjacent to
surface-mounted equipment.
I. Equipment Containing Factory-installed, Internally Mounted SPDs: Listed and labeled as a
complete assembly including SPD.
2.03 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES FOR SERVICE ENTRANCE LOCATIONS
A. Unless otherwise indicated, provide field-installed, externally mounted or factory-installed,
internally mounted SPDs.
B. List and label as complying with UL 1449, Type 1 when connected on line side of service
disconnect overcurrent device and Type 1 or 2 when connected on load side of service
disconnect overcurrent device.
C. Provide SPDs utilizing field-replaceable modular or non-modular protection circuits.
D. Surge Current Rating: Not less than 120 kA per mode/240 kA per phase.
E. UL 1449 Nominal Discharge Current (I-n): 20 kA.
F. UL 1449 Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR): Not less than the available fault current at the
installed location as indicated on the drawings.
G. Diagnostics:
1. Protection Status Monitoring: Provide indicator lights to report the protection for each
phase.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 43 00
Ithaca, New York SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 43 00-3
2. Alarm Notification: Provide indicator light and audible alarm to report alarm condition.
Provide button to manually silence audible alarm.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
B. Verify that the service voltage and configuration marked on the SPD are consistent with the
service voltage and configuration at the location to be installed.
C. Verify that electrical equipment is ready to accept connection of the SPD and that installed
overcurrent device is consistent with requirements of drawings and manufacturer's instructions.
D. Verify system grounding and bonding is in accordance with Section 26 05 26, including bonding
of neutral and ground for service entrance and separately derived systems where applicable. Do
not energize SPD until deficiencies have been corrected.
E. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship).
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions and NFPA 70.
D. Provide conductors with minimum ampacity as indicated on the drawings, as required by NFPA
70, and not less than manufacturer's recommended minimum conductor size.
E. Install conductors between SPD and equipment terminations as short and straight as possible,
not exceeding manufacturer's recommended maximum conductor length. Breaker locations
may be reasonably rearranged in order to provide leads as short and straight as possible. Twist
conductors together to reduce inductance.
F. Do not energize SPD until bonding of neutral and ground for service entrance and separately
derived systems is complete in accordance with Section 26 05 26 where applicable. Replace
SPDs damaged by improper or missing neutral-ground bond.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4.
3.04 CLEANING
A. Repair scratched or marred exterior surfaces to match original factory finish.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 51 00
Ithaca, New York INTERIOR LIGHTING
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 51 00-1
SECTION 26 51 00
INTERIOR LIGHTING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Interior luminaires.
B. Emergency lighting units.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems.
B. Section 26 05 33.16 - Boxes for Electrical Systems.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. IES LM-79 - Approved Method: Electrical and Photometric Measurements of Solid-State
Lighting Products; 2008.
B. IES LM-80 - Approved Method: Measuring Luminous Flux and Color Maintenance of LED
Packages, Arrays, and Modules; 2015, with Errata (2017).
C. NECA/IESNA 500 - Standard for Installing Indoor Commercial Lighting Systems; 2006.
D. NECA/IESNA 502 - Standard for Installing Industrial Lighting Systems; 2006.
E. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
F. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,
Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
G. UL 924 - Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
H. UL 1598 - Luminaires; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
I. UL 8750 - Light Emitting Diode (LED) Equipment for Use in Lighting Products; Current Edition,
Including All Revisions.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate the installation of luminaires with mounting surfaces installed under other
sections or by others. Coordinate the work with placement of supports, anchors, etc.
required for mounting. Coordinate compatibility of luminaires and associated trims with
mounting surfaces at installed locations.
2. Coordinate the placement of luminaires with structural members, ductwork, piping,
equipment, diffusers, fire suppression system components, and other potential conflicts
installed under other sections or by others.
3. Notify Architect of any conflicts or deviations from Contract Documents to obtain direction
prior to proceeding with work.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets including
detailed information on luminaire construction, dimensions, ratings, finishes, mounting
requirements, listings, service conditions, photometric performance, installed accessories, and
ceiling compatibility; include model number nomenclature clearly marked with all proposed
features.
1. LED Luminaires:
a. Include estimated useful life, calculated based on IES LM-80 test data.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 51 00
Ithaca, New York INTERIOR LIGHTING
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 51 00-2
B. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
A. Receive, handle, and store products according to NECA/IESNA 500 (commercial lighting),
NECA/IESNA 502 (industrial lighting), and manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Keep products in original manufacturer's packaging and protect from damage until ready for
installation.
1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain field conditions within manufacturer's required service conditions during and after
installation.
1.09 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
B. Provide three year manufacturer warranty for LED luminaires, including drivers.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 LUMINAIRE TYPES
A. Furnish products as indicated in luminaire schedule included on the drawings.
2.02 LUMINAIRES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Acuity Brands, Inc: www.acuitybrands.com/#sle.
B. Provide products that comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
C. Provide products that are listed and labeled as complying with UL 1598, where applicable.
D. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
E. Unless otherwise indicated, provide complete luminaires including lamp(s) and all sockets,
ballasts, reflectors, lenses, housings and other components required to position, energize and
protect the lamp and distribute the light.
F. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required conduit, boxes, wiring,
connectors, hardware, supports, trims, accessories, etc. as necessary for a complete operating
system.
G. Provide products suitable to withstand normal handling, installation, and service without any
damage, distortion, corrosion, fading, discoloring, etc.
H. LED Luminaires:
1. Components: UL 8750 recognized or listed as applicable.
2. Tested in accordance with IES LM-79 and IES LM-80.
3. LED Estimated Useful Life: Minimum of 50,000 hours at 70 percent lumen maintenance,
calculated based on IES LM-80 test data.
2.03 EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Acuity Brands, Inc: www.acuitybrands.com/#sle.
B. Description: Emergency lighting units complying with NFPA 101 and all applicable state and
local codes, and listed and labeled as complying with UL 924.
C. Operation: Upon interruption of normal power source or brownout condition exceeding 20
percent voltage drop from nominal, solid-state control automatically switches connected lamps
to integral battery power for minimum of 90 minutes of rated emergency illumination, and
automatically recharges battery upon restoration of normal power source.
D. Battery:
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 51 00
Ithaca, New York INTERIOR LIGHTING
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 51 00-3
1. Size battery to supply all connected lamps, including emergency remote heads where
indicated.
E. Diagnostics: Provide power status indicator light and accessible integral test switch to manually
activate emergency operation.
F. Provide low-voltage disconnect to prevent battery damage from deep discharge.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
B. Verify that outlet boxes are installed in proper locations and at proper mounting heights and are
properly sized to accommodate conductors in accordance with NFPA 70.
C. Verify that suitable support frames are installed where required.
D. Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to
luminaires.
E. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Provide extension rings to bring outlet boxes flush with finished surface.
B. Clean dirt, debris, plaster, and other foreign materials from outlet boxes.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 26 05 33.16 as required for
installation of luminaires provided under this section.
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. Install luminaires securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 500
(commercial lighting) and NECA 502 (industrial lighting).
D. Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 26 05 29.
E. Install luminaires plumb and square and aligned with building lines and with adjacent luminaires.
F. Suspended Luminaires:
1. Unless otherwise indicated, specified mounting heights are to bottom of luminaire.
2. Install using the suspension method indicated, with support lengths and accessories as
required for specified mounting height.
3. Provide minimum of two supports for each luminaire equal to or exceeding 4 feet nominal
length, with no more than 4 feet between supports.
4. Install canopies tight to mounting surface.
5. Unless otherwise indicated, support pendants from swivel hangers.
G. Install accessories furnished with each luminaire.
H. Bond products and metal accessories to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor.
I. Emergency Lighting Units:
1. Unless otherwise indicated, connect unit to unswitched power from same circuit feeding
normal lighting in same room or area. Bypass local switches, contactors, or other lighting
controls.
J. Install lamps in each luminaire.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B. Inspect each product for damage and defects.
C. Operate each luminaire after installation and connection to verify proper operation.
D. Test self-powered exit signs, emergency lighting units, and fluorescent emergency power supply
units to verify proper operation upon loss of normal power supply.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 26 51 00
Ithaca, New York INTERIOR LIGHTING
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
26 51 00-4
E. Correct wiring deficiencies and repair or replace damaged or defective products. Repair or
replace excessively noisy ballasts as determined by Architect.
3.05 ADJUSTING
A. Aim and position adjustable luminaires to achieve desired illumination as indicated or as
directed by Architect. Secure locking fittings in place.
B. Aim and position adjustable emergency lighting unit lamps to achieve optimum illumination of
egress path as required or as directed by Architect or authority having jurisdiction.
3.06 CLEANING
A. Clean surfaces according to NECA 500 (commercial lighting), NECA 502 (industrial lighting),
and manufacturer's instructions to remove dirt, fingerprints, paint, or other foreign material and
restore finishes to match original factory finish.
3.07 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
A. Demonstration: Demonstrate proper operation of luminaires to Architect, and correct
deficiencies or make adjustments as directed.
3.08 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed luminaires from subsequent construction operations.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 28 46 00
Ithaca, New York FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
28 46 00-1
SECTION 28 46 00
FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Replacement and removal of existing fire alarm system components, wiring, and conduit
indicated.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. 36 CFR 1191 - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and
Facilities; Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines; current edition.
B. ADA Standards - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010.
C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having
Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
D. NFPA 72 - National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code; Most Recent Edition Cited by Referring
Code or Reference Standard.
E. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,
Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Design Documents: Submit all information required for plan review and permitting by authorities
having jurisdiction, including but not limited to floor plans, riser diagrams, and description of
operation:
1. Copy (if any) of list of data required by authority having jurisdiction.
2. Location of all components, circuits, and raceways; mark components with identifiers used
in control unit programming.
3. Manufacturer's detailed data sheet for each component, including wiring diagrams,
installation instructions, and circuit length limitations.
4. Description of power supplies; if secondary power is by battery include calculations
demonstrating adequate battery power.
5. Certification by either the manufacturer of the control unit or by the manufacturer of each
other component that the components are compatible with the control unit.
6. Certification by the manufacturer of the control unit that the system design complies with
Contract Documents.
7. Certification by Contractor that the system design complies with Contract Documents.
8. Do not show existing components to be removed.
C. Evidence of installer qualifications.
D. Closeout Documents:
1. Certification by manufacturer that the system has been installed in compliance with
manufacturer's installation requirements, is complete, and is in satisfactory operating
condition.
2. NFPA 72 "Record of Completion", filled out completely and signed by installer and
authorized representative of authority having jurisdiction.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Designer Qualifications: NICET Level III or IV (3 or 4) certified fire alarm technician or
registered fire protection engineer, employed by fire alarm control panel manufacturer,
Contractor, or installer, with experience designing fire alarm systems in the jurisdictional area of
the authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Installer Qualifications: Firm with minimum 3 years documented experience installing fire alarm
systems of the specified type and providing contract maintenance service as a regular part of
their business.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 28 46 00
Ithaca, New York FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
28 46 00-2
1. Authorized representative of control unit manufacturer; submit manufacturer's certification
that installer is authorized; include name and title of manufacturer's representative making
certification.
2. Installer Personnel: At least 2 years of experience installing fire alarm systems.
3. Supervisor: NICET level III or IV (3 or 4) certified fire alarm technician; furnish name and
address.
C. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
1.05 WARRANTY
A. Provide control panel manufacturer's warranty that system components other than wire and
conduit are free from defects and will remain so for 1 year after date of Substantial Completion.
B. Provide installer's warranty that the installation is free from defects and will remain so for 1 year
after date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Initiating Devices and Notification Appliances:
1. Honeywell Security & Fire Solutions/Gamewell-FCI: www.gamewell-fci.com.
2.02 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
A. Fire Alarm System: Provide modifications and extensions to the existing automatic fire
detection and alarm system:
1. Provide all components necessary, regardless of whether shown in Contract Documents
or not.
2. Comply with the following; where requirements conflict, order of precedence of
requirements is as listed:
a. ADA Standards.
b. The requirements of the local authority having jurisdiction, which is City of Ithaca.
c. Applicable local codes.
d. Contract Documents (drawings and specifications).
e. NFPA 101.
f. NFPA 72; where the word "should" is used consider that provision mandatory; where
conflicts between requirements require deviation from NFPA 72, identify deviations
clearly on design documents.
3. Fire Alarm Control Unit: Existing, located at Fire Pump Room.
B. Supervising Stations and Fire Department Connections:
1. Public Fire Department Notification: By remote supervising station.
C. Circuits:
1. Initiating Device Circuits (IDC): Class B, Style A.
2. Signaling Line Circuits (SLC) Within Single Building: Class B, Style 0.5.
3. Notification Appliance Circuits (NAC): Class B, Style W.
D. Power Sources:
1. Primary: Dedicated branch circuits of the facility power distribution system.
2. Secondary: Storage batteries.
3. Capacity: Sufficient to operate entire system for period specified by NFPA 72.
4. Each Computer System: Provide uninterruptible power supply (UPS).
2.03 EXISTING COMPONENTS
A. Existing Fire Alarm System: Remove existing components indicated and incorporate remaining
components into new system, under warranty as if they were new; do not take existing portions
of system out of service until new portions are fully operational, tested, and connected to
existing system.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 28 46 00
Ithaca, New York FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
28 46 00-3
B. Clearly label components that are "Not In Service."
C. Remove unused existing components and materials from site and dispose of properly.
2.04 FIRE SAFETY SYSTEMS INTERFACES
A. Supervision: Provide supervisory signals in accordance with NFPA 72 for the following:
1. Closed-transition transfer switch.
2. Shunt-trip power circuit.
2.05 COMPONENTS
A. General:
1. Provide flush mounted units where installed in finish areas; in unfinished areas, surface
mounted unit are acceptable.
2. Provide legible, permanent labels for each control device, using identification used in
operation and maintenance data.
B. Initiating Devices:
1. Addressable Systems:
a. Addressable Devices: Individually identifiable by addressable fire alarm control unit.
b. Provide suitable addressable interface modules as indicated or as required for
connection to conventional (non-addressable) devices and other components that
provide a dry closure output.
2. Addressable Interface Devices: Addressable monitor modules.
C. Circuit Conductors: Copper; provide 0 feet extra; color code and label.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with applicable codes, NFPA 72, NFPA 70, and Contract Documents.
B. Conceal all wiring, conduit, boxes, and supports where installed in finished areas.
C. Obtain Owner's approval of locations of devices, before installation.
D. Install instruction cards and labels.
3.02 INSPECTION AND TESTING FOR COMPLETION
A. Notify Owner 7 days prior to beginning completion inspections and tests.
B. Notify authorities having jurisdiction and comply with their requirements for scheduling
inspections and tests and for observation by their personnel.
C. Provide the services of the installer's supervisor or person with equivalent qualifications to
supervise inspection and testing, correction, and adjustments.
D. Prepare for testing by ensuring that all work is complete and correct; perform preliminary tests
as required.
E. Provide all tools, software, and supplies required to accomplish inspection and testing.
F. Perform inspection and testing in accordance with NFPA 72 and requirements of local
authorities; document each inspection and test.
G. Correct defective work, adjust for proper operation, and retest until entire system complies with
Contract Documents.
3.03 CLOSEOUT
A. Closeout Demonstration: Demonstrate proper operation of all functions to Owner.
1. Be prepared to conduct any of the required tests.
2. Have at least one copy of operation and maintenance data, preliminary copy of project
record drawings, input/output matrix, and operator instruction chart(s) available during
demonstration.
3. Have authorized technical representative of control unit manufacturer present during
demonstration.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 28 46 00
Ithaca, New York FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
28 46 00-4
4. Demonstration may be combined with inspection and testing required by authority having
jurisdiction; notify authority having jurisdiction in time to schedule demonstration.
5. Repeat demonstration until successful.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 31 00 00
Ithaca, New York EARTHWORK
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
31 00 00-1
SECTION 31 00 00
EARTHWORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Site Restoration: Section 310101.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. The following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this Article, wherever
they appear in this Section.
1. Earth Excavation: The removal of all surface and subsurface material not
classified as rock (as defined below).
2. Rock: Limestone, sandstone, shale, granite, and similar material in solid beds or
masses in its original or stratified position which can be removed only by blasting
operations, drilling, wedging, or use of pneumatic tools, and boulders with a
volume greater than 1.0 cu yd. Concrete building foundations and concrete
slabs, not indicated, with a volume greater than 1.0 cu yd shall be classified as
rock.
a. Limestone, sandstone, shale, granite, and similar material in a broken or
weathered condition, which can be removed with an excavator or
backhoe, equipped with a bucket with ripping teeth or any other style
bucket shall be classified as earth excavation.
b. Masonry building foundations, whether indicated or not, shall be
classified as earth excavation.
3. Subgrade Surface: Surface upon which subbase or topsoil is placed.
4. Subbase: Select granular material or subbase course Type 2 which is placed
immediately beneath pavement or concrete slabs.
5. Foundation Bearing Grade: Grade/elevation at which the bottom-of-footings are
constructed.
6. Maximum Density:
a. The dry unit weight in pounds per cubic foot of the soil at “Optimum
Moisture Content” when determined by ASTM D 698 (Standard Proctor)
for backfilling of utility lines or pavement construction.
b. If the earthwork includes placement of placements of large amounts of fill
to establish subgrade or a new building, addition, or retaining wall, use
ASTM D 1557 (Modified Proctor).
7. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks,
mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features
constructed above or below the ground surface.
8. Landscaped Areas: Areas not covered by structures, walks, roads, paving, or
parking.
9. Unauthorized Excavation: The removal of material below required elevation
indicated on the Drawings or beyond lateral dimensions indicated or specified
without specific written direction by the University’s Representative.
10. Grading Limit Line (Limit of Disturbance): Limits of grading, excavations and
filling required for the work of this contract. Unless specifically noted otherwise,
the Grading Limit Line and Contract Limit Line shall be considered the same.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 31 00 00
Ithaca, New York EARTHWORK
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
31 00 00-2
1. Filter Fabric: Manufacturer’s catalog sheets, specifications, and installation
instructions.
B. Samples: Submit samples as follows. Take the samples in the presence of the
University’s Representative, and submit to the Directors Representative the laboratory
test results for gradation, proctors and soundness tests, when required. These tests shall
be performed in accordance with ASTM standards, shall be performed and signed by a
certified soils laboratory, and shall be submitted as part of the original submittal. At a
minimum, the samples taken shall be of the following quantities:
1. Select Granular Material: 50 - 60 lb. (Two Samples).
2. Subbase Course Type 2: 50 - 60 lb. (Two Samples).
3. Selected Fill: 40 - 50 lb.
4. Cushion Material: 30 lb.
5. Crushed Stone: 30 lb
C. Quality Control Submittals:
1. Excavation Procedure: Submit a lay out drawing or detailed outline of intended
excavation procedure for the Director’s information. This submittal will not relieve
the Contractor of responsibility for the successful performance of intended
excavation methods.
2. Subbase Materials: Name and location of source and the DOT Source Number.
If the material is not being taken from an approved DOT Source, the results of
the gradation and soundness tests performed by an ASTM certified soils
laboratory will be required.
3. Other Aggregates: Name and location of source and soil laboratory test results.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Care shall be taken when exposing subgrade for construction of pavements to protect
any loose or un-compacted subgrade from being saturated by rain events and runoff.
Subgrade shall be proof rolled to assure no movement is observed under loaded truck
traffic before placing subbase course. Open subgrade, and subbase materials should be
properly pitched and sealed (compacted) to avoid saturation from rain or runoff. In some
instances, it may be necessary to scarify and leave open for air-drying existing site soils
that become unstable due to excessive moisture. In the event subgrade is exposed and
saturation or high water table is observed upon its initial exposure, than a Campus
representative shall be notified and the condition properly documented.
B. Protect existing trees and plants during performance of the Work unless otherwise
indicated. Box trees and plants indicated to remain within the grading limit line with
temporary steel fencing or solidly constructed wood barricades as required. Protect root
systems from smothering. Do not store excavated material, or allow vehicular traffic or
parking within the branch drip line. Restrict foot traffic to prevent excessive compaction
of soil over root systems.
C. Cold Weather Requirements: When freezing temperatures are predicted, do not
excavate to final required elevations for pipe, conduit or equipment requiring concrete
work unless concrete can be placed immediately. Retain enough earth over the bottom
elevation of excavations to prevent frost penetration.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 31 00 00
Ithaca, New York EARTHWORK
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
31 00 00-3
A. Select Granular Material: Stockpiled, sound, durable, sand, gravel, stone, or blends of
these materials, free from organic and other deleterious materials. Comply with the
gradation and material requirements specified below:
Sieve Percent Passing Sieve Size Size opening (mm)
2 inch 50.8 100
1/4 inch 6.35 30-65
No. 40 0.425 5-40
No. 200 0.075 0-10
1. Magnesium Sulfate Soundness Test: 20 percent maximum loss by weight after
four test cycles.
2. Plasticity Index: The plasticity index of the material passing the No. 40 mesh
sieve shall not exceed 5.0.
3. Elongated Particles: Not more than 30 percent, by weight, of the particles
retained on a 1/2 inch sieve shall consist of flat or elongated particles. A flat or
elongated particle is defined as one which has its greatest dimension more than
three times its least dimension.
B. Subbase Course Type 2: Stockpiled, crushed ledge rock or approved blast furnace slag.
Comply with the gradation and material requirements specified below:
Sieve Percent Passing Sieve Size Size opening (mm)
2 inch 50.8 100
1/4 inch 6.35 25-60
No. 40 0.425 5-40
No. 200 0.075 0-10
1. Magnesium Sulfate Soundness Test: 20 percent maximum loss by weight after
four test cycles.
2. Plasticity Index: The plasticity index of the material passing the No. 40 mesh
sieve shall not exceed 5.0.
3. Elongated Particles: Not more than 30 percent, by weight, of the particles
retained on a 1/2 inch sieve shall consist of flat or elongated particles. A flat or
elongated particle is defined as one which has its greatest dimension more than
three times its least dimension.
C. Selected Fill: Sound, durable, sand, gravel, stone, or blends of these materials, free from
organic and other deleterious materials. Comply with the gradation requirements
specified below:
Sieve Percent Passing Sieve Size Size opening (mm)
4 inch 101.6 100
No. 40 0.425 0-70
No. 200 0.075 0-15
D. Suitable Material (Fill and Backfill for Landscaped Areas): Material consisting of mineral
soil (inorganic), blasted or broken rock and similar materials of natural or man-made
origin, including mixtures thereof. Maximum particle size shall not exceed 2/3 of the
specified layer thickness prior to compaction. NOTE: Material containing cinders,
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 31 00 00
Ithaca, New York EARTHWORK
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
31 00 00-4
industrial waste, sludge, building rubble, landfill, muck, and peat shall be considered
unsuitable for fill and backfill, except topsoil and organic silt may be used as suitable
material in landscaped areas provided it is placed in the top layer of the subgrade
surface.
E. Cushion Material (Pipe Bedding): Shall consist of clean, hard, durable, uncoated
particles, free from lumps of clay and all deleterious substances and shall meet the
following gradation requirements:
Sieve Size Percent Passing Sieve Size Size opening (mm)
1/4 inch 6.35 100
No. 60 0.25 0-35
No. 100 0.15 0-10
F. Rip Rap: Fine, Light, Medium or Heavy Stone Filling that complies with DOT Article 620-
2.02 for stone filling.
Sieve Percent Passing Sieve Size Size opening (mm)
1-1/2 inch 38.1 100
1 inch 25.4 95-100
½ inch 12.7 45-60
¼ inch 6.35 0-15
H. No. 1 Coarse Aggregate: Crushed Stone that complies with material requirements of
DOT Article 703-02 and meets the following gradation.
Sieve Percent Passing Sieve Size Size opening (mm)
1 inch 25.4 100
1/2 inch 12.7 90-100
1/4 inch 6.35 0-15
I. No. 2 Coarse Aggregate: Crushed Stone that complies with material requirements of
DOT Article 703-02 and meets the following gradation.
Sieve Percent Passing Sieve Size Size opening (mm)
1-1/2 inch 38.1 100
1 inch 25.4 90-100
1/2 inch 12.7 0-15
J. Marker Tape: FL Industries Blackburn/Holub’s Type YT6, or Seton Nameplate
Corporations Type 6 ELE, imprinted with message suited to item buried below.
2.2 GEOTECHNICAL FABRICS
A. Filter Fabric (GeoTextile)
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 31 00 00
Ithaca, New York EARTHWORK
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
31 00 00-5
1. Separation/Stabilization beneath pavements: Amoco 4551, Bonded Fibers
Products PN080, Maccaferri Gabions MacTex MX275 & 340, Mirafi 160N & 180N
or equivalent.
2.3 BRICK AND MORTAR
A. Manhole Brick: Standard size, ASTM C 32, Grade MS.
B. Mortar Materials: Dry packaged, proportioned for Type M unit masonry mortar,
complying with ASTM C 387.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
A. Clear and grub the site within the Grading Limit Line (GLL) of trees, shrubs, brush, other
prominent vegetation, debris, and obstructions except for those items indicated to remain.
Completely remove stumps and roots protruding through the ground surface.
B. Fill depressions caused by the clearing and grubbing operations in accordance with the
requirements for filling and backfilling, unless further excavation is indicated.
3.2 UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
A. Locate existing underground utilities prior to commencing excavation work. Determine
exact utility locations by hand excavated test pits. Support and protect utilities to remain
in place.
B. Do not interrupt existing utilities that are in service until temporary or new utilities are
installed and operational.
C. Utilities to remain in service: Shall be re-routed as shown on the Contract Drawings.
D. Utilities abandoned beneath and five feet laterally beyond the structure’s proposed
footprint shall be removed in their entirety. Excavations required for their removal shall
be backfilled and compacted as specified herein.
E. Utilities located outside the limits specified above may be abandoned in place provided
their ends are adequately plugged as described below.
1. Permanently close open ends of abandoned underground utilities exposed by
excavations, which extend outside the limits of the area to be excavated.
2. Close open ends of metallic conduit and pipe with threaded galvanized metal
caps, plastic plugs, or other approved method for the type of material and size of
pipe. Do not use wood plugs.
3. Close open ends of concrete and masonry utilities with concrete or flow-able fill.
3.3 EXCAVATION
A. Excavate earth as required for the Work.
B. Install and maintain all erosion and sedimentation controls during all earthwork
operations as specified on the Contract Drawings or as directed by local officials. If the
erosion and sedimentation controls specified by the local officials are more stringent than
those specified on the Contract Drawings contact the University’s Representative.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 31 00 00
Ithaca, New York EARTHWORK
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
31 00 00-6
C. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in a safe condition until completion of
backfilling. Comply with Code of Federal Regulations Title 29 - Labor, Part 1926
(OSHA).
1. Trenches: Deposit excavated material on one side of trench only. Trim banks of
excavated material to prevent cave-ins and prevent material from falling or sliding
into trench. Keep a clear footway between excavated material and trench edge.
Maintain areas to allow free drainage of surface water.
D. Stockpile excavated materials classified as suitable material where directed, until
required for fill. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles for proper drainage as approved by
the University’s Representative.
E. Pipe Trenches and/or Bell and Spigot Pipe Trenches: Open only enough trench length to
facilitate laying pipe sections. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, excavate
trenches approximately 24 inches wide plus the outside pipe diameter, equally divided on
each side of pipe centerline. Cut trenches to cross section, elevation, profile, line, and
grade indicated. Accurately grade and shape trench bottom for uniform bearing of pipe.
1. Trench in Rock: Excavate an additional 6 inches below bottom of pipe for bed of
cushion material under the piping.
F. Conduit, Cable, Tubing and Piping (other than Bell and Spigot): Provide
sufficient trench width for installation and to accommodate special backfill when specified.
G. Open Ditches: Cut ditches to cross sections and grades indicated.
H. Pavement: Excavate to subgrade surface elevation.
I. Unauthorized Excavations: Unless otherwise directed, backfill unauthorized
excavation under footings, foundation bases, and retaining walls with compacted select
granular material without altering the required footing elevation. Elsewhere, backfill and
compact unauthorized excavation as specified for authorized excavation of the same
classification, unless otherwise directed by the Director.
1. Unauthorized excavations under structural Work such as footings, foundation
bases, and retaining walls shall be reported immediately to the Director before
any concrete or backfilling Work commences.
J. Notify the University’s Representative upon completion of excavation
operations. Do not proceed with the Work until the excavation is inspected and
approved. Inspection of the excavation by the University’s Representative will be made
on 3 working days notice.
3.4 DEWATERING
A. Prevent surface and subsurface water from flowing into excavations and
trenches and from flooding the site and surrounding area.
B. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations or trenches. Remove water
from all excavations immediately to prevent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting
footings, and soil changes detrimental to the stability of subgrades and foundations.
Furnish and maintain pumps, sumps, suction and discharge piping systems, and other
system components necessary to convey the water away from the Site.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 31 00 00
Ithaca, New York EARTHWORK
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
31 00 00-7
C. Convey water removed from excavations, and rain water, to collecting or run-off
area. Cut and maintain temporary drainage ditches and provide other necessary
diversions outside excavation limits for each structure. Do not use trench excavations as
temporary drainage ditches.
D. Provide temporary controls to restrict the velocity of discharged water as
necessary to prevent erosion and siltation of receiving areas.
3.5 PLACING FILTER FABRIC
A. Place and overlap filter fabric in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation
instructions, unless otherwise shown.
B. Cover tears and other damaged areas with additional filter fabric layer
extending 3 feet beyond the damage.
C. Do not permit traffic or construction equipment directly on filter fabric.
D. Backfill over filter fabric within two weeks after placement. Backfill in
accordance with the fabric manufacturer’s instructions and in a manner to prevent
damage to the fabric.
3.6 PLACING FILL AND BACKFILL
A. Surface Preparation of Fill Areas: Strip topsoil, remaining vegetation, and other
deleterious materials prior to placement of fill. Remove all asphalt pavement in its
entirety from areas requiring the placement of fill or break up old pavements to a
maximum size of four inches. Prior to placement of fill, smooth out and compact areas
where wheel rutting has occurred due to stripping or earthwork operations.
B. Excavations: Backfill as promptly as practicable, but only after approval by the
University’s Representative. Do not backfill with excavated material unless it meets the
requirements of this Section.
C. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8 inches thick in loose
depth unless otherwise specified. Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer as
necessary to facilitate compaction to the required density. Do not place backfill or fill
material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or covered with ice.
1. Place fill and backfill against foundation walls, and in confined areas (such as
trenches) not easily accessible by larger compaction equipment, in maximum six
inch thick (loose depth) layers.
D. Prevent wedging action of backfill against structures by placing backfill
uniformly around structure to approximately same elevation in each layer. Place backfill
against walls of structures containing basements or crawl spaces only after the first floor
structural members are in place.
E. Under Pavements and Walks:
1. Up to Subgrade Surface Elevation: Place selected fill when fill or backfill is
required.
2. Subbase Material: Place as indicated.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 31 00 00
Ithaca, New York EARTHWORK
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
31 00 00-8
F. Landscaped Areas: Place suitable material when required to complete fill or
backfill areas up to subgrade surface elevation. Do not use material containing rocks
over four inches in diameter within the top 12 inches of suitable material.
G. Plastic Pipe in Trenches: Place backfill material a minimum of six inches deep
under pipe, 12 inches on both sides, and 12 inches above top of pipe. Complete balance
of backfill as specified.
H. Rigid Non-Metallic Conduit: Except where concrete encasement is required,
place cushion material a minimum of four inches deep under conduit, four inches on both
sides, and 12 inches over top of conduit. Complete balance of backfill as specified.
3.7 COMPACTION
A. All materials with exception of open graded stone (No. 2 Coarse aggregate, No. 1 Coarse
aggregate, Item B-12, etc.):
1. Compact each layer of fill and backfill for the following area classifications to the
percentage of maximum density specified below and at a moisture content
suitable to obtain the required densities, but at not less than three percent drier
or more than two percent wetter than the optimum content as determined by
ASTM D 698 (Standard Proctor) or 1557 (Modified Proctor).
a. Concrete Slabs and Steps: 95 percent.
b. Landscaped Areas: 90 percent.
c. Pavements and Walks: 95 percent.
d. Pipe Bedding: 95 percent.
2. If a compacted layer fails to meet the specified percentage of maximum density,
the layer will be re-compacted and retested. If compaction cannot be achieved
the material/layer will be removed and replaced. No additional material may be
placed over a compacted layer until the specified density is achieved
B. Open graded Stone: Place material in maximum twelve inch lifts. Each lift shall be raked
smooth and compacted through several passes of a walk behind vibratory roller.
Compaction Testing is not required.
3.8 GRADING
A. Rough Grading: Trim and grade area within the Grading Limit Line and excavations
outside the limit line, required by this Contract, to a level of four inches below the finish
grades indicated unless otherwise specified herein or where greater depths are indicated.
Provide smooth uniform transition to adjacent areas.
B. Finish Grading: Finish surfaces free from irregular surface changes, and as follows:
1. Grassed Areas: Finish areas to receive topsoil to within 1 inch above or below
the required subgrade surface elevations.
2. Walks and Pavements: Place and compact subbase material as specified.
Shape surface of areas to required line, grade and cross section, with the finish
surface not more than 1/2 inch above or below the required subbase elevation.
3. Building Slabs: Grade subbase material smooth and even, free of voids,
compacted as specified to within 1/4 inch above or below required subbase
elevation.
C. Spread approved topsoil directly upon prepared subgrade surface to a depth indicated
drawings (min. of 4”) after natural settlement of the topsoil has occurred in areas to be
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 31 00 00
Ithaca, New York EARTHWORK
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
31 00 00-9
seeded or to receive sod. Place to greater depth when necessary to adjust grades to
required elevations.
1. Approved existing topsoil within the Grading Limit Line may be used. Provide
additional topsoil from outside sources as required.
D. Finish topsoil surface free of depressions which will trap water, free of stones over 1 inch
in any dimension, and free of debris.
3.9 RESTORATION
A. Restore pavements, walks, curbs, lawns, and other exterior surfaces damaged during
performance of the Work to match the appearance and performance of existing
corresponding surfaces as closely as practicable.
B. Topsoil and seed or sod damaged lawn areas outside the GLL and new lawn areas
inside the GLL. Water as required until physical completion of the Work.
3.10 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND UNSUITABLE MATERIALS
A. Remove from University property (unless otherwise directed) and lawfully dispose of
excess and unsuitable materials, including materials resulting from clearing and grubbing
and removal of existing improvements.
3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Compaction Testing: Notify the University’s Representative at least 3 working days in
advance of all phases of filling and backfilling operations. Compaction testing will be
performed by the University’s Representative to ascertain the compacted density of the
fill and backfill materials. Compaction testing will be performed on certain layers of the fill
and backfill as determined by the University’s Representative. If a compacted layer fails
to meet the specified percentage of maximum density, the layer shall be re-compacted
and will be retested. No additional material may be placed over a compacted layer until
the specified density is achieved.
3.12 PROTECTION
A. Protect graded areas from traffic and erosion, and keep them free of trash and debris.
Grade and compact areas such that ponding or saturation of material does not occur.
Areas left unprotected, and vulnerable to weather events and runoff, may be required to
be replaced at contractors expense.
END OF SECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 31 01 01
Ithaca, New York SITE RESTORATION
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
31 01 01-1
SECTION 31 01 01
SITE RESTORATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver fertilizer in manufacturer’s standard size bags or cartons showing
weight, analysis, and the name of the manufacturer. Store as approved by University’s
Representative.
B. Store all seed at the site in a cool dry place as approved by the University’s
Representative. Replace any seed damaged during storage.
1.2 SCHEDULING
A. Time For Seeding: Seed immediately after preparation of seed bed. Seeding shall be
done between April 1 and June 1, or between August 15 and September 30. When
delays in operations carry the work beyond the seasons specified, or when conditions of
high winds (winds that exceed 5 mph velocity), drought, excessive moisture or ice are
such that satisfactory results are not likely to be obtained at any stage of the work, the
work will stop and it shall be resumed only when the desired results are likely to be
obtained, or when approved corrective measures and procedures are adopted.
Fungicide coated seed may be required for seeding between June 1 and August 15.
Seeding outside of these periods to be reviewed with the Owner’s Representative to
review seed type and warranty provisions.
B. Provide temporary seed and mulch when final grading is complete
while waiting
for optimal seeding period.
C. Provide temporary seed and mulch for temporary cover on
disturbed ground not
to be worked on for more than 7 days.
D. Provide temporary seed and mulch on disturbed earth prior to
temporary
shutdown of construction.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 TOPSOIL
A. Source: Provide topsoil from existing stockpiles stripped from the project site
(where applicable) and approved by the University’s Representative.
B. Provide topsoil conforming to the following:
1. Original loam topsoil, well drained homogeneous texture and of
uniform grade, without the admixture of subsoil material and entirely free of
dense material, hardpan, sod, or any other objectionable foreign material.
2. Containing not less than 4 percent nor more than 20 percent
organic matter in that portion of a sample passing a 1/4 inch sieve when
determined by the wet combustion method on a sample dried at 105 degrees C.
3. Containing a Ph value within the range of 4.5 to 7 on that portion of
the sample that passes a 1/4 inch sieve.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 31 01 01
Ithaca, New York SITE RESTORATION
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
31 01 01-2
4. Containing the following gradations:
SIEVE DESIGNATION PERCENT PASSING
1 inch 100
1/4 inch 97 - 100
No. 200 20 - 65 (of the 1/4 inch sieve)
2.2 FERTILIZER
A. For lawns, provide fertilizer with percentage of nitrogen required to provide
between 0.5 and not to exceed 0.7 of actual nitrogen per 1,000 sq ft of lawn area and not
less than 4% phosphoric acid and 2% potassium. Provide nitrogen in a form that will be
available to lawn during initial period of growth; at least 50% of nitrogen to be in slow-
release form.
2.3 SEED
A. All grass seed will be fresh, clean, new crop seed delivered in original
unopened packages, bearing guaranteed analysis.
B. Seed germination test results for each seed type and cultivar must be
performed within 10 months prior to landscape installation of seed, and must have no
less than ninety percent (85%) germination rate.
C. All grass seed cultivar purity must be no less than ninety percent (95%) by
weight.
D. Provide Type 1 – Cornell Turfgrass Seed Blend *
This seed mix will consist of the following by weight:
46% Minimum 2 varieties of endophyte enhanced perennial rye
49% Minimum 2 varieties of improved turf type tall fescue
5% Midnight-type or Mid–Atlantic –type Kentucky Bluegrass.
1. All seeds shall have performed in the top statistical grouping from the most
recent NTEP trials conducted for the species.
*this blend is on file at Banfield-Baker, Lakeside Sod, Winfield and Crosman Seeds, or you may have
your blend reviewed by University’s Representative and mixed by a seed dealer of your choice.
2.4 MULCH
A. Dry Application, Straw: Stalks of oats, wheat, rye or other approved crops that
are free of noxious weed seeds. Weight shall be based on a 15 percent moisture
content.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 TURF AREA PREPARATION
A. Preparation for Planting Lawns
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 31 01 01
Ithaca, New York SITE RESTORATION
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
31 01 01-3
1. Loosen subgrade of lawn areas to a minimum depth of 10" (ten inches).
Remove stones over 1 1/2" (one and one-half inch) in any dimension and sticks,
roots, rubbish and other extraneous matter. Limit preparation to areas which will
be planted promptly after preparation.
a. Spread top soil to minimum depth required to meet lines, grades and
elevations shown, after light rolling and natural settlement and at least 6 inches in
depth
b. Place approximately 1/2 of total amount of top soil required. Work into top of
loosened subgrade to create a transition layer and then place remainder of planting
soil. Add specified soil amendments and mix thoroughly into upper 10" (ten inches)
of topsoil.
B. Fine grade lawn areas to smooth, even surface with loose, uniformly fine texture. Rake
and drag lawn areas, remove ridges and fill depressions, as required to meet finish
grades. Limit fine grading to areas which can be planted immediately after grading. Allow
for soil settlement.
C. Moisten prepared lawn areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and
allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil
condition.
D. Restore lawn areas to specified condition if eroded or otherwise disturbed after
fine grading and prior to planting.
3.2 PREPARATION FOR SEEDING
A. Loosen subgrade of lawn areas to a minimum depth of 10" (ten inches). Remove
stones over 1 1/2" (one and one-half inch) in any dimension and sticks, roots,
rubbish and other extraneous matter. Limit preparation to areas which will be
planted promptly after preparation.
a. Spread top soil to minimum depth required to meet lines, grades and elevations
shown, after light rolling and natural settlement and at least 6 inches in depth
b. Place approximately 1/2 of total amount of top soil required. Work into top of
loosened subgrade to create a transition layer and then place remainder of
planting soil. Add specified soil amendments and mix thoroughly into upper 10"
(ten inches) of topsoil.
3.3 SEEDING
A. Assume all risks when seed is sowed before approval of seed analysis.
B. Do not seed when the wind velocity exceeds 5 miles per hour.
C. Application Rate: 8 pounds per 1,000 sq ft.
D. Dry Application: Sow seed evenly by hand or seed spreader on dry or
moderately dry soil.
3.4 MULCHING
A. Dry Application: Within 3 days after seeding, cover the seeded areas with a
uniform blanket of straw mulch at the rate of 50 pounds per 1,000 sq ft of seeded area.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 31 01 01
Ithaca, New York SITE RESTORATION
PLANT BREEDING LOVE LAB, SPACE SCIENCES, WING HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE UPGRADES
31 01 01-4
3.5 LAWN ESTABLISHMENT
A. Maintain the grass at heights between 3 inches and 3-1/2 inches on a weekly
basis until the Final Acceptance of the Work.
B. Water and protect all seeded areas until final acceptance of the lawn or as
otherwise outlined in the Contract Documents.
3.6 FINAL ACCEPTANCE
A. Turf installations shall meet the following criteria as determined by the University’s
Representative:
1. When landscape work is completed, including maintenance, the University’s
Representative will, upon request, make an inspection to determine acceptability.
-Landscape work may be inspected for acceptance in parts agreeable to
Architect, provided work offered for inspection is complete, including
maintenance.
2. Where inspected landscape work does not comply with requirements,
replace rejected work and continue specified maintenance until re-inspected by
Architect and found to be acceptable. Legally remove rejected material promptly
from project site.
3. Upon final acceptance, and within one week of such acceptance, Architect will
notify the Director of the Grounds Department, in writing, before final turn over.
END OF SECTION